2018 nissan gt-r | owner's manual | nissan usa · 2018 owner’s manual 2018 nissan gt-r r35-d...

2018OWNER’S MANUAL

2018

NISSA

N G

T-R

R35-D

Printing: September 2018Publication No.:

Printed In the U.S.A. R35-DOM180 0R35U0

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle

This manual was prepared to help youunderstand the operation and mainte-nance of your vehicle so that you mayenjoy many miles (kilometers) of drivingpleasure. Please read through this man-ual before operating your vehicle.A separate Warranty Information Book-let contains the warranties coveringyour vehicle (whose terms have controlover this Owner’s Manual or any otherdocument or representation regardingwarranty coverage). The “NISSAN GT-RService and Maintenance Guide” ex-plains details about maintaining andservicing your vehicle.Additionally, a separate Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concernsyou may have with your vehicle, as wellas clarify your rights under your state’slemon law.In addition to factory installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed by NISSANor your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer priorto delivery. It is important that youfamiliarize yourself with all disclosures,warnings, cautions and instructions con-cerning proper use of such accessoriesprior to operating the vehicle and/oraccessory. It is recommended you see a

GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for detailsconcerning the particular accessorieswith which your vehicle is equipped.Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealerknows your vehicle best. When yourequire any service or have any ques-tions, they will be glad to assist you withthe extensive resources available tothem.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, please readthis Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and main-tenance requirements, assisting you inthe safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNINGIMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!Follow these important driving rulesto help ensure a safe and comforta-ble trip for you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influenceof alcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speedlimits and never drive too fastfor conditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention to

driving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actionsthat could distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint sys-tems. Pre-teen children shouldbe seated in the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide informationabout the proper use of vehiclesafety features to all occupantsof the vehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety informa-tion.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety or durability, and mayeven violate governmental regulations.See the 2018 NISSAN GT-R WarrantyInformation Booklet for details includ-ing applicable exclusions.

FOREWORD

WARNINGInstalling an aftermarket On-BoardDiagnostic (OBD) plug-in device thatuses the port during normal driving,for example remote insurance com-pany monitoring, remote vehicle di-agnostics, telematics or enginereprogramming, may cause interfer-ence or damage to vehicle systems.We do not recommend or endorsethe use of any aftermarket OBDplug-in devices, unless specificallyapproved by NISSAN. The vehiclewarranty may not cover damagecaused by any aftermarket plug-indevice.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available onthis model. Features and equipment inyour vehicle may vary depending onmodel, trim level, options selected, or-der, date of production, region or avail-ability. Therefore, you may findinformation about features or equip-ment that are not included or installedon your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. NISSAN reserves theright to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, NISSAN may updateor revise this manual to provide ownerswith the most accurate information cur-rently available. Please carefully read andretain with this manual all revision up-dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensureyou have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man-uals and any updates can also be found inthe Owner section of the NISSAN websiteat https://owners.nissanusa.com/now-ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If youhave questions concerning any informa-tion in your Owner’s Manual, contactNISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSANCUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in thisOwner’s Manual for contact information.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

WARNINGThis is used to indicate a hazard thatcould cause death or serious perso-nal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,follow the information and instruc-tions exactly.

CAUTIONThis is used to indicate a hazard thatcould cause minor or moderate per-sonal injury. To avoid or reduce therisk, follow the information and in-structions carefully.

NOTICEThis is used to indicate a hazard thatcould cause damage to property oryour vehicle. To avoid or reduce therisk, follow the information and in-structions.

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those abovein an illustration, it means the arrowpoints to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or ac-tion.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above call attention to an item inthe illustration.

This indicates the title and referencepage.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNINGEngine Exhaust, some of its consti-tuents, and certain vehicle compo-nents contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. In addition,certain fluids contained in vehiclesand certain products of componentwear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects orother reproductive harm. Operating,servicing and maintaining a passen-ger vehicle or off-road vehicle canexpose you to chemicals includingengine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which areknown to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects or

other reproductive harm. To mini-mize exposure, avoid breathing ex-haust, do not idle the engine exceptas necessary, service your vehicle ina well-ventilated area and weargloves or wash your hands fre-quently when servicing your vehicle.For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithiumbatteries, may contain perchlorate ma-terial. The following advisory is pro-vided: “Perchlorate Material - specialhandling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG,Inc. and licensed to HitachiAutomotive Systems, Ltd.

© 2017 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording orotherwise, without the prior written per-mission of NISSAN Motor Co., Ltd.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMNISSAN CARES ...Both NISSAN and your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with yourvehicle and your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer is always available to assistyou with all your automobile sales and service needs.However, if there is something that yourGT-R certified NISSAN dealer cannot as-sist you with or you would like to provideNISSAN directly with comments or ques-tions, please contact the NISSAN Consu-mer Affairs Department using our toll-freenumber:

For U.S. customers1-866-668-1GTR(1-866-668-1487)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department willask for the following information:. Your name, address, and telephone

number. Vehicle identification number (at-

tached to the top of the instrumentpanel on the driver’s side)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your NISSAN dealer’s name

. Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to NISSAN with the infor-mation on the left at:

For U.S. customersNISSAN North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNISSAN Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)or www.nissan.ca (for Canadian custo-mers)We appreciate your interest in NISSANand thank you for buying a quality NISSANvehicle.

GT-R Overview GTR

Illustrated table of contents 0Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Table ofContents

Index 10

GT-R Overview

GT-R specific information .............................................. GTR-3Warranty information ................................................. GTR-3Maintenance information ........................................ GTR-3

GT-R special specification parts ............................... GTR-4Engine oil .............................................................................. GTR-4Transmission oil .............................................................. GTR-4Differential oil (front and rear) ............................. GTR-5Brake fluid ............................................................................ GTR-5

GT-R special precautions ............................................... GTR-5Tires and road wheels ............................................... GTR-5Brake pad and disc rotor ........................................ GTR-6Exhaust muffler and trunk carpet .................... GTR-6Titanium muffler and trunk carpet (ifso equipped) ...................................................................... GTR-6Dry carbon fiber parts (if so equipped) ........ GTR-7Engine start and stop ................................................ GTR-7

GT-R performance optimization services ......... GTR-8Wheel alignment inspection andadjustment (if necessary) (including tirepressure adjustment) ................................................. GTR-8Transmission settings ................................................ GTR-8

Break-in schedule ................................................................ GTR-9Wheel alignment ............................................................. GTR-9

Precautions before driving ........................................ GTR-10Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF mode ....................................................................... GTR-10Summer tires ............................................................... GTR-10All-season tires ........................................................... GTR-10Avoiding body damage ....................................... GTR-11Fuel ...................................................................................... GTR-11Body repair .................................................................... GTR-11Driving after replacing tires ............................. GTR-11

Additional maintenance items ............................... GTR-12Precautions on performance driving ....... GTR-12Inspection and adjustmentsbefore driving .............................................................. GTR-13Inspection and adjustmentsafter driving .................................................................. GTR-18

GT-R specific vehicle characteristics ................. GTR-23Refueling precautions ........................................... GTR-23Gasoline smell ............................................................. GTR-23Outside temperature display indicateshigher temperature ................................................ GTR-23Idle speed is not steady ...................................... GTR-23Engine speed is restricted ................................. GTR-23Engine output ............................................................. GTR-23

Uneven wear of tires ................................................ GTR-24Noises are heard while driving ........................ GTR-24Brake system information ................................... GTR-26Change of surface color of titaniummuffler (if so equipped) .......................................... GTR-26Sound heard around titanium muffler (ifso equipped) ................................................................... GTR-27

Exhaust gas is not emitted from leftexhaust pipe during idling/when enginespeed is low (if so equipped) .......................... GTR-27Dry carbon fiber parts (if so equipped) .... GTR-27

Dual clutch transmission ............................................ GTR-27Transmissionoperation characteristics ................................... GTR-29

The GT-R is NISSAN’s first supercar cate-gory vehicle. The GT-R is equipped withspecial systems. These systems are dif-ferent than those used on conventionalvehicles to allow for the high perfor-mance driving characteristics of this ve-hicle. It is recommended that your vehiclebe maintained by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. Special skills, knowledge andequipment are necessary to properlymaintain your GT-R.

WARRANTY INFORMATIONPlease read this Owner’s Manual carefully,together with your Warranty InformationBooklet which describes a number ofexpress limitations, exclusions and waysto void your warranty for failing to followthe instructions contained in this Owner’sManual, including, but not limited to:. Failure to use proper parts, fuel and

fluids,. Driving with the VDC off,. Racing,. Any competitive driving of any sort

whatsoever,. Use on a track or driving on any

airstrip,. Modifications, including adding/repla-

cing, reprogramming, attempting to

reprogram, altering, disconnectingany computer, control unit or electro-nic modules,

. Deleting any or all stored informationin any computer, control unit or elec-tronic module including VSDR,

. Failure to have required GT-R Perfor-mance Optimization Services per-formed.

In addition, see your tire warranty forspecific limitations or exclusions for oper-ating summer tires below −4°F (−20°C).

MAINTENANCE INFORMATION. Special skills, knowledge and equip-

ment are necessary to properly in-spect and adjust the GT-R engine,transmission, suspension and brakesto maintain performance. A GT-R cer-tified NISSAN dealer has the GT-Rcertified technical staff and the specialequipment to properly maintain yourGT-R.

. NISSAN recommends maintenanceitems that require the replacement ofparts, engine oil, oil filters and air filtersshould be performed by a GT-R certi-fied NISSAN dealer. Make sure thespecified fluids and parts are usedwhen the maintenance is performed.NISSAN also recommends the replace-

ment of parts such as brakes shouldbe performed by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

GT-R Overview GTR-3

GT-R SPECIFIC INFORMATION

GTR-4 GT-R Overview

NOTICEIt is recommended that you only usethe following specified fluids andparts in the GT-R to avoid possiblevehicle damage.

ENGINE OILMobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic oil)Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is thefactory fill oil. The VR38 engine with itsplasma-sprayed bores was developedusing this oil. NISSAN cannot ensureproper engine operation and durability ifother synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100%synthetic) may be used; however, someperformance loss may be noticed.Furthermore, replacement of the engineoil with MOTUL NISMO COMPETITION OILtype 2193E(5W40) is recommended forthe frequent high performance drivingopportunities.NISSAN cannot ensure proper engineoperation and durability if other syntheticoil is used.The use of additives, chemical materialsor abrasive compounds is prohibited.

The use of additives, chemical materials,abrasive compounds or other high per-formance engine oils may cause internalengine damage.

Engine oil maintenance. When the vehicle is delivered, the

engine oil level is 0.39 in (10 mm)below the H mark on the engine oildipstick for optimum high perfor-mance driving. The engine oil can befilled up to the H mark if not engagingin performance driving.

. Because of the high performancecharacteristics of the GT-R engine,more frequent oil level inspectionsare necessary. Check the oil levelevery 1,800 miles (3,000 km) andadjust as necessary. Also, change theengine oil based on the driving condi-tions. For the information regardingoil replacement intervals, refer to the2018 NISSAN GT-R Service and Main-tenance Guide.

. Some amount of oil is consumed byyour engine under normal operatingconditions, and oil consumption byitself does not necessarily indicateany malfunction. If your rate of oilconsumption increases suddenly orwithout explanation, NISSAN recom-

mends that you have your vehicleinspected by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

. For information about the oil replace-ment intervals for performance driv-ing, refer to the interval for replacingoil after high performance driving.( “Additional maintenance items”page GTR-12)

Make sure to replace the oil filter whenthe engine oil is changed.

TRANSMISSION OILGenuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35Special (100% synthetic oil)The GT-R uses a multiple-disc dual wetclutch transmission. The specially devel-oped transmission oil maximizes the fric-tion characteristics of the clutch and thelubrication of the gear bearings.The use of additives is not recom-mended.The use of additives or other transmissionoil may cause internal transmission orclutch damage.

GT-R SPECIAL SPECIFICATION PARTS

DIFFERENTIAL OIL (front and rear)Differential Oil R35 COMPETITION type2189EUse Differential Oil R35 COMPETITIONtype 2189E or equivalent that can keepthe oil temperature low in order toprotect all parts of the differential andmaximize the performance of the LimitedSlip Differential (LSD).The use of additives is not recom-mended.Using additives or any other than thespecified differential oil may cause the oiltemperature to increase and the finaldrive to be damaged. Also it may causevibration and adversely the vehicle hand-ling characteristics.

BRAKE FLUIDGenuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 SpecialIIGenuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special IIis the factory fill brake fluid. The VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) unit and otherrelated parts were specially designed forthis brake fluid. NISSAN cannot ensureproper operation of the vehicle if otherbrake fluid is used.

TIRES AND ROAD WHEELS

TiresThe GT-R uses specially designed run-flattires and matching road wheels. Use ofthese specially developed tires andwheels provides the greatest potentialfor maximum performance.. Using non-genuine GT-R tires may

cause powertrain system damage ifthe vehicle is driven in a flat tiresituation, even if run-flat tires areused. This may also prevent the vehi-cle from being stopped safely.

. Using non-genuine GT-R tires mayalso cause tire failure due to excessiveheat buildup caused by tire distortionwhile driving.

. Using non-genuine GT-R tires mayaffect the operation of the VDC sys-tem.

Tire replacement:. When tire replacement is required,

replacing tires as a set of four withnew tires is recommended. However, ifa tire is punctured or damaged, it maybe possible to replace only the da-maged tire. Determining whether onetire or a complete set of tires should

be replaced is based on a number offactors including tire wear and condi-tion. Contact your GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. They can recommendif an individual tire or a complete setshould be replaced.

. The GT-R uses specially designed run-flat tires which have a rigid side wall.Special equipment and proceduresare required when replacing thesetires. NISSAN recommends that tirereplacement be performed at a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

. Specific tire changing equipmentmust be used to remove the GT-Rtires from the wheel and to install theGT-R tires onto the wheel. It is onlypossible to reuse the tires when theyhave no cracks and/or deformationson the bead portion of the tire. If theincorrect equipment is used to re-move the GT-R tires from the wheeland to install the GT-R tires onto thewheel, cracks and deformation mayoccur on the bead portion of the tiresmeaning that the tires cannot bereused. Contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer if the tires need to beremoved from the wheels.

. When reusing tires, it is recommendedyou contact a GT-R certified NISSAN

GT-R Overview GTR-5

GT-R SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS

GTR-6 GT-R Overview

dealer.

Road wheelsUsing non-genuine GT-R wheels maycause the following:. vehicle vibration. the tire coming loose from the wheel

during a flat tire. reduced wheel lug nut tightness

BRAKE PAD AND DISC ROTORThis vehicle is equipped with cross-drilledfloating rotors and radial-mounted six-piston monoblock calipers. This helps toachieve excellent stopping performanceand fade-resistance.Using non-genuine GT-R brake pads orrotors can affect vehicle braking perfor-mance and the operation of the ABS andVDC system.

Replacement of brake pads anddisc rotorsNISSAN generally recommends to replaceall four sets of brake pads and disc rotorsat the same time to maintain maximumbrake performance.However, replacing only the brake padsmay be allowed in some cases (four

wheels or only front wheels dependingon the conditions). A GT-R certified tech-nician must inspect the vehicle anddetermine that only the brake pads needto be replaced. In this case, replacing allbrake pads and disc rotors as a set is notnecessary.Note that the replacement of brake padsand the disc rotors as a set on all fourwheels should be performed when a GT-Rcertified technician determines that thisis the correct repair.If the inside of the disc rotors are coldduring the winter and the surface be-comes hot due to a heavy force beingapplied repeatedly to the brakes, cracksmay occur near the coolant hole on thesurface of the disc rotor. Cracks may alsooccur due to a heavy force being repeat-edly applied to the brakes during highperformance driving. In these cases itmay be necessary to replace the discrotors or brake pads depending on thecondition of the crack. Contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for replacement.

EXHAUST MUFFLER AND TRUNKCARPETThe GT-R exhaust system is designed toprovide the maximum vehicle perfor-mance and to protect the vehicle fromhigh exhaust gas temperatures.If non-genuine GT-R exhaust systemparts are used it is possible that themuffler or other exhaust system parts willdeform and cause damage to the under-body. Non-genuine GT-R exhaust systemparts can also affect vehicle performanceand possibly lead to turbocharger, engineor power train related parts includingtransmission, damage.Also, do not remove the trunk carpet fromthe vehicle for any reason. The carpetinsulates the vehicle interior from theheat of the muffler and from the noiseof the transmission.

TITANIUM MUFFLER AND TRUNKCARPET (if so equipped)If a non-genuine titanium muffler is used,the muffler may become deformed anddamage the underbody due to the highperformance engine reaching high ex-haust gas temperatures (1 ,832°F(1,000°C) or more). The highest-class tita-nium alloy is used for genuine parts to

ensure the resistance strength andcreeping characteristics against high ex-haust gas temperature. In addition,further cooling effects are secured bytaking in air through the duct on theundercover, to cool the area around themuffler, and by applying partial platethickness reduction. Since genuine tita-nium mufflers are made of titanium alloy,the surface color will change dependingon the driving conditions, which is notunusual. Prior to shipping from factory, allvehicles receive balance aligning for en-gine, transmission, and clutch, as well asquench driving of brake pads and rotors.As a result, the muffler surface color maydiffer depending on the vehicle.Never remove the trunk carpet from thevehicle for any reason. The carpet insu-lates the vehicle interior from the heat ofthe muffler and from the noise of thetransmission.Never Allow Oil or Grease to Adhere tothe Titanium Muffler.If the muffler is heated when oil or greaseadhere to the muffler surface, the color ofthis area will be different from that of thesurrounding area. To remove the oil orgrease, check that the surface tempera-ture of the muffler has cooled, wash thearea with a neutral detergent, wipe it with

a brake cleaner-sprayed clean shop clothand gently tap it with a dry shop cloth todry. Be careful not to allow the brakecleaner to splatter on rubber parts, bum-per, etc.

DRY CARBON FIBER PARTS (if soequipped)Because of the characteristics of thematerial, the dry carbon fiber parts mayturn yellow due to exposure to ultravioletrays. The surfaces of dry carbon fiberparts are coated with a special ultravioletprotection paint. To maintain the appear-ance of these parts, it is important to takeproper care of them.

NOTICE. Do not use compound agents on

clear-coated dry carbon fiberparts (such as the NISMO model’sbumper, side sill protector, rearspoiler, etc.).

. Do not use any chemical agents(wax, coating agent, compoundagent, etc.) on matte-painted drycarbon fiber parts (such as therear diffuser, a rear spoiler that isof specifications other thanNISMO, etc.).

. When dry carbon fiber parts be-come dirty, prepare a dilutecleaning solution by mixing onecapful of mild detergent in abucket of water, and use thatmixture to clean the parts.

NOTE:The surfaces of the dry carbon fiberparts are lightly coated like a race car sothat you can feel the proper texture ofreal carbon, which may feel rough. Thisis normal.

ENGINE START AND STOPThis vehicle includes spark plugs that aredesigned for high performance. For thisreason, if the engine is repeatedly startedand stopped over a short time, the sparkplugs may become fouled, making theengine difficult to start. To prevent dimin-ished starting performance, avoid start-ing and stopping the engine repeatedlyduring a short period of time.

GT-R Overview GTR-7

GTR-8 GT-R Overview

In addition to the regular maintenancerecommended by NISSAN, the GT-R re-quires the following special inspections:. Wheel alignment inspection and ad-

justment (if necessary) (including tirepressure adjustment)

. Transmission settingsThese inspections are required at thefollowing intervals:. 1,000 miles. 12 months. 24 months. 36 months

NOTE:. These inspections will be performed

free of charge for labor at a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer only. Inspec-tions thereafter are recommendedevery 12 months or 12,000 miles(whichever comes first) at the cus-tomer’s expense. See the 2018NISSAN GT-R Warranty InformationBooklet for details.

. Repairs and adjustments involvingparts replacement, etc. determinedto be necessary as a result of theseinspections are performed at thecustomer’s expense.

. See the 2018 NISSAN GT-R WarrantyInformation Booklet for significantlimitations, exclusions and possiblevoiding of your warranty resultingfrom failure to have these necessaryinspections, repairs and/or adjust-ments performed.

. See the 2018 NISSAN GT-R Serviceand Maintenance Guide for a de-tailed explanation of the GT-R Per-formance Optimization Services.

WHEEL ALIGNMENT INSPECTIONAND ADJUSTMENT (if necessary)(including tire pressure adjust-ment)This vehicle is equipped with a highperformance suspension. The vehicle’swheel alignment should be measuredand adjusted (if necessary) by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer as necessary asthe vehicle is driven and the suspensionparts break-in.The wheel alignment can be adjusted bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer in accor-dance with specifications for city drivingto high performance driving.The tires on the GT-R may have differentwear rates and wear patterns in compar-ison to conventional passenger vehicles.

It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer to confirm thatthe alignment is within specifications.Preventing toe-out:Toe-out can cause uneven tire wear ordamage to areas inside the tires due tohigh heat. Be sure to have the wheelalignment toe-in setting checked andadjusted by your GT-R certified NISSANdealer before any performance drivingon closed circuit tracks. Obey all trafficlaws when on public roads.

Toe-in specification

Front ≤ 0.059 in (1.5 mm)

Rear ≤ 0.079 in (2.0 mm)

TRANSMISSION SETTINGSThe design of the clutch and transmissionrequires inspection and adjustment of theclutch and shift forks by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer at the recommended inter-vals. If the transmission setting is notcomplete, excessive loads may be appliedto the transmission and power trainsystem parts during starting and shifting,which may result in a malfunction ordamage. Depending on the driving con-ditions, more frequent adjustments maybe necessary to help maximize vehicleperformance.

GT-R PERFORMANCEOPTIMIZATION SERVICES

NOTICEFollow these recommendations toobtain maximum engine perfor-mance and ensure the future relia-bility and economy of your newvehicle. Failure to follow these re-commendations may result in shor-tened engine life and reducedvehicle performance.

Please observe the following types ofdriving until the mileage shown belowhas been reached.Until 300 miles (500 km):. Do not depress the accelerator pedal

more than halfway and avoid rapidacceleration.

. Drive with the engine speed kept atless than 3,500 RPM.

. Avoid unnecessary quick steering,abrupt braking and driving on poorroads.

300 to 600 miles (500 to 1,000 km):. Avoid rapid acceleration in a low gear

(1st to 3rd gears) with the acceleratorpedal fully depressed. Depress thepedal slowly.

. Avoid unnecessary quick steering andabrupt braking.

. Drive with the suspension setupswitch in the COMF mode to allowmore suspension stroke.

600 to 1,200 miles (1,000 to 2,000 km):. Drive with the engine speed kept

relatively high with the shift lever inthe position. Shifting is recom-mended between 1st and 4th gears.



Even though the mileage reaches over1,200 miles (2,000 km), the clutch maytake longer to properly engage if thevehicle is mainly driven in town at a lowspeed. NISSAN recommends breaking inthe clutch at a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. Always perform the transmissionsetting after breaking in the clutch. If thetransmission setting is not complete,excessive loads may be applied to thetransmission and power train systemparts during starting and shifting, whichmay result in a malfunction or damage.

WHEEL ALIGNMENTDo not adjust the wheel alignment untilthe mileage reaches 1,000 miles (1,600km). Until then, the suspension may notengage enough and the height may behigher.However, make sure to adjust the align-ment after 1,000 miles (1,600 km).The wheel alignment can be adjusted bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer in accor-dance with specifications for city drivingto high performance driving.The tires on the GT-R may have differentwear rates and wear patterns in compar-ison to conventional passenger vehicles.It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer to confirm thatthe alignment is within specifications.

GT-R Overview GTR-9

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

GTR-10 GT-R Overview

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF MODEAlways make sure the VDC is ON beforedriving the vehicle by checking that theVDC OFF indicator lights on the meterand the VDC set-up switch are notilluminated. The GT-R is a high perfor-mance vehicle and the VDC must be on/activated to provide proper powertrainoperation and intended drivability.

WARNING. The VDC OFF mode should ONLY

be used briefly to help free thevehicle if stuck in snow or mud bytemporarily stopping operationof the VDC to maintain wheeltorque.

. Driving the GT-R with the VDC offmay lead to handling issues re-lated to steering maneuvers, ac-celeration, or deceleration.Moreover, driving with the VDCoff can result in an inoperativevehicle by causing serious da-mage to the powertrain, includingdamage to the Transaxle Assem-bly including Transfer, Clutch,Gears, Transaxle case and all of

its components and other drive-train component(s) by overheat-ing or excessive force.

. Damage to the powertrain or anydrivetrain component(s) that oc-curs when there is a record in theVehicle Status Data Recorder(VSDR) that the vehicle was drivenwith VDC off during the periodwhen the damage was incurred isexcluded from warranty cover-age.

See your 2018 Warranty InformationBooklet for important related informationand warranty coverage exclusions. Seealso section 2 ( “Transmission warn-ing light” page 2-31) and section 5( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” page 5-52) of this Owner’s Manual,“Transmission Clutch Temperature High”and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Sys-tem” for important additional relatedinformation.

SUMMER TIRESThe GT-R summer tires are made from aspecially formulated rubber to maximizethe vehicle’s performance capabilities.Performance of summer tires is substan-tially reduced when temperatures are lessthan 32°F (0°C) so you must drive care-fully. NISSAN recommends the use ofwinter or all-season tires on all fourwheels if you plan to operate your vehiclein snowy or icy conditions when tem-peratures are less than 32°F (0°C).

WARNINGNever use summer tires when thetemperature is below −4°F (−20°C) toprevent permanent tread deforma-tion which may cause tire damage ortire failure. This may cause a loss ofvehicle control which can result inserious personal injury or death.

ALL-SEASON TIRESDo not exceed the speed rating of the tirethat is installed on the vehicle.

PRECAUTIONS BEFORE DRIVING

AVOIDING BODY DAMAGEThe GT-R bumper, fascia, side sills andundercarriage are close to the ground.Drive slowly on rough or uneven roads toavoid damaging these parts. Pay carefulattention to wheel blocks and curbs. If thefront bumper contacts a wheel block,curb, etc., the bumper and underlyingparts may be damaged or cracked. Becareful not to damage the front spoilerthat is installed below the engine room.

FUELNISSAN recommends using fuels thatcontain no alcohol. However, fuels con-taining up to 10% alcohol may be used, ifnecessary. Do not use E-15 or E-85 in yourvehicle. ( “Fuel information” page 9-4)

NOTICETo avoid serious engine damage dueto increased cylinder temperatures,do not use fuels that contain morea l c o h o l t h a n i n d i c a t e d i n

“Gasoline containing oxyge-nates” page 9-5. Also, do not use fueladditives, fuel stabilizers or fuel dei-cers that contain alcohol.

BODY REPAIRThe body of the GT-R has been manu-factured on special fixtures utilizing ahybrid structure with aluminum die castparts for the frame work. Special skills,information and equipment are requiredto correctly repair the body. It is recom-mended you contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer if the vehicle is damaged,such as in a collision, and they willrecommend an appropriate body shop.Only certified body shops using CELETTE®

advanced collision repair equipment areapproved by NISSAN for repairing struc-tural body damage. It is recommendedyou contact a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er or NISSAN Consumer Affairs for areferral or list of certified body shops.

DRIVING AFTER REPLACING TIRESAvoid the driving conditions listed under“Additional maintenance items” in thissection for 48 hours after tires are in-stalled on the wheels ( “Additionalmaintenance items” page GTR-12). Thetire may slip on the wheel if the vehicleis driven in these conditions before 48hours have passed. If the tire slips on thewheel, the wheel/tire assembly will be outof balance and will require rebalancing.

GT-R Overview GTR-11


The information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.The following information applies only ifyou engage in performance driving suchas driving your GT-R for extended periodsunder the following conditions.. Higher-RPM (approaching redline) op-

eration. Frequent high pedal force braking

from moderate and higher speeds. Frequent throttle activation. Fast revving throughout the RPM

rangeIn such cases, the following additionalmaintenance guidelines apply.However, you should also carefully readyour 2018 NISSAN GT-R Warranty Infor-mation Booklet for important informa-tion concerning warranty coverage,limitations and exclusions.We recommend that all GT-R mainte-nance be performed at a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. NISSAN will only pay forGT-R Performance Optimization Servicesperformed at a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

PRECAUTIONS ON PERFORMANCEDRIVINGThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.

Checking the temperature of thecoolant and oils on the touchscreen displayWhen the temperatures of the enginecoolant and oil, and the oil pressureexceed the normal range, the color ofthe multi function meter on the touchscreen display changes to red to warn thedriver. When engaging in high perfor-mance driving, switch the display to themulti function meter to display the tem-perature of the engine coolant and oil,and the oil pressure. When the color ofthe meter display changes to red, per-form cool down driving. When the valuesof the temperature and pressure returnto the normal range, the color of the multifunction meter will turn back to white.Warning temperature:. Engine coolant temperature is 230°F

(110°C) or higher:If the engine coolant temperatureincreases above 230°F (110°C), the

color of the multi function meter onthe touch screen display changes tored to warn of a possible overheatcondition and engine output is re-duced.

. Engine oil temperature is 275°F (135°C)or higher:If the engine oil temperature is higherthan 275°F (135°C), the meter displaychanges to red, maximum enginespeed is automatically limited to4,000 rpm, and the transmissionautomatically changes from theposition to the position.

. Transmission oil temperature is 284°F(140°C) or higher:If the transmission oil temperatureincreases to over 284°F (140°C), thecolor of the meter display changes tored. However, the vehicle can continueto be driven until the temperaturereaches 295°F (146°C). If the oil tem-perature exceeds 284°F (140°C) whiledriving (the color of the meter dis-played in red), change both the trans-mission oil and the differential oil afterdriving because these fluids havedeteriorated because of the heat.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Cool downThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.Cool down the vehicle to help extend thelife of the vehicle if coolant temperaturesare extremely high. Drive the vehicle at 37to 50 MPH (60 to 80 km/h), in 5th or 6thgear for 2 to 3 miles (3 to 5 km) and thenstop the engine.

Refueling precautions

WARNINGDo not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possibly afire. The fuel tank is full at the firstautomatic shutoff.

To maximize vehicle performance, thefuel tank is located as low as possible tolower the vehicle center of gravity. Thetank is also divided into two parts. Thisfuel tank design causes higher pressuresinside the tank than other vehicles so fuelspillage is possible by trying to top off the

fuel tank after automatic shutoff.The fuel tank pressure is higher when thevehicle is hot, especially if the tank is morethan half full. If the cap is opened whenthe vehicle is hot, it may cause fuel sprayand there may be a hissing noise. Openthe cap slowly, releasing the pressurefrom the tank gradually. Also, if thevehicle is refueled when the vehicle ishot, the fuel pump may automaticallyshut off before the tank is full. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction.Refuel slowly or refuel after the vehiclehas cooled.

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTSBEFORE DRIVINGThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.

Fluids. Check the engine, transmission, differ-

ential and under vehicle surfaces foroil and coolant leaks.

. Check the fluid levels and adjust asnecessary using the specified fluid asdescribed under the conditions listedin this section.( “Recommendedfluids and maintenance interval” page

GTR-19 ) If you do not drive under theconditions listed, refer to the 2018NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide.



. NISSAN recommends to adjust theengine oil level to be 0.39 in (10mm) (1/8 gal (0.5 liters)) below the Hmark on the engine oil dipstick. (range is 1.18 in (30 mm).) Beforechecking the oil level, run the engineuntil it reaches operating temperatureand wait at least 5 minutes afterturning off the engine. Make sure theoil level always remains above the Lmark.When the vehicle is delivered, theengine oil is set to “H- 0.39 in (10mm)” for optimal high performancedriving.

. Some amount of oil is consumed by

your engine under normal operatingconditions, and oil consumption byitself does not necessarily indicateany malfunction. If your rate of oilconsumption increases suddenly orwithout explanation, NISSAN recom-mends that you have your vehicleinspected by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

. Adjust the power steering fluid level tothe R mark on the power steeringdipstick when the fluid temperature ishot or when the fluid temperature iscold.Fluid temperature:Hot: 122 to 176°F (50 to 80°C): between

andCold: 32 to 86°F (0 to 30°C): betweenand

Coolant level and mixture ratioThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.Check the coolant level in the pressurizedcoolant reservoir. Adjust the level so thatthe fluid is between the MAX and MINmarkings. For the coolant, use genuineNISSAN Long Life coolant. (On delivery ofnew vehicle, the reservoir is filled to theMIN level. Be sure to replenish approxi-mately 3/8 US quart (0.3 to 0.4 liter) ofcoolant.)

NOTICEDo not overfill the coolant. This mayincrease the pressure in the coolingsystem and cause coolant leaks.

To maximize vehicle performance, thecoolant mixture ratio should be a combi-nation of 30% coolant antifreeze and 70%demineralized or distilled water for max-imum cooling system performance re-gardless of ambient temperatures.If ambient temperatures are anticipatedbelow 5°F (−15°C), make sure a propermixture ratio of 50% antifreeze and 50%demineralized or distilled water mix is

used.

Engine and powertrainThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.. Check the engine, transmission, differ-

ential and under the vehicle for oil andcoolant leaks.

. Inspect the areas surrounding of thecatalytic converter for heat deteriora-tion.

. Always perform the transmissionsetting. After that, adjust the clutchclearance so that the clearance is lessthan the clearance used for dailydriving. Your GT-R certified NISSANdealer has the necessary informationand equipment to set the clutchclearance to the correct specification.The clearance used for daily drivingincreases clutch heat generated dur-ing Performance Driving. This leads toan increase in temperature of thetransmission oil. In addition, a moredirect shifting feel can be obtained byreducing the clutch clearance forPerformance Driving. The clutch clear-ance should be reset to the dailydriving specification after Perfor-mance Driving. It is recommended

you see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerfor information.

NOTICEFailure to have the clutch properlyadjusted before performance drivingmay cause the transmission oil tem-perature to increase which maycause transmission damage.

. Inspect and confirm the clearancebetween the exhaust finisher and rearbumper is more than 0.24 in (6 mm)(up/down) and more than 0.20 in (5mm) (left/right).

. Inspect the dust boot of the driveshaft universal joint for cracks ordamage.

Suspension and wheel alignmentThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.. Check the steering and suspension

system and other links for loose and/or damaged parts.

. Measure and adjust the wheel align-ment. ( “Wheel alignment” pageGTR-9) It is recommended you contact



a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer toadjust the wheel alignment to therecommended setting for high perfor-mance driving.

Preventing toe-out:Toe-out can cause uneven tire wear ordamage to areas inside the tires due tohigh heat. Be sure to have the wheelalignment toe-in setting checked andadjusted by your GT-R certified NISSANdealer before any performance drivingon closed circuit tracks. Obey all trafficlaws when on public roads.

Toe-in specification

Front ≤ 0.059 in (1.5 mm)

Rear ≤ 0.079 in (2.0 mm)

Wheels and tiresThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.. Check tire wear and cracking.. Inspect the tire side wall for damage.. Check the tire pressure and adjust the

pressure as necessary when the tiresare cold. ( “Wheels and tires” page8-31)

The tire pressure changes depending onthe outside temperature or altitude.Check the tire pressure regularly andwhen the climate conditions change.* The following chart indicates how thetire pressure will decrease as outside airtemperature decreases.

WARNINGKeep your tires inflated to the cor-rect tire pressure. Driving with lowtire pressure can damage somepowertrain systems and affect theoperation of the ABS and VDC sys-tems. Low Tire pressure may alsocause tire failure and result in ser-ious personal injury or death.

. Make sure the tire valve stem cap isinstalled and that the valve stem istight. When installing the cap, makesure to tighten the cap by hand. If a

tool is used to tighten the cap, the capmay be damaged.

. Make sure the wheel nuts are tight.( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31)

. Make sure the drive shaft nuts aretight.

. Make sure to replace the grommetseal, the valve core and the valve capof the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS) sensor attached to thewheel every 3 years for performancedriving use. Replace them every 5years even when not engaging inperformance driving. A dirty grommetseal will cause the air leak from thetire.

. Make sure that the nuts and valvesthat are attached to the TPMS sensorare tight and there is no nitrogen leak.

. Use only a NISSAN genuine valve capor equivalent.

. Check wheel hub run out and that thewheel rotates smoothly without anyfriction. Check these with the tiresremoved whenever an inspection isperformed with the vehicle jacked up.

. Secure road wheel balance weightswith aluminum tape.

. Check that the wheel nuts are not

stripped.

. Make sure the tire has not slipped onthe wheel causing the assembly to beout of balance. The reference markson the tire and wheel should bealigned. If the reference marks arenot aligned, the tire has slipped onthe wheel. Have the wheels/tires re-balanced. Make sure the old referencemarks are erased and new referencemarks are applied to the wheel andtire. When installing new tires on thewheels, make sure new referencemarks are applied to the wheels andtires.

. Avoid the driving conditions listedunder “Additional maintenance items”



in this section for 48 hours after tiresare installed on the wheels. The tiremay slip on the wheel if the vehicle isdriven in these conditions before 48hours have passed. If the tire slips onthe wheel, the wheel/tire assemblywill be out of balance and will requirerebalancing.

BrakesThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.. Check for the heat deterioration of the

brakes and parts around the brakes.. It is recommended that you remove

air from the brake system after any ofthe following:— When engaging in high perfor-

mance driving for the first timeafter purchasing a new vehicle.

— After replacing the brake fluid.— When engaging in high perfor-

mance driving for a sustained per-iod of time. It is recommended thatbleeding the brake be performedwhen the brake calipers are hot(about 212°F (100°C)).

Brake pad break-in procedure:NISSAN recommends that a special brakepad break-in procedure be performedbefore engaging in performance driving.It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for details.

INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTSAFTER DRIVINGThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.

NOTICEAt the completion of performancedriving, all fluid and other adjust-ments should be returned to thenormal fluid specifications as shownin the “Maintenance and do-it-your-self” section of this manual.

FluidsThe information and specifications inthis section apply only when engagingin performance driving.. Check the engine, transmission, differ-


. Check the fluid levels and adjust asnecessary using the specified fluid asdescribed under the conditions listedin this section. ( “Recommendedfluids and maintenance interval” pageGTR-19) If you do not drive under theconditions listed, refer to the 2018NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide.

. When changing fluids, be sure to usethe specified fluids as described in thisOwner’s manual. ( “Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants” page9-2)

Recommended fluids and maintenance intervalThe information and specifications in this section apply only when engaging in performance driving.

ITEMS Engine OilGT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Mobil 1 (0W-40)*1

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

. When the oil temperature staysbelow 230°F (110°C) while driving

Change engine oil and engine oil filter at the same interval asSchedule 1 and 2 in the 2018 NISSAN GT-R Service and MaintenanceGuide.

. When the oil temperature reachesbetween 230°F (110°C) and 266°F (130°C) whiledriving

Change engine oil and engine oil filter every 3,000miles (5,000 km).

. When the oil temperature exceeds266°F (130°C) while driving

Change engine oil and engine oil filter immediately after stopping.

*1: Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory fill oil. The VR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed bores was developed using this oil. NISSAN cannotensure proper engine operation and durability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100%synthetic) may be used; however, some performance loss may be noticed.



ITEMS Transmission Oil

GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special



Change transmission oil at the same interval as Schedule 1 and 2 inthe 2018 NISSAN GT-R Service and Maintenance Guide.


Change transmission oil every 3,000 miles (5,000 km).


Change both transmission oil and differential oil immediately afterstopping. Differential oil temperature usually increases concur-rently.

ITEMS Differential Oil (front and rear)

GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Differential Oil R35 COMPETITION type 2189E*2



Change differential oil at the same interval as Schedule 1 and 2 inthe 2018 NISSAN GT-R Service and Maintenance Guide .


Change differential oil every 3,000 miles (5,000 km).


Change both transmission oil and differential oil immediately afterstopping. Differential oil temperature usually increases concur-rently as the transmission oil temperature.

*2: The differential oil temperature cannot be displayed on the multi function meter on the touch screen display. The differential oil temperature canbe checked with the transmission oil temperature since both usually increases or decrease concurrently.

ITEMS Brake FluidGT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II*3MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Change brake fluid every 3,000 miles (5,000 km).

*3: Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is the factory fill brake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) unit and other related parts werespecially designed for this brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensure the best performance and proper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid isused.



Suspension and wheel alignment. Check the steering and suspension

system and other links for loose and/or damaged parts.

. Measure and adjust the wheel align-ment. It is recommended you contacta GT-R certified NISSAN dealer toadjust the wheel alignment to therecommended setting for normal driv-ing.

Wheels and tires. Check tire wear and cracking.. Inspect the tire side wall for damage.. Check the tire pressure and adjust the

pressure as necessary when the tiresare cold. ( “Wheels and tires” pageGTR-16) If you do not drive under theconditions listed in this section, see

“Wheels and tires” page 8-31.. Check that the wheel nuts are not

stripped. Check if there is no deforma-tion on the contact surface of thewheel nuts.

. Make sure the wheel nuts are tight.( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31)

. Make sure the drive shaft nuts aretight.

. Check wheel hub run out and that thewheel rotates smoothly without anyfriction. Check these with the tiresremoved whenever an inspection isperformed with the vehicle jacked up.

. Make sure the tire has not slipped onthe wheel causing the assembly to beout of balance. The reference markson the tire and wheel should bealigned. If the reference marks arenot aligned, the tire has slipped onthe wheel. Have the wheels/tires re-balanced. Make sure the old referencemarks are erased and new referencemarks are applied to the wheel andtire. When installing new tires on thewheels, make sure new referencemarks are applied to the wheels andtires. ( “Wheels and tires” pageGTR-16)

. Make sure that the TPMS sensorinstallation nuts and the sensor valveare tight and there is no nitrogen leak.

Brakes. Check for the heat deterioration of the

brakes and parts around the brakes.. Check the condition of the brake pads

and disc rotors and replace them asnecessary.

Engine and powertrain. Check the engine, transmission, differ-


. Inspect the area surrounding thecatalytic converter for heat deteriora-tion.

. Inspect and confirm the clearancebetween the exhaust finisher and rearbumper is more than 0.24 in (6 mm)(up/down) and more than 0.20 in (5mm) (left/right).

. The clutch clearance and shift forkposition may need to be adjusted.

. Inspect the dust boot of the driveshaft universal joint for cracks ordamage.

. Check that there is no abnormal noise,vibrations or warning lights illumi-nated when making tight turns atslow speed (for tight corner brakingphenomenon).

REFUELING PRECAUTIONS

WARNINGDo not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possibly afire. The fuel tank is full at the firstautomatic shutoff.

To maximize vehicle performance, thefuel tank is located as low as possible tolower the vehicle center of gravity. Thetank is also divided into two parts. Thisfuel tank design causes higher pressuresinside the tank than other vehicles so fuelspillage is possible by trying to top off thefuel tank after automatic shutoff.The fuel tank pressure is higher when thevehicle is hot, especially if the tank is morethan half full. If the cap is opened whenthe vehicle is hot, it may cause fuel sprayand there may be a hissing noise. Openthe cap slowly, releasing the pressurefrom the tank gradually. Also, if thevehicle is refueled when the vehicle ishot, the fuel pump may automaticallyshut off before the tank is full. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction.

Refuel slowly or refuel after the vehiclehas cooled.

GASOLINE SMELLThe fuel temperature is higher when thevehicle is hot. This may cause a gasolinesmell from the vehicle. This does notindicate that there is a malfunction. Thesmell will go away when the fuel tem-perature has cooled.

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAYINDICATES HIGHER TEMPERATUREHeat from the engine compartment, ra-diator and intercoolers can affect theoutside temperature display. The outsidetemperature display may indicate a high-er than actual temperature while drivingor stopped. This is normal.

IDLE SPEED IS NOT STEADYThe idle speed may not be steady whenthe engine compartment is extremelyhot. This is normal. The engine speed willbe steady when the engine cools down.In this case, the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) may come on. After a fewdriving trips, the MIL should turn off. If thelight remains on after a few driving trips, itis recommended you have the vehicleinspected by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

ENGINE SPEED IS RESTRICTEDTo help protect the engine, the maximumengine speed is automatically controlledin the following conditions:. Revving the engine with the shift lever

in the or position: The maximumengine speed is 4,300 RPM

. Revving the engine when the engineoil is at a low (below 32°F (0°C)) orextremely high (over 275°F (135°C))temperature: The maximum enginespeed is 4,000 RPM (The positionwill automatically change to theposition.)

ENGINE OUTPUT

High altitudeTo protect the engine, engine output iscontrolled so that it does not increase ataltitude of approximately 3,281 ft (1,000m) or higher.

Engine output according to thecoolant temperatureThe engine output is controlled at a lowlevel when the engine coolant tempera-ture is lower than approximately 158°F(70°C) or higher than 230°F (110°C). This isnot a malfunction.


GT-R SPECIFIC VEHICLE CHARACTERISTICS


If the temperature is lower than approxi-mately 158°F (70°C), drive the vehicle untilit reaches normal operating temperature.If the temperature is higher than 230°F(110°C), perform cool-down driving proce-dure. ( “Cool down” page GTR-13)When the temperature of the enginecoolant is between 158°F (70°C) and230°F (110°C), the engine output returnsto normal.

UNEVEN WEAR OF TIRESThe GT-R is equipped with high perfor-mance, low profile, run-flat tires that areoptimized for performance and handling.The life of these tires will be less thanthose of tires installed on a typical vehicle,and you are likely to experience uneventire wear and tire noise regardless of thetype of tire used.

NOISES ARE HEARD WHILE DRIV-ING. The GT-R brake pads use material that

provides a high amount of brakingpower even in high temperatures. Thismaterial can cause an intermittentscreeching noise just before the vehi-cle comes to a stop when the brakesare gently applied. The noise de-creases as the brake pads wear. How-ever, the additional brake pad break-

in or replacing the cross spring maydecrease the noise. It is recommendedyou contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

. A screeching noise may be heardwhen the brake pedal is depressed:— When driving the vehicle for the first

time in the morning,— After leaving the vehicle parked for

extended periods of time, or— When the vehicle is damp following

rain showers or washing the vehi-cle.

These sounds are normal. The noise iscaused when the brake pads absorbmoisture, and the noise stops afterthe brake is applied several times.

. A screeching noise may also be heardwhen the brake pedal is depressed:— When repeatedly applying gentle

braking, especially on a curve at alow speed, or

— When the brake rotors have circularscores with the brake temperaturehigh.

WARNINGFollow the instructions below whenparking the vehicle to help preventthe brake rotor and brake pads fromrusting together. Failure to followthe instructions could cause therotor and pads to rust together. Ifthe rotor and pads rust together,there may be a popping noise andsome vibration when the vehicle isdriven, a wheel may not roll correctly,or the brake pads could be damaged.If the pads are damaged, this mayreduce the effectiveness of the brakesystem which could cause a collision,serious personal injury or death.

. The GT-R uses brake pad materialsthat have high metallic content. Thebrake pad material helps maintainbraking performance in a wide rangeof weather and driving conditions.For the first 3,000-6,000 miles (5,000-10,000 km) of the vehicle’s service life,and for the first 3,000-6,000 miles(5,000-10,000 km) after a brake repla-cement, the brake pad to brake rotorclearance is very small. When parking,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the position. Idle the

engine for more than 20 secondswithout depressing the brake pedal.This allows the brake pads to moveaway from the rotor so the pad doesnot contact the rotor.Additionally, the brakes must be drybefore parking the vehicle after driv-ing on wet roads or after washing thevehicle. If the roads are wet, lightlyapply the brakes for a short distancebefore parking the vehicle to dry thebrakes. After washing the vehicle, drythe brakes by driving on a dry road fora few miles and apply the brakesnormally based on traffic and roadconditions.The metallic brake pads and brakedisc rotor may rust together when thebrakes are not applied:— If the vehicle is not idled for 20

seconds without the brakes ap-plied, or if the brakes are appliedwhen the vehicle is shut off, therotor and pads can rust together,even when the brake pads are dry.

— If the brakes are wet when thevehicle is parked and the parkingbrake is applied for a long time.

— The hill start assist system canapply the brakes even if the brakepedal is not depressed. The brakepads and rotors can rust together if

the parking procedure previouslydescribed is not followed.

It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer if the brakepads and brake rotor have rustedtogether.

NOTICETo help reduce the possibility of therotors and brake pads rusting:Have the brake pads and/or rotorsquenched when the brake pads arereplaced. For detailed informationabout quenching, contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.After quenching the brake pads and/or rotors, apply a brake of 0.5G tostop the vehicle 6-7 times at leastonce a week in a safe location. G-force can be checked on the multifunction meter on the touch screendisplay. Refer to the separate MultiFunction Display Owner’s Manual.

. To maintain steady braking perfor-mance in both extremely high andlow temperatures, the gap betweenthe brake pad and caliper is largerthan normal and large-size brake

pads are used. When driving over abump, a light rattling sound may beheard from the brake pad. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunc-tion.

. When the brake disc rotor undergoesthermal expansion, a ticking noisemay be heard from the engagingportion of the wheel and the brakedisc rotor. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction. The noise willreduce when the temperature de-creases.

. In addition to noise resulting fromuneven tire wear discussed in theprevious section, the GT-R tires aremore rigid than a typical passengercar tire and are made from a speciallyformulated rubber to maximize thevehicle’s performance capabilities.These characteristics cause the GT-Rtires to have more road noise than atypical passenger car tire. This roadnoise is normal.

. Due to the performance capabilitiesand requirements of the GT-R, thesequential 6-speed dual clutch trans-mission is unlike a typical automatictransmission. You will likely hear me-chanical sounds from the transmis-sion, particularly at slow speeds and



at idle. This condition is normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM INFORMATION

Cracks on brake padThe friction material of the GT-R discbrake pad is bonded to the pad backingplate more strongly than conventionalbrake pads to withstand the high braketemperatures. The friction material andbacking plate expand due to heat atdifferent rates. Some cracks may be onthe surface of the friction material due tothe differences in expansion rates and thestrong bond between the friction materialand backing plate. The cracks do notindicate the brake pads need to bereplaced. However, depending on thecondition of the cracks, the pads mayneed to be replaced. It is recommendedyou contact a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er.

Cracks on the disc rotorsWhen the brake is repeatedly applied athigh loads during the cold season, smallcracks of approximately 0.12 in (3 mm)long may appear around the cross drilledholes . This is due to the temperaturedifferential that occurs because the sur-faces of the disc rotors become hot whilethe inside of the rotor is still cold. How-ever, this poses no problem in terms ofbrake performance, and does not indicatea malfunction. The brakes do not need tobe replaced.However, if the cracks extend to 0.16 in (4mm) or longer after repeated application

of the brakes at high loads during highperformance driving, or through the con-tinued use of the brakes, the disc rotorsmust be replaced.

Brake dustThis vehicle is equipped with high perfor-mance brakes, and the characteristics ofthe brake pad material may cause morebrake dust than other vehicles. NISSANrecommends a wheel coating that helpsprevent the brake dust from sticking tothe wheels. It is recommended you con-tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer formore details.

CHANGE OF SURFACE COLOR OFTITANIUM MUFFLER (if soequipped)Genuine titanium mufflers are made oftitanium alloy. The surface color willchange depending on the driving condi-tions, which is not unusual. Prior toshipping from factory, all vehicles receivebalance aligning for engine, transmission,and clutch, as well as quench driving ofbrake pads and rotors. As a result, themuffler surface color may differ depend-ing on the vehicle.

SOUND HEARD AROUND TITANIUMMUFFLER (if so equipped)When stopping the engine (rapid cooling),you may hear a metal-rubbing sound orunusual ticking sound because of thedifferential thermal expansion betweenthe inner and outer pipes of the muffler.This is not a malfunction. The sound willdecrease when the temperature lowers.

EXHAUST GAS IS NOT EMITTEDFROM LEFT EXHAUST PIPE DURINGIDLING/WHEN ENGINE SPEED ISLOW (if so equipped)The titanium muffler for vehicles with theexhaust sound control system isequipped with a control valve installedon the left-side exhaust pipe. When theexhaust sound control switch is ON or theengine speed is low, exhaust sound silen-cing is enhanced by closing the valve.Exhaust gas is not emitted from the left-side exhaust pipe when the control valveis closed. This is not a malfunction.( “Exhaust sound control system”page 5-57)

DRY CARBON FIBER PARTS (if soequipped)Roughness or uneven surfaces of drycarbon fiber parts and fiber twistsThe surfaces of the dry carbon fiber partsare lightly coated like a race car so thatyou can feel the proper texture of realcarbon, which may feel rough. This isnormal.

The GT-R dual clutch transmission is anewly-developed system that uses anelectronically controlled multiple-discwet clutch attached to the highly efficientmanual transmission. This transmissionhas two driving modes.. position (Automatic gearshift):

allows automatic shifting of the man-ual transmission.

. position (Manual gearshift):allows quick shifting of the manualtransmission.

NOTE:When starting or driving on a steepuphill grade, shift to the positionand operate the paddle shifter to shiftdown to 1st gear similar to a manualtransmission vehicle.The GT-R dual clutch transmission wasdeveloped specifically to maximize vehi-cle performance and driving enjoyment.The GT-R transmission components weredesigned using different engineeringstandards than typical passenger cartransmissions. Because of this, the GT-Rhas different operating characteristics,and various rattle noises may be heardduring some driving conditions becauseof the following items:


DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION


. Gear clearances

. Ultralight flywheel

. Dry sump lubricationThese noises do not indicate that there isa malfunction.

TRANSMISSION OPERATION CHARACTERISTICS

Mechanism Operation characteristics

Base Manual transmis-sion

. The GT-R transmission design is different from transmissions used in conventional passenger cars. The GT-R uses atransmission gear design, light flywheel and a dry sump lubrication system to provide maximum vehicle performance.Because the GT-R Transmission design is different, noises may be louder. When the transmission temperature is high,rattling, shaking and jarring noises may be heard.

. Clattering noises may be heard while shifting.

. Appropriate gaps are provided between gears to achieve smooth gear rotation and steady tooth surface lubricationunder the high-load driving condition. However, this causes a rattling noise.

. If the shift lever is moved from to position, or to position before the vehicle stops, you may not be ableto shift gear or it may take longer to shift gear. Make sure to depress the brake pedal and check that the vehicle hasstopped before shifting.

Multiple-disc wetclutch

. When stopping the vehicle with the shift lever in the or position, be sure to firmly depress the brake pedal. Thevehicle may slowly move if the brake pedal is not depressed.

. Avoid depressing the brake and accelerator pedals at the same time. Depressing the brake and accelerator pedals atthe same time could cause the clutch to overheat and accelerate deterioration.

. When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, do not hold the vehicle in place by depressing the accelerator pedal. Doing so maycause the clutch to overheat and result in transmission damage. Use the brakes to prevent the vehicle from moving.

Electronic oil pressurecontrol

The following conditions are caused due to changes in fluid viscosity as a result of temperature changes.. When the transmission oil is extremely cold or extremely hot, the transmission may feel like it is slipping during shifts or

there may be hard shifts. This is normal. Transmission shifting should return to normal when the transmission oilreturns to normal operating temperatures.

. When the transmission oil temperature is extremely cold, the time required to run a system check may increase. Duringthe system check, the shift lever must stay in the position. Move the shift lever after turning off the system checkdisplay. Also, it is normal to hear clicking noises during the transmission systems check.

Changing modes. The higher shift speeds in the position may result in shift shock and jerkiness when starting or shifting.. The quickest shifting in the R mode with the transmission in the position is available when the engine speed is high.

However, the transmission may shift more slowly when the engine speed is low.

Mechanical Limited SlipDifferential (LSD)

If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel turned half a turn in cold temperatures, the inner wheel tiremay slip and some noise or vibration may be heard. This phenomenon occurs because the viscosity of the differential oilbecomes thicker and the Limited Slip Differential (LSD) operates with increasing load. When the steering wheel is returnedto the straight ahead position or the differential oil warms up, the noise and vibration decrease.



Mechanism Operation characteristics

Electronically-con-trolled All-Wheel Drive(AWD)

If the vehicle accelerates from a stop with the steering wheel turned half a turn in cold temperatures, it may be hard tomove the vehicle when the accelerator pedal is depressed. This phenomenon is unique to AWD vehicles and is caused bythe speed difference between the front and rear wheel. This is not a malfunction. Resolve the phenomenon by returning thesteering wheel to the straight ahead position. This phenomenon can be reduced if certain conditions are met. ( “Tightcorner braking phenomenon” page 5-42)

Ultralight flywheel

. An ultralight flywheel is provided to achieve rapid engine response to the accelerator pedal operation. The enginerotation fluctuations become larger than conventional vehicles. Rattling, shaking or jarring noises may be heard whenidling or driving at a low speed.

. Rattling noises may be heard when the engine is started or stopped.

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) .................................................................................... 0-2

Front ................................................................................................ 0-2Rear .................................................................................................. 0-3

Exterior front ................................................................................... 0-4Exterior rear ..................................................................................... 0-5

Passenger compartment ...................................................... 0-6Cockpit ................................................................................................ 0-7Instrument panel ........................................................................ 0-8Meters and gauges ................................................................... 0-9Engine compartment ........................................................... 0-10Warning and indicator lights .......................................... 0-11

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

FRONT1. Seat belt (Page 1-6)2. Rear seat walk-in lever (P.1-5)3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag system(P.1-34)

4. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-34)

5. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-46)6. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bag system (P.1-34)7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern

sensor) (P.1-40)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

REAR1. Rear seats

— Child restraint installation (P.1-15)2. Child restraint anchor points (for top

tether strap child restraint) (P.1-19)3. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P.1-17, P.1-26, P.1-30)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3


1. Hood (P.3-18)2. Windshield wiper and washer (P.2-50,

P.8-22)3. Doors (P.3-2, P.3-4, P.3-8)4. Outside mirrors (P.3-28)5. Power windows (P.2-63)

6. Corner sensors (P.5-46)7. Center sensors (P.5-46)8. Daytime running light (P.2-52)9. Headlight and turn signal (P.2-52, P.8-29)10. Tires and wheels (P.5-4, P.6-3, P.8-31,

P.9-10)

ITEMS GENUINE PARTS

Road wheelGenuine road wheel speci-fic to GT-R

Tire*1Genuine tire specific toGT-R

Brake pad*2Genuine brake pad specificto GT-R

Brake disc ro-tor*2

Genuine brake disc rotorspecific to GT-R

*1: When tire replacement is required, repla-cing tires as a set of four with new tires isrecommended. However, if a tire is punc-tured or damaged, it may be possible toreplace only the damaged tire. Determin-ing whether one tire or a complete set oftires should be replaced is based on anumber of factors including tire wear andcondition. It is recommended you contactyour GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Theycan recommend if an individual tire or acomplete set should be replaced.

*2: “Replacement of brake pads anddisc rotors” page GTR-6Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special IIis the factory fill brake fluid. The VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) unit and otherrelated parts were specially designed forthis brake fluid. NISSAN cannot ensureproper operation of the vehicle if otherbrake fluid is used.

EXTERIOR FRONT

1. High-mounted stop light (P.8-29)2. Trunk (P.3-8, P.3-20)3. Rear window defroster (P.2-51)4. Satellite antenna (P.4-14)5. Corner sensors (P.5-46)6. Center sensors (P.5-46)

7. Rear view camera (P.4-2)8. Rear combination light (P.8-29)9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-24, P.9-4): Except for NISMO models: NISMO models

ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED FUEL

Fuel

Unleaded premium gasoline withan octane rating of at least 93 AKI(Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 98)*1

*1: Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 93 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 98) to maximize vehicle perfor-mance. If 93 AKI number (Research octanenumber 98) premium gasoline is notavailable, you may use unleaded premiumgasoline with an octane rating of at least91 AKI number (Research octane number96), but you may notice a decrease inperformance.


EXTERIOR REAR


1. Coat hooks (P.2-62)2. Inside lock knob (P.3-5)3. Interior light control switch (P.2-65)4. Map lights (P.2-65)5. SOS call switch*6. Sun visors (P.3-27)

7. Sunglasses holder (P.2-60)8. Inside rearview mirror (P.2-67, P.3-27)9. Center console box (P.2-61)

— Power outlet (if so equipped) (P.2-57)— USB memory operation*— iPod® player operation*— Auxiliary input jack*

10. Cup holders (P.2-59)11. Power window switches (P.2-63)12. Window lock button (P.2-64)13. Power door lock switch (P.3-5)*: Refer to the separate Multi Function Dis-

play Owner’s Manual.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

1. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-52)2. Paddle shifters (P.5-15)3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left

side)*4. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right

side)

— MRK (Mark) switch*— Cruise control (P.5-34)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-50)7. VDC, transmission and suspension set up

switches (P.5-25)8. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-20)

9. Hood release handle (P.3-18)10. Intelligent Key port (P.5-12)11. Sonar system OFF switch (P.5-48)12. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever

(P.3-26)13. Horn (P.2-55)14. Exhaust sound control switch (if so

equipped) (P.5-57)15. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)16. Shift lever (P.5-15)17. Parking brake (P.5-33, P.5-44)*: Refer to the separate Multi Function Dis-



COCKPIT


1. Outside mirror control switch (P.3-28)2. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-51)3. CD slot*4. Heater and air conditioner (P.4-10)5. Touch screen display*6. Glove box (P.2-61)

7. Fuse box cover (P.8-24)8. Power outlet (P.2-57)9. Display Commander*10. Front passenger air bag status light

(P.1-42)11. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

12. Trunk release power cancel switch (P.3-21)*: Refer to the separate Multi Function Dis-


INSTRUMENT PANEL

1. Trip A/B reset switch (P.2-7)2. Speedometer (P.2-7)3. Tachometer (P.2-8)/Upshift indicator

(P.2-10)4. Transmission position indicator (P.2-10)5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-8)

6. ENTER switch (P.2-16)7. Instrument brightness control switch

(P.2-12)8. Vehicle information display (P.2-13)9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)10. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)11. NEXT switch (P.2-16)

NOTE:. Meters and gauges will illuminate

when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

. The needle indicators may moveslightly after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. Thisdoes not indicate that there is amalfunction.


METERS AND GAUGES


1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)2. Battery (P.8-17)3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-13)4. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-13)5. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-15)6. Air cleaner (P.8-21)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-14)8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-10)9. Coolant reservoir cap (pressure type)

(P.8-10)10. Coolant reservoir (P.8-10)11. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-16)

ITEMS GT-R SPECIFIED FLUIDS

Engine oil Mobil 1 (0W-40)*1

Transmission oilGenuine NISSAN Transmis-sion Oil R35 Special

Differential oil(front and rear)

Differential Oil R35 COM-PETITION type 2189E

Brake fluidGenuine NISSAN BrakeFluid R35 Special II*2

*1: Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is thefactory fill oil. The VR38 engine with itsplasma-sprayed bores was developedusing this oil. NISSAN cannot ensureproper engine operation and durability ifother 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1(0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40)(100% synthetic) may be used; however,some performance loss may be noticed.

*2: Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special IIis the factory fill brake fluid. The VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) unit and otherrelated parts were specially designed forthis brake fluid and NISSAN cannot ensureproper operation of the vehicle if otherbrake fluid is used.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Warninglight Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)warning light

2-26

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-27

Brake warning light 2-27

Charge warning light 2-28

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-28

Intelligent Key warninglight

2-28

Low tire pressure warninglight

2-28

Master warning light 2-30

Seat belt warning light 2-31

Supplemental air bagwarning light

2-31

Transmission warning light 2-31

Warninglight Name Page

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning light

2-32

Indica-tor light Name Page

Cruise main switch indica-tor light

2-32

Cruise set switch indicatorlight

2-32

Exterior light indicator 2-32

Front passenger air bagstatus light

2-33

High beam indicator light 2-33

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-33

Turn signal/hazard indica-tor lights

2-34

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

2-34


WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


MEMO

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and sup-plemental restraint system

Seats ...................................................................................................... 1-2Front seats ................................................................................. 1-3

Head restraints/headrests ................................................... 1-5Seat belts ........................................................................................... 1-6

Precautions on seat belt usage ................................ 1-6Pregnant women .................................................................. 1-9Injured persons ....................................................................... 1-9Three-point type seat belt with retractor ........ 1-9Seat belt extenders .......................................................... 1-12Seat belt maintenance .................................................. 1-12

Child safety .................................................................................... 1-13Infants ......................................................................................... 1-13Small children ....................................................................... 1-14Larger children ..................................................................... 1-14

Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-15Precautions on child restraints .............................. 1-16Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH) ................................................................... 1-17Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ........................................................................... 1-20

Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts ...................................................................... 1-21Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ........................................................................ 1-24Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ....................................................... 1-26Booster seats ...................................................................... 1-30

Supplemental restraint system .................................... 1-34Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ............................................................... 1-34NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) .......................................................................... 1-40Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag systems ............................. 1-45Seat belts with pretensioners(front seats) .......................................................................... 1-46Supplemental air bag warning labels ............. 1-48Supplemental air bag warning light ................ 1-48Repair and replacement procedure ................. 1-49

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING. Do not ride in a moving vehicle

when the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andad jus t the seat proper l y .( “Precautions on seat beltusage” page 1-6)

. After adjustment, gently rock inthe seat to make sure it is se-curely locked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switchesor controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children,people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unat-t e n d e d i n y o u r v e h i c l e .Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become highenough to cause a significant riskof injury or death to people andpets.

. The seatback should not be re-clined any more than needed forcomfort. Seat belts are most ef-fective when the passenger sitswith their back straight up andcontacting the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and beinginjured is increased.

CAUTIONWhen adjusting the seat positions,be sure not to contact any movingparts to avoid possible injuries ordamage.

SEATS

NOTICEMake sure the front seatback doesnot contact the rear seat when re-clining the seat. When the front seatis reclined to the rearmost position, itmay contact the rear seat. This maycause an indentation in the seat-back.

FRONT SEATS

Front power seat adjustmentOperating tips. The power seat motor has an auto-

reset overload protection circuit. If themotor stops during operation, wait 30seconds, then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switchfor a long period of time when theengine is off. This will discharge thebattery.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3


Seat Adjustment Switch Operation LocationForward and back-ward

Move the switch forward or backward until the desired seat position isobtained.

Driver’s andfront passen-ger’s seatsReclining Turn the switch forward and backward until the desired seatback angle

is obtained.The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants ofdifferent sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit.( “Precautions on seat belt usage” page 1-6)Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when thevehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the position with theparking brake fully applied.

Seat lifter (front) Push the switch up or down to raise or lower the front portion of theseat.

Driver’s seatSeat lifter (rear) Move the switch up or down to raise or lower the rear portion of the

seat.

Rear seat walk-inThis feature makes it easier to get in andout of the rear seat. Use the followingprocedure when getting in and out of therear seat.1. Pull up the lever , hold the knob ,

and tilt the seatback forward.2. Use the seat adjustment switch to

slide the seat forward to a positionwhere it will be easier to enter or exitthe rear seats. Fold the shoulder beltguide for easier access to the rearseat.

To return the seatback to its originalposition, hold the knob , raise the seat-

back, and use the seat adjustment switchto adjust the seat position.

CAUTION. When returning the seat to its

original position, confirm thatthe seat and seatback are lockedproperly.

. Be careful not to pinch your handor foot or bump your head whenoperating the walk-in seat.

NOTICEDo not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Theymay be pinched and damaged.

WARNINGHead restraints/headrests supple-ment the other vehicle safety sys-tems. They may provide additionalprotection against injury in certainrear end collisions.Head restraints/headrests must beadjusted properly, as specified in thissection. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Failureto follow these instructions can re-duce the effectiveness of the headrestraints/headrests. This may in-crease the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision.


HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with head restraint/head-rest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or head-rest.Your vehicle is equipped with integratedhead restraints/headrests.Proper adjustment:Properly position the head restraint byadjusting the front seat so that the top ofthe seat is as upright as possible.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet onthe floor, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severity ofinjury may be greatly reduced. NISSANstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.Most U.S. states and Canadian pro-vinces or territories specify that seatbelts be worn at all times when avehicle is being driven.

SEAT BELTS

WARNING. Every person who drives or rides

in this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times. Children shouldbe properly restrained in the rearseat and, if appropriate, in a childrestraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure todo so may reduce the effective-ness of the entire restraint sys-tem and increase the chance orseverity of injury in an accident.Serious injury or death can occurif the seat belt is not worn prop-erly.

. Always route the shoulder beltover your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never put the beltbehind your back, under yourarm or across your neck. The beltshould be away from your faceand neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an



accident.. Be sure the seat belt tongue is

securely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt insideout or twisted. Doing so mayreduce its effectiveness.

. Do not allow more than oneperson to use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning lightglows continuously while theignition is turned ON with alldoors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. It is re-commended you have the systemchecked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made tothe seat belt system. For exam-ple, do not modify the seat belt,add material, or install devicesthat may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so mayaffect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tam-pering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal

injury.. Once a seat belt pretensioner has

activated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together withthe retractor. It is recommendedyou see a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a GT-R certi-fied NISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hard-ware, should be inspected afterany collision by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. NISSAN recom-mends that all seat belt assem-blies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision wasminor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assembliesnot in use during a collisionshould also be inspected andreplaced if either damage or im-proper operation is noted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspectedafter any collision. Always followthe restraint manufacturer’s in-

spection instructions and repla-cement recommendations. Thechild restraints should be re-placed if they are damaged.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnant wo-men use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug, and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips,not the waist. Place the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never run the lap/shoulder belt over yourabdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING. Every person who drives or rides

in this vehicle should use a seatbelt at all times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined.This can be dangerous. Theshoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious inju-

ries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seatwith both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly.

. Do not allow children to play withthe seat belts. Most seating posi-tions are equipped with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat beltbecomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR modeactivated, the child can be ser-iously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat beltto release the child. If the seatbelt cannot be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release thechild by cutting the seat belt witha suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.



Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. ( “Seats” page 1-2)2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the

retractor and insert the tongue intothe buckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on im-pact. A slow pulling motion per-mits the belt to move, and allowsyou some freedom of movementin the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.

Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts for thefront passenger and rear seats have twomodes of operation:. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR). Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat.

The ELR locks the seat belt when thevehicle slows down rapidly or duringimpacts.The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode or child restraint mode locks theseat belt for child restraint installation.When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat beltreturns to the ELR mode after the seatbelt is fully retracted.( “Child restraints” page 1-15)The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by an occupant, theALR mode should not be activated. If itis activated it may cause uncomfortableseat belt tension. It can also change theoperation of the front passenger airbag. ( “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” page 1-42)

WARNINGWhen fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are comple-tely secured in the latched position.If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in anaccident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push thebutton on the buckle. The seat beltautomatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:. When the belt is pulled quickly from

the retractor.. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for-ward quickly. The retractor shouldlock and restrict further belt move-ment.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck or if you have any question aboutseat belt operation, see a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.



Shoulder belt arm (for front seats)Before fastening the seat belt, adjust theshoulder belt arm to the lock positionwhere the belt fits snugly on the shoulder.The arm can also be folded down to allowrear seat passengers easier access.Pulling the arm forward will allow an easyaccess to the belt.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available that can be purchased.The extender adds approximately 8 in(200 mm) of length and may be used foreither the driver or front passenger seat-ing position. It is recommended you see aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer for assis-tance with purchasing an extender if anextender is required.

WARNING. It is recommended that only

NISSAN seat belt extenders, madeby the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, be used with the NISSANseat belts.

. Adults and children who can usethe standard seat belt should notuse an extender. Such unneces-sary use could result in seriouspersonal injury in the event of anaccident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly,

the child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply

a mild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in theshade. Do not allow the seat belts toretract until they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

. Periodically check to see that theseat belt and the metal componentssuch as buckles, tongues, retractors,flexible wires and anchors work prop-erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cutsor other damage on the webbing isfound, the entire seat belt assemblyshould be replaced.

WARNINGDo not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode seat belts. Ifthe seat belt becomes wrappedaround a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can beseriously injured or killed if the seatbelt retracts and becomes tight. Thiscan occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. If the seat beltcannot be unbuckled or is alreadyunbuckled, release the child by cut-ting the seat belt with a suitable tool(such as a knife or scissors) torelease the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properly re-strained.In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, in-cluding doctors, teachers, governmenttraffic safety offices, and community or-ganizations. Every child is different, so besure to learn the best way to transport

your child.There are three basic types of childrestraint systems:. Rear-facing child restraint. Forward-facing child restraint. Booster seatThe proper restraint depends on thechild’s size. Generally, infants (up to about1 year and less than 20 lb (9 kg)) should beplaced in rear- facing child restraints.Forward-facing child restraints are avail-able for children who outgrow rear-facingchild restraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child whocan no longer use a forward-facing childrestraint.

WARNINGInfants and children need specialprotection. The vehicle’s seat beltsmay not fit them properly. Theshoulder belt may come too closeto the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. Inan accident, an improperly fittingseat belt could cause serious or fatalinjury. Always use appropriate childrestraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and smallchildren. ( “Child restraints” page 1-15)A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchor and Tethers for CHildren) systemor with the vehicle seat belt. ( “Childrestraints” page 1-15)NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rearseat. According to accident statistics,children are safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (air bag system) for thefront passenger. ( “Supplementalrestraint system” page 1-34)

INFANTSInfants up to at least one year old shouldbe placed in a rear-facing child restraint.NISSAN recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standardsor Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards. You should choose a child restraintwhich fits your vehicle and always followthe manufacturer’s instructions for instal-


CHILD SAFETY


lation and use.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old andweigh at least 20 lb (9 kg) should remainin a rear-facing child restraint as long aspossible up to the height or weight limitof the child restraint. Children who out-grow the height or weight limit of therear-facing child restraint and are at least1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Referto the manufacturer’s instructions forminimum and maximum weight andheight recommendations. NISSAN recom-mends that small children be placed inchild restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the man-ufacturer’s instructions for installationand use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness untilthey reach the maximum height orweight limit allowed by the child restraintmanufacturer.Once a child outgrows the height orweight limit of the harness-equippedforward-facing child restraint, NISSANrecommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat toobtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat beltto fit properly, the booster seat shouldraise the child so that the shoulder belt isproperly positioned across the chest andthe top, middle portion of the shoulder.The shoulder belt should not cross theneck or face and should not fall off theshoulder. The lap belt should lie snuglyacross the lower hips or upper thighs, notthe abdomen.A booster seat can only be used inseating positions that have a three-pointtype seat belt. The booster seat should fitthe vehicle seat and have a label certify-ing that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standards.A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:

. Are the child’s back and hips againstthe vehicle seatback?

. Is the child able to sit without slouch-ing?

. Do the child’s knees bend easily overthe front edge of the seat with feet flaton the floor?

. Can the child safely wear the seat belt(lap belt low and snug across the hipsand shoulder belt across mid-chestand shoulder)?

. Is the child able to use the properlyadjusted head restraint/headrest?

. Will the child be able to stay in positionfor the entire ride?

If you answered no to any of thesequestions, the child should remain in abooster seat using a three-point typeseat belt.

NOTE:Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your childis using the correct restraint systembefore traveling.

WARNINGNever let a child stand or kneel onany seat and do not allow a child inthe cargo areas while the vehicle ismoving. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in an accident orsudden stop.


CHILD RESTRAINTS


PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING. Failure to follow the warnings

and instructions for proper useand installation of child restraintscould result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:— The child restraint must be

used and installed properly.Always follow all of the childrestraint manufacturer’s in-structions for installation anduse.

— Infants and children shouldnever be held on anyone’slap. Even the strongest adultcannot resist the forces of acollision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another pas-senger.

— NISSAN recommends that allchild restraints be installed inthe rear seat. Studies showthat children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear

seat than in the front seat. Ifyou must install a forward-facing child restraint in thefront seat. ( “Forward-fa-cing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” page 1-26)

— Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, neverinstall a rear-facing child re-straint in the front seat. Aninflating air bag could ser-iously injure or kill a child. Arear-facing child restraintmust only be used in the rearseat.

— Be sure to purchase a childrestraint that will fit the childand vehicle. Some child re-straints may not fit properlyin your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor pointsare designed to withstandloads from child restraintsthat are properly fitted.

— Never use the anchor pointsfor adult seat belts or har-nesses.

— A child restraint with a toptether strap should not be

used in the front passengerseat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children shouldalways be placed in an appro-priate child restraint while inthe vehicle.

. When the child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with theLATCH system or a seat belt. In asudden stop or collision, looseobjects can injure occupants ordamage the vehicle.

CAUTIONA child restraint in a closed vehiclecan become very hot. Check theseating surface and buckles beforeplacing a child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) system. Some childrestraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be con-

nected to these anchors. (See “LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren System(LATCH)” page 1-17.)If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts canbe used.Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes. When selecting any childrestraint, keep the following points inmind:. Choose only a restraint with a label

certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in yourvehicle to be sure it is compatible withthe vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys-tem.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the childrestraint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

. If the combined weight of the child

and child restraint is less than 65 lbs(29.5 kg), you may use either theLATCH anchors or the seat belt toinstall the child restraint (not both atthe same time).

. If the combined weight of the childand child restraint is greater than 65lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt(not the lower anchors) to install thechild restraint.

. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions for instal-lation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories require that infants andsmall children be restrained in an ap-proved child restraint at all times whilethe vehicle is being operated. Canadianlaw requires the top tether strap onforward-facing child restraints be se-cured to the designated anchor pointon the vehicle.

LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)Your vehicle is equipped with specialanchor points that are used with theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system compatible child re-straints. This system may also be referredto as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatiblesystem. With this system, you do not haveto use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint unless the combinedweight of the child and child restraintexceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs (29.5 kg), use the



vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors)to install the child restraint. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in a sud-den stop or collision:

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the loca-tions shown in the illustration.

. Inspect the lower anchors by in-serting your fingers into the low-er anchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions overthe anchors such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushionmaterial.The child restraint will not besecured properly if the loweranchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstances

are they to be used to attach adultseat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint will notbe properly installed using the da-maged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision.

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located atthe rear of the seat cushion near theseatback. A label is attached to the seat-back to help you locate the LATCHanchors.

WARNINGThe GT-R has seats and seat belts forfour occupants, two in the frontseats and two in the rear seats.Never use the rear console as aseating position or for a child re-straint.

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to twoanchors located at certain seating posi-tions in your vehicle. With this system, youdo not have to use a vehicle seat belt tosecure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This informationmay also be in the instructions providedby the child restraint manufacturer.

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentWhen installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rearparcel shelf.If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap child restraint onthe rear seat, it is recommended yousee a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forthis service.

WARNINGChild restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstances



are they to be used to attach adultseat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint will notbe properly installed using the da-maged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached tothe lower anchors.

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

Rear-facing — step 33. For child restraints that are equipped

with webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your hand tocompress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening thewebbing of the anchor attachments.

Rear-facing — step 44. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint or try installingby using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit

in all types of vehicles.5. Check to make sure the child restraint

is properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNINGThe three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a child re-straint. Failure to use the ALR modewill result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change theoperation of the front passenger airbag. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” later in this section.



Rear-facing — step 1Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in“Child safety” and “Child restraints” beforeinstalling a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in thefront seat. Position the child restrainton the seat. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer’s instructions.

Rear-facing — step 22. Route the seat belt tongue through

the child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.

Rear-facing — step 33. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode (childrestraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode when the seat belt is fullyretracted.

Rear-facing — step 44. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up

on the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

Rear-facing — step 55. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.



Rear-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior to

each use. If the seat belt is not locked,repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached tothe lower anchors.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point . See

“Installing top tether strap” page1-26. Do not install child restraints thatrequire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 23. The back of the child restraint should

be secured against the vehicle seat-back.If the seating position is interferingwith the proper child restraint fit, tryanother seating position or a differentchild restraint.

Forward-facing — step 44. For child restraints that are equipped

with webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your knee tocompress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening thewebbing of the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack.

Forward-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.



7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 1 through 6.

Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap mustbe used when installing the child restraintwith the LATCH lower anchor attach-ments.First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seatpositions only).1. Flip up the anchor cover from the

anchor point which is located directlybehind the child restraint.

2. Position the top tether strap over thetop of the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps earlier inthis section before tightening thetether strap.

If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap, consult a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for details.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

WARNINGThe three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mustbe used when installing a child re-straint. Failure to use the ALR modewill result in the child restraint notbeing properly secured. The restraintcould tip over or be loose and causeinjury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change theoperation of the front passenger airbag. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” later in this section.

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if thecombined weight of the child and thechild restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). Ifthe combined weight of the child and thechild restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forinstallation.Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicleseat belt in the rear seats or in the front

passenger seat:1. If you must install a child restraint in

the front seat, it should be placed ina forward-facing direction only.Move the seat to the rearmost posi-tion. Child restraints for infants mustbe used in the rear-facing directionand, therefore, must not be used inthe front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.If the seating position is interferingwith the proper child restraint fit, tryanother seating position or a differentchild restraint.

Forward-facing — step 33. Route the seat belt tongue through

the child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tot h e t e t h e r a n c h o r p o i n t .( “Installing top tether strap” page1-30) Do not install child restraints thatrequire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.



Forward-facing — step 44. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode (childrestraint mode). It reverts to Emer-gency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

Forward-facing — step 55. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up

on the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

Forward-facing — step 66. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions toremove any slack.

Forward-facing — step 88. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If

the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 2 through 8.

Forward-facing — step 1010. If the child restraint is installed in the

front passenger seat, place the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Thefront passenger air bag status light

should illuminate. If this light isnot illuminated, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” in this section.Move the child restraint to anotherseating position. It is recommendedyou have the system checked by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt is fully retracted, the ALRmode (child restraint mode) is canceled.



Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap mustbe used when installing the child restraintwith the seat belts.First, secure the child restraint with theseat belt.1. Flip up the anchor cover from the

anchor point which is located directlybehind the child restraint.

2. Position the top tether strap over thetop of the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps earlier in

this section before tightening thetether strap.

If you have any questions when instal-ling a top tether strap, it is recom-mended you consult a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for details.

BOOSTER SEATS

Precautions on booster seats

WARNINGIf a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a childbeing injured in a sudden stop orcollision greatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’sface and neck and the lap portionof the belt does not cross thestomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under thechild’s arm.

. A booster seat must only beinstalled in a seating position thathas a lap/shoulder belt.

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the followingpoints in mind:. Choose only a booster seat with a

label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the boosterseat or vehicle seat. The seatbackmust be at or above the center ofthe child’s ears. For example, if a lowback booster seat is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or abovethe center of the child’s ears. If theseatback is lower than the center ofthe child’s ears, a high back boosterseat should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the boosterseat is compatible with your child.

Always follow all recommended pro-cedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories require that infants andsmall children be restrained in an ap-proved child restraint at all times whilethe vehicle is being operated.The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.



Booster seat installation

CAUTIONDo not use the lap/shoulder beltAutomatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode when using a booster seatwith the seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos-ter seats” sections earlier in this sectionbefore installing a child restraint.Follow these steps to install a boosterseat in the rear seat or in the frontpassenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat inthe front seat, move the seat to therearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facingdirection. Always follow the boosterseat manufacturer’s instructions.

Outboard position3. The booster seat should be positioned

on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.If the seating position is interferingwith the proper booster seat fit, tryanother seating position or a differentbooster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seatbelt low and snug on the child’s hips.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.

Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the belt routing.

Front seat6. Follow the warnings, cautions and

instructions for properly fastening aseat belt. ( “Three-point type seatbelt with retractor” page 1-9)

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, push the igni-tion switch to the ON position. Thefront passenger air bag status light

may or may not illuminate de-pending on the size of the child andthe type of booster seat used.( “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” page 1-42)



PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the following systems:. Driver and passenger supplemental

front-impact air bag (NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bag

. Seat belt pretensionerSupplemental front-impact air bag sys-tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem can help cushion the impact force tothe head and chest of the driver and frontpassenger in certain frontal collisions.Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bag system: This systemcan help cushion the impact force to thechest area of the driver and front pas-senger in certain side impact collisions.The side air bags are designed to inflateon the side where the vehicle is impacted.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system:This system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the

front seating positions in certain sideimpact or rollover collisions. In a sideimpact, the curtain air bags are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. In a rollover, curtain air bags onboth sides are designed to inflate andremain inflated for a short time.Curtain air bags are also designed toinflate in certain types of rollover colli-sions or near rollovers. As a result, certainvehicle movements may cause the cur-tain air bags to inflate.These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash pro-tection provided by the driver and pas-senger seat belts and are not asubstitute for them. Seat belts shouldalways be correctly worn and the occu-pant seated a suitable distance awayfrom the steering wheel, instrument pa-nel and door finishers. ( “Seat belts”page 1-6)The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.After pushing the ignition switch to theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemsare operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Sit upright and well back.

Sit upright and well back.

WARNING. The front air bags ordinarily will

not inflate in the event of a sideimpact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity frontal collision.Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The front passenger air bag willnot inflate if the passenger airbag status light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.( “Front passenger air bagand status light” page 1-42)

. The seat belts and the front airbags are most effective when youare sitting well back and uprightin the seat. The front air bagsinflate with great force. Even withthe NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem, if you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sidewaysor out of position in any way, youare at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you areup against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seat-



back and as far-away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. Always use the seatbelts.

. The driver and front passengerseat belt buckles are equippedwith sensors that detect if theseat belts are fastened. The Ad-vanced Air Bag System monitorsthe severity of a collision and seatbelt usage then inflates the airbags as needed. Failure to prop-erly wear seat belts can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with an occupant clas-sification sensor (pattern sensor)that turns the front passenger airbag OFF under some conditions.This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properlyseated and wearing the seat beltcan increase the risk or severityo f in ju ry in an acc iden t .( “Front passenger air bagand status light” page 1-42)

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them in-side the steering wheel rim couldincrease the risk of hand injury if

the supplemental front air baginflates.

WARNING. Never let children ride unrest-

rained or extend their hands orface out of the window. Do notattempt to hold them in your lapor arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions areshown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injuredor killed when the front air bags,side air bags or curtain air bagsinflate if they are not properlyrestrained. Pre-teens and chil-dren should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, ifpossible.

. Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear- facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating supple-mental front air bag could ser-iously injure or kill your child.( “Child restraints” page 1-15)



Do not lean against doors or windows. Do not lean against doors or windows.

WARNINGFront seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags :

. The side air bags ordinarily willnot inflate in the event of a frontimpact, rear impact, rollover, orlower severity side collision. Al-ways wear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The curtain air bags ordinarily willnot inflate in the event of a frontimpact, rear impact, or lowerseverity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to helpreduce the risk or severity ofinjury in various kinds of acci-dents.

. The seat belts, side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effec-tive when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. Theside air bags and curtain air bagsinflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand,leg or face near the side air bag

on the side of the seatback of thefront seat or near the side roofrails. Do not allow anyone sittingin the front seat to extend theirhand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examplesof dangerous riding positions areshown in the previous illustra-tions.

. When sitting in the rear seat, donot hold onto the seatback of thefront seat. If the supplementalside air bag inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especiallycareful with children, who shouldalways be properly restrained.Some examples of dangerousriding positions are shown in theillustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on thefront seatbacks. They may inter-fere with side air bag inflation.



1. Crash zone sensor2. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod-

ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System)3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-

mental air bags4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bags

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag inflators

6. Pressure sensors in door7. Occupant classification sensor (pattern

sensor)8. Occupant classification system control

unit

9. Satellite sensors10. Seat belt pretensioners11. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driverand front passenger seats. This system isdesigned to meet certification require-ments under U.S. regulations. It is alsopermitted in Canada. All of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in thismanual apply and must be followed.The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of thesteering wheel. The front passenger sup-plemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the instrument panel abovethe glove box. The front air bags aredesigned to inflate in higher severityfrontal collisions, although they may in-flate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may notinflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper front air bag opera-tion.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The systemmonitors information from the Air bag

Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen-sors and the occupant classification sen-sor (pattern sensor). Inflator operation isbased on the severity of a collision andseat belt usage for the driver. For thefront passenger, the occupant classifica-tion sensor is also monitored. Based oninformation from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash,depending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are beltedor unbelted. Additionally, the front pas-senger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, de-pending on the information provided bythe occupant classification sensor. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, thepassenger air bag status light will beilluminated (if the seat is unoccupied, thelight will not be illuminated, but the airbag will be off). One front air bag inflatingdoes not indicate improper performanceof the system. ( “Front passenger airbag and status light” page 1-42)If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended you con-tact NISSAN or a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. If you are considering modificationof your vehicle due to a disability, you mayalso contact NISSAN. Contact informationis contained in the front of this Owner’sManual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by releaseof smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition shouldget fresh air promptly.Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occu-pants. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, an in-flating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lowerbody.Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front airbags inflate quickly in order to helpprotect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against,the air bag module during inflation.The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.After pushing the ignition switch to theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turnoff after about 7 seconds if the systemis operational.



Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and sta-tus light

WARNINGThe front passenger air bag is de-signed to automatically turn OFFunder some conditions. Read thissection carefully to learn how itoperates. Proper use of the seat,seat belt and child restraints is ne-cessary for most effective protec-t i o n . F a i l u r e t o f o l l ow a l linstructions in this manual concern-

ing the use of seats, seat belts andchild restraints can increase the riskor severity of injury in an accident.

Status light:The front passenger air bag status light

is located on the center instrumentpanel. After the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the front passenger airbag status light on the instrument panelilluminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns off or illuminates depending on thefront passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:. Unoccupied passenger seat: The

light is OFF and the front passengerair bag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The lightilluminates to indicate that the frontpassenger air bag is OFF and will notinflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and thepassenger meets the conditions out-lined in this section: The light isOFF to indicate that the front passen-ger air bag is operational.

Front passenger air bag:The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF when thevehicle is operated under some condi-tions as described below as permitted byU.S. regulations. If the front passenger airbag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. Thedriver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passen-ger seat occupants, such as children, byrequiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF.The occupant classification sensor (pat-tern sensor) is in the front passenger seatcushion and is designed to detect anoccupant and objects on the seat. Forexample, if a child is in the front passen-ger seat, the Advanced Air Bag System isdesigned to turn the passenger air bagOFF in accordance with the regulations.Also, if a child restraint of the typespecified in the regulations is on the seat,the occupant classification sensor candetect it and cause the air bag to turnOFF.Front passenger seat adult occupantswho are properly seated and using theseat belt as outlined in this manualshould not cause the passenger air bag

to be automatically turned OFF. For smalladults it may be turned OFF, however, ifthe occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, orby otherwise being out of position), thiscould cause the sensor to turn the air bagOFF. Always be sure to be seated andwearing the seat belt properly for themost effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.NISSAN recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat.If this is not possible, the occupantclassification sensor is designed to oper-ate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestraints and to use the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode) may allow the restraint to tip ormove in an accident or sudden stop. Thiscan also result in the passenger air baginflating in a crash instead of being OFF.( “Child restraints” page 1-15)If the front passenger seat is not occu-pied, the passenger air bag is designednot to inflate in a crash. However, heavyobjects placed on the seat could result in

air bag inflation, because of the objectbeing detected by the occupant classifi-cation sensor. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as ifa child is standing on the seat, or if twochildren are on the seat, contrary to theinstructions in this manual. Always besure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.Using the passenger air bag status light,you can monitor when the front passen-ger air bag is automatically turned OFFwith the seat occupied. The light will notilluminate when the front passenger seatis unoccupied.If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illumi-nated (indicating that the air bag is OFF),it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seatproperly.If a child restraint must be used in thefront seat, the passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated,depending on the size of the child andthe type of child restraint being used. Ifthe passenger air bag status light is notilluminated (indicating that the air bagmight inflate in a crash), it could be thatthe child restraint or seat belt is not beingused properly. Make sure that the childrestraint is installed properly, the seat belt

is used properly and the occupant ispositioned properly. If the passenger airbag status light is still not illuminated,reposition the occupant or child restraintin a rear seat.If the passenger air bag status light willnot illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the seat belts andthe occupant are properly positioned, thesystem may be sensing an unoccupiedseat (in which case the air bag is OFF).Your GT-R certified NISSAN dealer cancheck that the system is OFF by using aspecial tool. However, until you haveconfirmed with your dealer that your airbag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemand passenger air bag status light willtake a few seconds to register a changein the passenger seat status. However, ifthe seat becomes unoccupied, the air bagstatus light will remain off.If a malfunction occurs in the frontpassenger air bag system, the supple-mental air bag warning light , locatedin the meter and gauges area will blink. Itis recommended you have the systemchecked by a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er.



Other supplemental front air bagprecautions

WARNING. Do not place any objects on the

steering wheel pad or on theinstrument panel. Also, do notplace any objects between anyoccupant and the steering wheelor instrument panel. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the frontair bag inflates.

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seatthat will leave permanent impres-sions in the seat. Such objectscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensor (patternsensor). This can affect the op-eration of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic clea-ners (hot steam cleaners) on theseat. This can damage the seat oroccupant classification sensor.This can also affect the operationof the air bag system and result in

serious personal injury.. Immediately after inflation, sev-

eral front air bag system compo-nents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burnyourself.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the supplemental airbag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supple-mental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

. Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orfront end structure. This couldaffect proper operation of thefront air bag system.

. Tampering with the supplemen-tal air bag system may result inserious personal injury. Tamper-ing includes changes to the steer-ing wheel and the instrumentpanel assembly by placing mate-rial over the steering wheel padand above the instrument panelor by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag sys-tem.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may resultin serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the frontseats by placing material on theseat cushion or by installing ad-ditional trim material, such asseat covers, on the seat that isnot specifically designed to as-sure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passen-ger seat or the seat cushion andseatback. Such objects may inter-fere with the proper operation ofthe occupant classification sen-sor.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the seat belt system.This may affect the front air bagsystem. Tampering with the seatbelt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. In-stallation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. The Sup-plemental Restraint System (SRS)

wiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equip-ment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the air bag sys-tem.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a quali-fied repair facility. A crackedwindshield could affect the func-tion of the supplemental air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easy identi-fication.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGAND ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAINSIDE-IMPACT AND ROLLOVERSUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMSThe front side air bags are located in theoutside of the seatback of the front seats.The curtain air bags are located in theside roof rails. All of the information,cautions and warnings in this manualapply and must be followed. The side airbags and curtain air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions,although they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar to

those of a higher severity side impact.They are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. They maynot inflate in certain side collisions.Curtain air bags are also designed toinflate in certain types of rollover colli-sions or near rollovers. As a result, certainvehicle movements may cause the cur-tain air bags to inflate.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper side airbag and curtain air bag operation.When the side air bags and curtain airbags inflate, a fairly loud noise may beheard, followed by release of smoke. Thissmoke is not harmful and does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh airpromptly.Front side air bags, along with the use ofseat belts, help to cushion the impactforce on the chest of the front occupants.Curtain air bags help to cushion theimpact force to the head of occupantsin the front seating positions. They canhelp save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating side air bag andcurtain air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lower



body.The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seatedupright as far as practical away from theside air bags. The side air bags andcurtain air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the side air bags andcurtain air bags inflating can increase therisk of injury if the occupant is too closeto, or is against, these air bag modulesduring inflation. In a rollover, the curtainair bags on both sides are designed toinflate. Under both side-impact situations,the curtain air bags will remain inflatedfor a short period of time.The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isin the ON position.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING. Do not place any objects near the

seatback of the front seats. Also,do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thedoor finisher and the front seat.

Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and cause in-jury if a side air bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several sideair bag and curtain air bag sys-tem components will be hot. Donot touch them; youmay severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the side air bags andcurtain air bags. This is to preventdamage to or accidental inflationof the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

. Do not make unauthorizedchanges to your vehicle’s electri-cal system, suspension system orside panel. This could affect prop-er operation of the side air bagand curtain air bag systems.

. Tampering with the side air bagsystem may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seat by placingmaterial near the seatback or byinstalling additional trim materi-al, such as seat covers, aroundthe side air bags.

. Work around and on the side air

bag and curtain air bag systemsshould be done by a GT-R certi-fied NISSAN dealer. Installation ofelectrical equipment should alsobe done by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. The SRS wiringharnesses* should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should notbe used on the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easy identi-fication.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side airbag and curtain air bag systems andguide the buyer to the appropriate sec-tions in this Owner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETEN-SIONERS (front seats)

WARNING. The pretensioners cannot be re-

used after activation. They mustbe replaced together with theretractor and buckle as a unit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved ina collision but the pretensioner isnot activated, it is recommendedto have the pretensioner systemchecked and, if necessary, re-placed by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

. No unauthorized changes shouldbe made to any components orwiring of the pretensioners. Thisis to prevent damage to or acci-dental activation of the preten-sioners. Tampering with thepretensioner system may resultin serious personal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioners should be done by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. Installa-tion of electrical equipmentshould also be done by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. Un-authorized electrical test equip-ment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioners.

. If you need to dispose of a pre-tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it isrecommended you contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. In-correct disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working withthe seat belt retractor, it helps tighten theseat belt when the vehicle becomesinvolved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are usedthe same way as conventional seat belts.When a pretensioner activates, smoke isreleased and a loud noise may be heard.The smoke is not harmful, and it does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh airpromptly.After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.The supplemental air bag warning light

is used to indicate malfunctions int he p r e t en s i one r s y s t em . ( S ee

“Supplemental air bag warning light”page 1-48 for more details.) If the opera-tion of the supplemental air bag warninglight indicates there is a malfunction, it isrecommended you have the systemchecked by a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.



SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag are placed in thevehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagThe warning labels are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

WARNINGDo not use a rear-facing child re-straint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it. If the air bagdeploys, it may cause serious injuryor death.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the meter, monitors thecircuits for the air bag systems, preten-sioners and all related wirings.When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates for about 7 secondsand then turns off. This means the SRS airbag systems are operational.If any of the following conditions occur,the air bag and/or pretensioner systemsneed servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warninglight remains on after approximately7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight does not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag and/or pretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked andrepaired. It is recommended you takeyour vehicle to the nearest GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and/or pretensioners will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked by a dealer assoon as possible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDUREThe front air bags, side air bags, curtainair bags and pretensioners are designedto activate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the sup-plemental air bag warning light will re-main illuminated after inflation hasoccurred. Repair and replacement ofthese systems should be done only by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.When maintenance work is required onthe vehicle, the front air bags, side airbags, curtain air bags, pretensioners andrelated parts should be pointed out to theperson conducting the maintenance. Theignition switch should always be in theLOCK position when working under thehood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING. Once a front air bag, side air bag,

or curtain air bag has inflated, theair bag module will not functionagain and must be replaced. Ad-ditionally, the activated preten-sioners must also be replaced.The air bag module and preten-sioners should be replaced by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. The

air bagmodule and pretensionerscannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag,curtain air bag and the preten-sioner should be inspected by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer ifthere is any damage to the frontend or side portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a sup-plemental air bag or a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle,contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal in-jury.



MEMO

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ................................................................................................. 2-4Instrument panel ......................................................................... 2-5Meters and gauges .................................................................... 2-6

Speedometer ............................................................................ 2-7Odometer/twin trip odometer ................................... 2-7Tachometer ............................................................................... 2-8Engine coolant temperature gauge ...................... 2-8Fuel gauge .................................................................................. 2-9Transmission position indicator ............................ 2-10Upshift indicator ................................................................. 2-10Instrument brightness control ................................ 2-12

Vehicle information display .............................................. 2-13Engine oil level display ................................................... 2-13Transmission system check display ................... 2-15

Drive computer .......................................................................... 2-16Current fuel consumption .......................................... 2-16Vehicle speed ........................................................................ 2-17Cruise control ....................................................................... 2-17Average fuel consumption and speed ............. 2-17Elapsed time and trip odometer ........................... 2-18Distance to empty ............................................................. 2-18Outside air temperature .............................................. 2-19Setting (drive computer) .............................................. 2-20Warning (drive computer) ........................................... 2-24

Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ................................................................... 2-26

Checking lights .................................................................. 2-26Warning lights .................................................................... 2-26Indicator lights ................................................................... 2-32Audible reminders ........................................................... 2-34

Warning display ......................................................................... 2-35Engine oil low pressure warning ........................ 2-36Engine system warning .............................................. 2-36Shift lever position warning .................................... 2-36Reverse warning .............................................................. 2-37Transmission system warning .............................. 2-37Transmission oil hightemperature warning ................................................... 2-37Transmission clutch hightemperature warning ................................................... 2-38Parking brake release warning ............................ 2-38Low brake fluid warning ............................................ 2-38Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning ..... 2-39Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system warning ................................................................ 2-39AWD clutch high temperature warning ........ 2-39Front/rear tire size discrepancy warning .... 2-40AWD system warning ................................................... 2-40Low tire pressure warning ....................................... 2-41

Run-flat tire warning ....................................................... 2-41Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) warning .................................................................... 2-41Cruise control system warning .............................. 2-42Low fuel warning ............................................................... 2-42Door/trunk open warning .......................................... 2-43Headlight system warning ......................................... 2-43Low washer fluid warning .......................................... 2-43No key warning ................................................................... 2-44

Operation displays ................................................................... 2-44Engine start operation indicator ........................... 2-45Shift “P” warning ................................................................. 2-45“PUSH” warning .................................................................... 2-45Steering lock releasemalfunction indicator ..................................................... 2-46Intelligent Key insertion indicator ........................ 2-46Intelligent Key removal indicator .......................... 2-46Intelligent Key batterydischarge indicator .......................................................... 2-47

Security systems ....................................................................... 2-47Vehicle security system ................................................ 2-47NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ................... 2-49

Wiper and washer switch ................................................... 2-50Using the wipers ................................................................. 2-50Using the washer ............................................................... 2-51

Rear window defroster switch ....................................... 2-51Headlight and turn signal switch ................................ 2-52

Headlight switch ................................................................. 2-52Turn signal switch ............................................................. 2-55

Horn .................................................................................................... 2-55Heated seats ................................................................................ 2-56

Turning on the heaters .............................................. 2-56Turning off the heaters .............................................. 2-56

Sonar system off switch .................................................... 2-57Exhaust sound control switch (ifso equipped) ................................................................................ 2-57Power outlets .............................................................................. 2-57Storage ............................................................................................. 2-59

Cup holders .......................................................................... 2-59Sunglasses holder ........................................................... 2-60Door pocket ......................................................................... 2-60Glove box ............................................................................... 2-61Console box ......................................................................... 2-61Coat hooks ........................................................................... 2-62

Windows .......................................................................................... 2-63Power windows ................................................................ 2-63

Interior lights ............................................................................... 2-65Map lights .............................................................................. 2-65Interior light control switch .................................... 2-66

Vanity mirror lights ................................................................ 2-67HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .............................. 2-67

Programming HomeLink® ........................................ 2-68Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers ................................ 2-69Operating the HomeLink®Universal Transceiver ................................................... 2-70Programming troubleshooting ............................ 2-70Clearing the programmed information ......... 2-70

Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button ............................................................ 2-70

If your vehicle is stolen ............................................... 2-71

Instruments and controls 2-3

2-4 Instruments and controls

1. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-52)2. Paddle shifters (P.5-15)3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left

side)*4. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)5. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right

side)

— MRK (Mark) switch*— Cruise control (P.5-34)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-50)7. VDC, transmission and suspension set up

switches (P.5-25)8. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-20)

9. Hood release handle (P.3-18)10. Intelligent Key port (P.5-12)11. Sonar system OFF switch (P.5-48)12. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel lever

(P.3-26)13. Horn (P.2-55)14. Exhaust sound control switch (if so

equipped) (P.5-57)15. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)16. Shift lever (P.5-15)17. Parking brake (P.5-33, P.5-44)*: Refer to the separate Multi Function Dis-


COCKPIT

1. Outside mirror control switch (P.3-28)2. Rear window defroster switch (P.2-51)3. CD slot*4. Heater and air conditioner (P.4-10)5. Touch screen display*6. Glove box (P.2-61)

7. Fuse box cover (P.8-24)8. Power outlet (P.2-57)9. Display Commander*10. Front passenger air bag status light

(P.1-42)11. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

12. Trunk release power cancel switch (P.3-21)*: Refer to the separate Multi Function Dis-



INSTRUMENT PANEL


1. Trip A/B reset switch (P.2-7)2. Speedometer (P.2-7)3. Tachometer (P.2-8)/Upshift indicator

(P.2-10)4. Transmission position indicator (P.2-10)5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-8)

6. ENTER switch (P.2-16)7. Instrument brightness control switch

(P.2-12)8. Vehicle information display (P.2-13)9. Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)10. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)11. NEXT switch (P.2-16)

NOTE:. Meters and gauges will illuminate

when the ignition switch is pushedto the ON position.

. The needle indicators may moveslightly after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position. Thisdoes not indicate that there is amalfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES

SPEEDOMETERThe speedometer indicates the vehiclespeed.

CAUTION. For cleaning, use a soft cloth,

dampened with water. Never usea rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,thinner or any kind of solvent orpaper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratchor cause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such aswater on the meter lens. Spraying

liquid may cause the system tomalfunction.

ODOMETER/TWIN TRIP OD-OMETERThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driven.The twin trip odometer indicates thedistance of individual trips.

Changing the displayPush the TRIP A/B RESET switch tochange between trips and .

Resetting the trip odometerTo reset a trip, display the trip that youwant to reset to zero, then push and holdthe TRIP A/B RESET switch for more than



1 second.

NOTE:When the battery is disconnected, thememory for trips and is erased, andboth return to zero.

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates the enginespeed in revolutions per minute (rpm).Do not rev the engine into the red zone .

NOTICEWhen engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear orreduce engine speed. Operating theengine in the red zone may causeserious engine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.The engine coolant temperature is withinthe normal range when the gauge needlepoints within the zone shown in theillustration.The engine coolant temperature varieswith the outside air temperature anddriving conditions.

NOTICEIf the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end ofthe normal range, reduce vehiclespeed to decrease temperature. Ifgauge is over the normal range, stopthe vehicle as soon as safely possi-ble. If the engine is overheated,continued operation of the vehiclemay seriously damage the engine.( “If your vehicle overheats” page6-8)

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximatefuel level in the tank.The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, acceleration, or goingup or down hills.The gauge needle returns to E (Empty)after the ignition switch is pushed to theLOCK position.Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “E” (Empty).The low fuel warning will be indicated onthe vehicle information display when thefuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon asit is convenient, preferably before the

gauge reaches “E”. There will be a smallreserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches “E”. ( “Low fuelwarning” page 2-42)The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the passenger’s side of thevehicle. ( “Fuel-filler door” page 3-24)

NOTE:If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, it is recom-mended you have the vehicle inspectedby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.( “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”page 2-33)



TRANSMISSION POSITION INDICA-TORThe transmission position indicator indi-cates the gear positions.The indicator blinks if it is not possible toshift the gear when in the position.

1. Upshift indicator (green)2. Upshift indicator (yellow)3. Upshift indicator (red)

UPSHIFT INDICATORWhen the upshift indicator is set to on, theindicators on the tachometer will illumi-nate to help upshift at a constant enginespeed from any gear or to warn the driverof over-revving.The upshift indicator operates only whenthe shift lever is in the position. Thisfunction consists of two modes that canbe selected on the vehicle informationdisplay: AUTO setting and MANUALsetting.

SettingPush the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion. Use the ENTER switch andtoggle the vehicle information display toshow the SETTING screen.Use the NEXT switch and ENTER



switch to go to ALERT > UPSHIFT. Thecurrent status of the upshift indicator willbe shown on the UPSHIFT screen. Notethat the function is set to AUTO as thefactory default setting.To change the upshift indicator mode,choose SETTING on the UPSHIFT screen.Set one of the following modes by push-ing the NEXT switch , and then pushENTER to complete.. AUTO. 3,000 to 6,300 RPM (MANUAL). OFFThe number will increase by 100 RPM. Toincrease the number by 500 RPM, pushand hold the NEXT switch .

ExampleWhen the maximum engine speed isdesired:Set the upshift indicator to AUTO. Theyellow indicator illuminates approxi-mately 700 RPM before the red zone,and the red indicator illuminates justbefore the red zone.

When the maximum engine torque isdesired:Set the figure at 6,000 RPM. The greenindicator starts flashing from approxi-

mately 5,500 RPM and illuminates at6,000 RPM.

When breaking-in the vehicle:To help avoid high engine speeds duringbreak-in, set the upshift indicator to lessthan 3,500 RPM. The green indicatorstarts flashing approximately 500 RPMbefore the set figure and illuminates fromthe set figure. ( “Break-in schedule”page 5-39)

NOTE:. There may be a slight difference

between the timing of the upshiftindicator illumination and the tach-ometer indication.

. When the battery terminal is discon-nected, the set memory will beerased and the mode returns to thedefault.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON-TROLThe instrument brightness can be ad-justed when the ignition switch is in theON position. Push the switch to adjust thebrightness up or down . The bright-ness level is shown on the vehicle infor-mation display.When the headlights are on, the bright-ness of the interior switches is alsoadjusted at the same time.

NOTE:. The instrument brightness can be

adjusted separately for daytime andnighttime conditions. The adjustedsettings are automatically stored.

. When the battery terminal is discon-nected, the set memory will beerased and the setting returns tothe default.

The vehicle information display can dis-play the following information.. Engine oil level display. Transmission system check display. Instrument brightness control level

display( “Instrument brightness control”page 2-12)

. Drive computer( “Drive computer” page 2-16)

. Warning display( “Warning display” page 2-35)

. Operation display( “Operation displays” page 2-44)

. Cruise control display( “Cruise control” page 5-34)

ENGINE OIL LEVEL DISPLAYWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the engine oil status beforestarting the engine is indicated as illu-strated.

When the oil level is normal“OIL LEVEL OK” is displayed. Push thedisplayed LEVEL switch to check theoil level.


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


NOTE:The engine oil level can be displayedafter the “OIL LEVEL OK” display turnsoff or while the engine is started andrunning. ( “Maintenance” page 2-21)

When the oil level is lowIf the message shown above is displayed,the engine oil level is low.Warm up the engine in a level location.After at least 5 minutes have passed sinceengine stop, use the engine oil dipstick tocheck the oil level. ( “Engine oil” page8-13)If the oil level is low, it is recommendedyou have additional engine oil added, orthe oil changed, at a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

NOTICEIf the vehicle is in a location that isnot level, accurate measurement ofthe oil level may not be possible. If“OIL LEVEL LOW ” is displayed, but thelevel shown by the oil dipstick isnormal, move the vehicle to a levellocation and stop the engine. After atleast 5 minutes have passed, openthe driver’s door and push the igni-tion switch back to ON. If the “OILLEVEL LOW” message appears again,have engine oil added or the oilchanged.

When the oil level sensor mal-function occursIf the message shown above is displayed,the engine oil level sensor may be mal-functioning.It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer immediately.

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM CHECKDISPLAYThis is displayed after the engine isstarted while the transmission system isbeing checked. It turns off after a fewseconds.

NOTE:. During the system check, the shift

lever cannot be moved out of theposition. Operate the shift lever afterthe system check indicator turns off.

. The shift lever cannot be moved ifthe shift lever button is pushedwhile the system check is being

performed, even after the systemcheck is finished. Release the buttonand push it again to operate theshift lever.

. During winter or at other times whenthe temperature is extremely low,changes in the hydraulic responsecharacteristics may increase theamount of time that is required forthe system check. During the systemcheck, a thudding operating noisemay occur or the engine speed maydecrease, however this does notindicate that there is a malfunction.



1. ENTER switch2. NEXT switch3. Vehicle information displayThe drive computer displays the followinginformation:. Current fuel consumption. Vehicle speed. Cruise control. Average fuel consumption and speed. Elapsed time and trip computer. Distance to empty. Outside air temperature. Setting

. WarningThe vehicle information display can bechanged when the ignition switch is inthe ON position. Push the ENTER switch

to change the display.

NOTE:. The cruise control display is shown if

cruise control is set. ( “Cruisecontrol” page 5-34)

. The warning display is not shown ifthere are no conditions to warn thedriver.

. Depending on the driving conditionsand other factors, the displayedvalues may differ from the actualvalues.

. The position of the speedometerneedle and the speed shown in thevehicle information display mayslightly differ.

CURRENT FUEL CONSUMPTIONThe current fuel economy is displayedwhen driving.

DRIVE COMPUTER

VEHICLE SPEEDThis displays the vehicle speed whiledriving.

CRUISE CONTROLThis displays the set cruise control status.

NOTE:The cruise control display is shown ifcruise control is set. ( “Cruise con-trol” page 5-34)

AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTIONAND SPEEDThis displays the average fuel economyand average vehicle speed beginningfrom the time when the display was lastreset.To reset the display, push and hold theNEXT switch for more than 1 second.(The average fuel economy and averagevehicle speed are reset at the same time.)



NOTE:. “ ” is displayed during the first 1/3

mile (500 m) or the first 30 secondsafter a reset.

. The values are updated approxi-mately every 30 seconds.

ELAPSED TIME AND TRIP OD-OMETERThis displays the elapsed time and tripodometer beginning from the time whenthe display was last reset.To reset the display, push and hold theNEXT switch for more than 1 second.(The elapsed time and trip odometer arereset at the same time.)

DISTANCE TO EMPTYThis displays the approximate distancethat the vehicle can be driven based onthe amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank and the actual fuel consumption.

NOTE:. If the fuel level is low, the low fuel

warning will be displayed. ( “Lowfuel warning” page 2-42)

. If the vehicle is not refueled after thelow fuel warning appears, the dis-play will change to “ ”. Thischange timing may become earlierdepending on the driving conditions.This does not indicate that there is a

malfunction.. The values are updated approxi-

mately every 30 seconds.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATUREThis displays the outside air temperature.

NOTE:. The outside air temperature may not

be displayed correctly in the follow-ing cases.— The outside air temperature is

lower than −22°F (−30°C) or ishigher than 131°F (55°C).

— The vehicle is stopped or is drivingat a low speed (less than approxi-mately 12 MPH (20 km/h)).

— The temperature in the enginecompartment is high.

. When the outside air temperature islower than 37°F (3°C), the low outsidetemperature warning will be dis-played and “ICY” is indicated on theoutside air temperature display.( “Alert” page 2-20)



SETTING (drive computer)This is used to set the alert, maintenanceand optional settings.Use the NEXT switch to select anitem, then confirm with the ENTER switch

to change to the correspondingsetting screen.To return to the initial setting screen,push and hold the ENTER switch formore than 1 second.

NOTE:. When the battery terminal is discon-

nected, the set memory will beerased and the settings return tothe default.

. Setting is not possible in the follow-ing cases.— The vehicle is being driven.— A warning display is active.— The instrument brightness con-

trol level display is active.— The cruise control status is dis-

played.

AlertThis function can be used to makesettings for the upshift indicator, “timeto rest” indicator and low outside tem-perature warning.

Upshift indicator:For details concerning the upshift indica-tor, refer to the following section.( “Upshift indicator” page 2-10)

“TIMER” indicator:This alert informs the driver that the setdriving time has elapsed.On the TIMER screen, push the NEXTswitch to change the time. Push andhold the switch to increase the numberevery 1 hour. A maximum of 6 hours canbe set.

NOTE:The default setting is OFF.

Low outside temperature warning:This alert informs the driver when theoutside air temperature is lower than 37°F(3°C).On the ICY screen, push the NEXT switch

to turn this warning ON/OFF.

NOTE:The default setting is ON.

MaintenanceThis function can be used to set thevarious maintenance intervals and tocheck the engine oil level. The remindersshown below are used to notify the driverof the maintenance intervals.

NOTE:Because these are displayed based onthe mileage driven, they do not indicatethe actual conditions of the vehicle. Usethese functions only as a reference.Input the maintenance distance using thefollowing items:. On each setting screen, push the



NEXT switch to change the mile-age. Push and hold the switch toincrease the number every 600 miles(1,000 km).

. Set to “—” to set no reminders.

. To reset the accumulated mileage tozero, go to the RESET screen, thenpush the NEXT switch and confirmwith the ENTER switch .

NOTE:. To restore the mileage to the origi-

nal figure after resetting, push theNEXT switch again.

. When the battery terminal is discon-nected, the set mileage will beerased and the settings will returnto their default settings.

Engine oil level:This can be used to check the pre-start oillevel while the engine is running. SelectSETTING > MAINTENANCE > OIL > ENGINEOIL > LEVEL.If the low level reminder appears, checkthe level using the engine oil dipstick.( “Checking engine oil level” page 8-13)

Engine oil:When the customer set mileage ap-proaches, the reminder will appear onthe display and the remaining distance isdisplayed at regular intervals. SelectSETTING > MAINTENANCE > OIL > ENGINEOIL to set or reset the mileage for theengine oil change.

NOTE:The default setting is 9,500 miles(15,000 km). The maximum mileagethat can be set is 9,500 miles (15,000km).

Engine oil filter:The reminder is displayed when thecustomer set mileage is exceeded. SelectSETTING > MAINTENANCE > FILTER to setor reset the mileage for the engine oilfilter change.


Transmission oil:The reminder is displayed when thecustomer set mileage is exceeded. SelectSETTING > MAINTENANCE > OIL > T/M OILto set or reset the mileage for thetransmission oil change.


Tires:This reminder appears when the custo-mer set distance comes for maintainingtires. You can set or reset the distance formaintaining tires. (See “Setting (drivecomputer)” page 2-20 earlier in this sec-tion.)

WARNINGThe tire maintenance indicator is nota substitute for regular tire checks,including tire pressure checks. See“Changing wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section. Many factors including tire



inflation, alignment, driving habitsand road conditions affect tire wearand when tires should be replaced.Setting the tire maintenance remin-der for a certain driving distancedoes not mean your tires will lastthat long. Use the tire maintenancereminder as a guide only and alwaysperform regular tire checks. Failureto perform regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks couldresult in tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead toa collision, which could result inserious personal injury or death.

NOTE:The default setting is OFF.

OptionsThis function can be used to makesettings for language and unit.

Language:Select ENGLISH or FRANCAIS for use in thevehicle information display.

Unit:Select METRIC or US for use in the vehicleinformation display.

WARNING (drive computer)Warning information is displayed on thevehicle information display.Push the ENTER switch while awarning display is active to return to theoriginal display.It is also possible to check any warningstha t have not been cor rec ted .( “Warning display” page 2-35)

Checking the warningsUse the NEXT switch to select “DE-TAIL”, then confirm with the ENTER switch

.When there are multiple warnings, push

the ENTER switch to change thedisplay among them.To return to the initial warning, push andhold the ENTER switch for more than1 second.

NOTE:If there are no warnings to display, only“SKIP” can be selected.



All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light Low tire pressure warning light Cruise set switch indicator light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warn-ing light

Master warning light Exterior light indicator

Seat belt warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Brake warning lightSupplemental air bag warning light High beam indicator light

Transmission warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning light Cruise main switch indicator lightVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

Intelligent Key warning light

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

, or , , ,The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, or , , , , ,If any light does not come on or operatesin a way other than described, it mayindicate a burned-out bulb and/or a

system malfunction. It is recommendedyou have the system checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

WARNING LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warn-ing lightThe warning light comes on when theignition switch is pushed to ON. It turnsoff soon after the engine is started.If the AWD system malfunctions, thewarning light will either remain illumi-nated or blink. ( “All-Wheel Drive

(AWD)” page 5-41)

CAUTION. If the warning light comes on

while driving there may be amalfunction in the AWD system.Reduce the vehicle speed andhave your vehicle checked by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

. If the AWD warning light blinks onwhen you are driving:

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

— blinks rapidly (about twice asecond):Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. The driv-ing mode will change to RWDto prevent the AWD systemfrom malfunctioning. If thewarning light turns off, youcan drive again. This doesnot indicate that there is amalfunction.

— blinks slowly (about onceevery 2 seconds):Pull off the road in a safe area,and idle the engine. Checkthat all tire sizes are the sameas that specified on the Tireand Loading Information labellocated in the driver’s dooropening, tire pressure is cor-rect and tires are not worn.( “Tire and loading infor-mation label” page 9-14)If the tire pressure is insuffi-cient, fill with nitrogen gas. Itis recommended you contacta GT-R certified NISSAN dealerabout filling with nitrogengas. If nitrogen gas is notavailable, compressed airmay be safely used undernormal driving conditions.

However, NISSAN recom-mends refilling with nitrogengas for maximum tire perfor-mance.

. If the warning light is still on afterthe above operations, have yourvehicle checked by a GT-R certi-fied NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running, or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. It is recommended you have thesystem checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brakesystem then operates normally, but with-out anti-lock assistance. ( “Brake sys-tem” page 5-50)

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brakefluid level. If the light comes on while theengine is running with the parking brakenot applied, stop the vehicle and performthe following:1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake

fluid as necessary. ( “Brake fluid”page 8-15)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, it isrecommended you have the warningsystem checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:When the parking brake is released andthe brake fluid level is sufficient, if boththe brake warning light and the Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light illu-minate, it may indicate the ABS is notfunctioning properly. It is recommended



you have the brake system checked, andif necessary repaired, by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer promptly. ( “Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light” page2-27)

WARNING. Your brake system may not be

working properly if the warninglight is on. Driving could be dan-gerous. If you judge it to be safe,drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Other-wise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could be dan-gerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase yourstopping distance and brakingwill require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on thebrake fluid reservoir, do not driveuntil the brake system has beenchecked at a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing orif the light remains on, it is recommendedyou see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerimmediately.

NOTICEDo not continue driving if the alter-nator belt is loose, broken or miss-ing.

Engine oil pressure warninglightThis light warns of low engine oil pres-sure. If the light flickers or comes onduring normal driving, pull off the road ina safe area, stop the engine immediatelyand call a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Check the vehicle information display oruse the dipstick to check the oil level.( “Engine oil level display” page 2-13)( “Checking engine oil level” page 8-13)

NOTICERunning the engine with the engineoil pressure warning light on couldcause serious damage to the enginealmost immediately. Turn off theengine as soon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key warning lightAfter the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, this light comes on for about2 seconds and then turns off.This light warns of a malfunction with theelectrical steering lock system or theIntelligent Key system.If the light comes on while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to free thesteering lock or to start the engine. If thelight comes on while the engine is run-ning, you can drive the vehicle. Howeverin these cases, it is recommended youcontact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer forrepair as soon as possible.

Low tire pressure warninglightYour vehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) thatmonitors the tire pressure of all tires.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure and flat tire, orindicates that the TPMS is not functioningproperly.After the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the warning light illuminatesfor about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.When the low tire pressure warninglight illuminates, you should stop andadjust the tire pressure of all 4 wheelsto the recommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label located in the driver’s dooropening.The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire isinflated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure. ( “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”page 5-4) ( “Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS)” page 6-3)

Run-flat tire warning:The run-flat tire warning warns of a flattire.If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the warning light willilluminate continuously and a chime willsound for 10 seconds.The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire and the warninglight will illuminate continuously. Whenthe flat tire warning is activated, it isrecommended you have the system resetand the tire checked and replaced ifnecessary by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. Even if the tire is inflated to thespecified COLD tire pressure, the warninglight will continue to illuminate until thesystem is reset by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.If you select the tire pressure informationin the touch screen display, the warningscreen will be displayed. The tire pressurefor each tire will also be displayed. Referto the separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.Your vehicle can be driven for a limitedtime on a flat tire. ( “Run-flat tires”page 6-4) ( “Run-flat tires” page 8-38)

TPMS malfunction:If the TPMS is not functioning properly,the low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute when theignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. The light will remain on afterthe 1 minute. It is recommended you havethe system checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. ( “Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” page 5-4)( “Tire pressure” page 8-32)

WARNING. If the light does not illuminate

with the ignition switch pushed tothe ON position, it is recom-mended you have the vehiclechecked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possi-ble.

. If the light illuminates while driv-ing, avoid sudden steering man-euvers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damage



could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label located in thedriver’s door opening to turn thelow tire pressure warning lightoff. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting thetire pressure, a tire may be flat( “Run-flat tires” page 6-4) orthe TPMS may be malfunctioning.If no tire is flat and all tires areproperly inflated, it is recom-mended you have the vehiclechecked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. Although you can continue driv-ing with a punctured run-flat tire,remember that vehicle handlingstability is reduced, which couldlead to an accident and personalinjury. Also, driving a long dis-tance at high speeds may da-mage the tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50miles (80 km) with a

punctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outsidetemperature, vehicle load, roadconditions and other factors.

. If you detect any unusual soundsor vibrations while driving with apunctured run-flat tire, pull offthe road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as pos-sible. The tire may be seriouslydamaged and need to be re-placed.

. When a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and thelow tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain onafter the 1 minute. It is recom-mended you contact a GT-R cer-tified NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSANcould affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

CAUTION. The TPMS is not a substitute for

the regular tire pressure check.Be sure to check the tire pressureregularly.

. Be sure to install the specifiedsize of tires on the four wheels.

NOTE:. If the vehicle is being driven at

speeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. The tires of this vehicle are filledwith nitrogen gas. When the tirepressure is low, fill the tires withnitrogen gas. It is recommended youcontact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer for information on filling thetires with nitrogen gas.

Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the warning displaysappear on the vehicle information display.( “Warning display” page 2-35)

Seat belt warning light andchimeThe light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, and will remain illuminated untilthe driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied. For approximately 5seconds after the ignition switch is placedin the ON position, the system does notactivate the warning light for the frontpassenger. ( “Seat belts” page 1-6)

Supplemental air bag warn-ing lightAfter pushing the ignition switch to theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light will illuminate for about 7seconds and then turn off. This meansthe system is operational.If any of the following conditions occur,the front air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and pretensioner systems need ser-vicing and it is recommended your vehicle

be taken to a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er.. The supplemental air bag warning

light remains on after approximately7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warninglight does not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioners may not func-tion properly. ( “Supplemental re-straint system” page 1-34)

WARNINGIf the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and/or pretensioner systemswill not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked. Itis recommended you visit a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for this ser-vice.

Transmission warning lightThis light warns of the following malfunc-tions.

Transmission system malfunction:The light blinks if a malfunction in thetransmission system occurs. If the lightblinks, certain gear positions may be-come unusable, so that the vehicle maybecome undrivable. It is recommendedyou have the system inspected promptlyby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Transmission oil temperature high:The light illuminates if the transmission oiltemperature becomes unusually high. Ifthe light illuminates, avoid driving at highspeed or at high engine speed until thelight turns off. The light will turn off after ashort period of time and the vehicle canthen be driven normally. If the lightilluminates frequently, it is recommendedyou contact a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er.

NOTICEIf the light continues to illuminate,the engine output may be reduced toprevent transmission damage.



Transmission clutch temperature high:The light illuminates if clutch temperaturebecomes unusually high. If the lightilluminates, pull off the road in a safe areaand idle the engine. When the light turnsoff, driving can be resumed. If the lightilluminates frequently, it is recommendedyou contact a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er.

NOTICE. Continuing to drive with the light

on could cause serious damageto the transmission.

. If the light continues to illumi-nate, the vehicle cannot be drivenbecause the engine output maybe reduced and the clutch may bereduced to keep the clutch disen-gaged.

R mode start function:If the R mode start function is used 4times continuously, the function may bedisabled and cannot be turned on forprotection. While the function is disabled,the warning light illuminates. When thewarning light goes off, the function canbe used again. ( “R mode start func-tion” page 5-32)

When the warning light illuminates, per-form cool down driving (driving 1.3 mile (2km) in 5th or 6th gear at a speed ofapproximately 37 - 50 MPH (60 - 80 km/h)while checking the temperature of thetransmission oil until the warning lightgoes off.

NOTICEWhile the warning light is illumi-nated, the engine output is con-trolled so that it does not increase.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) warning lightThe light will blink when the VDC systemor the traction control system is operat-ing, thus alerting the driver that thevehicle is nearing its traction limits. Theroad surface may be slippery.If the VDC warning light illuminates whenthe VDC system is turned on, this lightalerts the driver to the fact that the VDCsystem’s fail-safe mode is operating, forexample the VDC or hill start assistsystem may not be functioning properly.Have the system checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. If a malfunctionoccurs in the system, the VDC system

function will be canceled but the vehicle isstill driveable. ( “Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) system” page 5-52)

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Cruise main switch indicatorlightThe light comes on when the cruisecontrol is pushed. The light turns offwhen the main switch is pushed again.While the cruise control system mainswitch indicator light is on, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlightThe light comes on while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the cruise controlsystem. If the light blinks while the engineis running, it may indicate the cruisecontrol system is not functioning prop-erly. It is recommended you have thesystem checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

Exterior light indicatorThis indicator illuminates when the head-light switch is turned to the AUTO, or

position and the front parking lights,instrument panel lights, rear combination

lights, license plate lights or headlightsare on. The indicator turns off when theselights are turned off.

Front passenger air bagstatus lightThe front passenger air bag status light( ) will be lit and the passenger front airbag will be OFF depending on how thefront passenger seat is being used.( “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)” page 1-40)

High beam indicator lightThis light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when thelow beam is selected.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)If the malfunction indicator light comeson steady or blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential emis-sion control or the muffler with electroniccontrol valve (if so equipped) malfunction.The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, or if the vehicle runs outof fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-fillercap is installed and closed tightly, and

that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons(12 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potentialemission control system malfunction ex-ists.If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indi-cates that the vehicle is not ready for anemission control system inspection/maintenance test. ( “Readiness forInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test (USonly)” page 9-21)

Operation:The malfunction indicator light will comeon in one of two ways:. Malfunction indicator light on steady

— An emission control system mal-function has been detected. Checkthe fuel-filler cap. If the fuel-filler capis loose or missing, tighten or installthe cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few drivingtrips, it is recommended you have thevehicle inspected by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emissioncontrol system.To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:1) Do not drive at speeds above 45

MPH (72 km/h).2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel-

eration.3) Avoid steep uphill grades.4) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.The malfunction indicator light maystop blinking and remain on.It is recommended you have thevehicle inspected by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

NOTICEContinued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemchecked and repaired as necessarycould lead to poor driveability, re-duced fuel economy, and possibledamage to the emission control sys-tem.



Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light illuminates andthen turns off.The light comes on when the VDC set upswitch is pushed to OFF for more than 1second. ( “VDC, transmission and sus-pension setup switches” page 5-25)This indicates that the vehicle dynamiccontrol system and traction control sys-tem are not operating. ( “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system” page 5-52)

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side dooris opened while the ignition switch ispushed to the ACC position or pushedto the OFF or LOCK position with theIntelligent Key left in the Intelligent Keyport. Make sure the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position, and take

the Intelligent Key with you when leavingthe vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignitionswitch in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.Turn the light switch off when you leavethe vehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeA chime will sound if the vehicle speed isabove 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parkingbrake applied. Stop the vehicle and re-lease the parking brake.

Reverse warning chimeThe chime will sound inside the vehicle ifany of the following conditions occurs.. The driver’s door is opened while the

shift lever is in the position and theignition switch is in the ON position.

. The shift lever is in the position and5 minutes have passed while theignition switch is in the ON position.

Be sure to move the shift lever out of theposition after driving in reverse.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will firstoccur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After the wear of the brakepad is increased, the sound will be heardall the time even if the brake pedal is notdepressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound isheard.

WARNINGWhen the warning light illuminatesor blinks and a warning is displayed,promptly take the appropriate ac-tion. Ignoring the warning may result

in malfunctions and accidents.

When the items mentioned below aredetected the master warning lightilluminates and the warning is displayedon the vehicle information display . A

chime also sounds.If there are multiple warnings, the warn-ing lights remain lit or continue to blinkand the warnings displayed in the vehicleinformation display are switched at reg-ular intervals. The warnings displayed inthe vehicle information display can beswitched voluntarily by pushing theENTER switch .


WARNING DISPLAY


ENGINE OIL LOW PRESSUREWARNINGThis will appear if the engine oil pressureis low. ( “Engine oil pressure warninglight” page 2-28)

ENGINE SYSTEM WARNINGThis will appear if a potential emissioncontrol or the muffler with electroniccontrol valve (if so equipped) malfunctionis detected, the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, or the vehicle runs out of fuel.( “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”page 2-33)

SHIFT LEVER POSITION WARNINGThis will appear if the system cannotdetect the shift lever position.Stop the vehicle in a safe location. De-press the brake pedal and move this shiftlever to another position then move thelever back to the desired position. If thewarning is still displayed after the aboveoperation is performed, it is recom-mended you have the system checkedby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.( “Driving the vehicle” page 5-15)

REVERSE WARNINGThis will appear (and a chime will sound) ifthe shift lever is in the position for morethan 5 minutes, or when the driver’s dooris opened while the shift lever is in theposition.

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WARNINGThis will appear if a transmission systemmalfunction occurs. ( “Transmissionwarning light” page 2-31)

TRANSMISSION OIL HIGH TEM-PERATURE WARNINGThis will appear if the transmission oiltemperature becomes unusually high.( “Transmission warning light” page 2-31)



TRANSMISSION CLUTCH HIGHTEMPERATURE WARNINGThis will appear if the transmission clutchtemperature becomes unusually high.( “Transmission warning light” page 2-31)

PARKING BRAKE RELEASE WARN-INGThis will appear if the vehicle speed isabove 4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parkingbrake applied. ( “Brake warning light”page 2-27) ( “Parking brake reminderchime” page 2-34)

LOW BRAKE FLUID WARNINGThis will appear if the brake fluid levelbecomes low. ( “Brake warning light”page 2-27)

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS) WARNINGThis will appear if the Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) is not functioning properly.( “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light” page 2-27) ( “Brakewarning light” page 2-27)

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM WARNINGThis will appear if the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system or the hill startassist system is not functioning properly.( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light” page 2-32) ( “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light”page 2-34)

AWD CLUTCH HIGH TEMPERATUREWARNINGThis will appear if the temperature of theAWD clutch becomes unusually high.( “All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light”page 2-26)

NOTE:If the vehicle is driven in a way whichcauses the rear wheels to slip, the AWDclutch temperature will increase andthe warning indicator may flash. Con-tinuing to drive in way that causes thewarning light to flash may cause theclutch to reach excessive temperatures



that could result in damage to thevehicle.

FRONT/REAR TIRE SIZE DISCRE-PANCY WARNINGThis will appear if the diameter of thefront and the rear wheels are different.( “All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light”page 2-26)

AWD SYSTEM WARNINGThis will appear if the AWD system is notfunctioning properly while the engine isrunning. ( “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)warning light” page 2-26)

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNINGThis will appear if the vehicle is beingdriven with low tire pressure. ( “Lowtire pressure warning light” page 2-28)

RUN-FLAT TIRE WARNINGThis will appear and a chime will sound ifthe vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires. ( “Low tire pressurewarning light” page 2-28)

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) WARNINGThis will appear if the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) is not function-ing properly. ( “Low tire pressurewarning light” page 2-28)



CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM WARN-INGThis will appear if the cruise controlsystem is not functioning properly.( “Cruise set switch indicator light”page 2-32)

LOW FUEL WARNINGThis will appear when the fuel level in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches the empty (E) position.This displays the approximate distancethat the vehicle can be driven based onthe amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank and the actual fuel consumption.

NOTE:. The low fuel warning will appear

when the amount of fuel remainingin the tank decreases to approxi-mately 3 US gallons (12 liters).

. The timing of the low fuel warningdisplay may change depending onbraking, turning, acceleration, orgoing up or down hills.

. If the vehicle is not refueled after thelow fuel warning appears, the dis-play will change to “ ”. Thischange timing may become earlierdepending on the driving conditions.This does not indicate that there is amalfunction.

DOOR/TRUNK OPEN WARNINGThis will appear if any of the doors and/ortrunk lid are open or not closed securely.The vehicle icon indicates which door orthe trunk lid is open.

HEADLIGHT SYSTEM WARNINGThis will appear if the LED headlightsystem is not functioning properly. It isrecommended you have the systemchecked by a GT-R certified NISSAN deal-er.

LOW WASHER FLUID WARNINGThis will appear when the washer tankfluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid asnecessary. ( “Window washer fluid”page 8-16)



NO KEY WARNINGThis will appear in either of the followingconditions.

No key inside the vehicleThe warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent KeyThe warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recog-

nized by the system. You cannot start theengine with an unregistered IntelligentKey.( “Intelligent Key system” page 3-8)

These displays appear when an appro-priate operation is required in starting orstopping the engine.

OPERATION DISPLAYS

ENGINE START OPERATION INDI-CATORThis indicator appears when the shiftlever is in the position.This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed.

SHIFT “P” WARNINGThis warning appears and an insidewarning chime sounds when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except theposition.If this warning appears, move the shiftlever to the position. This warning willalso turn off when pushing the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

“PUSH” WARNINGThis warning appears when the shift leveris moved to the position with theignition switch in the ACC position afterthe SHIFT warning appears.If this warning appears, push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.



STEERING LOCK RELEASE MAL-FUNCTION INDICATORThis indicator appears when the steeringwheel lock cannot be released from theLOCK position. If this indicator appears,push the ignition switch while lightlyturning the steering wheel right and left.

INTELLIGENT KEY INSERTION INDI-CATORThis indicator appears when the Intelli-gent Key needs to be inserted into theIntelligent Key port (for example, theIntelligent Key battery is discharged).If this indicator appears, insert the Intel-ligent Key into the Intelligent Key port inthe correct direction. ( “Intelligent Keybattery discharge” page 5-12)

INTELLIGENT KEY REMOVAL INDI-CATORThis indicator appears when the driver’sdoor is opened with the ignition switch inthe OFF or LOCK position and the Intelli-gent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port.A key reminder chime also sounds.If this indicator appears, remove theIntelligent Key from the Intelligent Keyport and take it with you when leavingthe vehicle.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE INDICATORThis indicator appears when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of power.If this indicator appears, replace thebattery with a new one. ( “IntelligentKey battery replacement” page 8-27)

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:. Vehicle security system. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemThe security condition will be shown bythe security indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system providesvisual and audio alarm signals if someoneopens the doors, hood, or trunk lid whenthe system is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection type system that acti-vates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle com-ponents in all situations. Always secureyour vehicle even if parking for a briefperiod. Never leave your Intelligent Key(s)in the vehicle, and always lock it whenunattended. Be aware of your surround-ings, and park in secure, well-lit areaswhenever possible.Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and speci-alty shops. Your GT-R certified NISSANdealer may also offer such equipment.Check with your insurance company tosee if you may be eligible for discounts forvarious theft protection features.


SECURITY SYSTEMS


How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lockall doors. The doors can be lockedwith the Intelligent Key, door handlerequest switch or power door lockswitch. The power door lock switch

should be operated while the door isopen, and then closed.

5. Confirm that the security indicatorlight comes on. The security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds.The vehicle security system is nowpre-armed. After about 30 secondsthe vehicle security system automati-cally shifts into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash onceevery approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm timeperiod, the door is unlocked, or theignition switch is pushed to ACC orON, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all doors, hood, and trunklid locked with the ignition switch in theLOCK position. When pushing the igni-tion switch to the ACC or ON position,the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:. The headlights blink and the horn

sounds intermittently.. The alarm automatically turns off

after approximately 1 minute. How-ever, the alarm reactivates if the

vehicle is tampered with again.The alarm is activated by:. Opening the door or the trunk lid

without using the button on theIntelligent Key, the door handle re-quest switch or the mechanical key.(Even if the door is opened by releas-ing the door inside lock knob, thealarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by:. Unlocking a door by pushing the

UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key.. Unlocking a door by pushing the door

handle request switch.. Pushing the ignition switch to the ACC

or ON position.If the system does not operate asdescribed above, it is recommendedyou have it checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located onthe instrument panel. It indicates thestatus of the NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem.The light blinks whenever the ignitionswitch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK posi-tion. This function indicates the securitysystems equipped on the vehicle areoperational.If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemis malfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.If the light still remains on and/or the

engine will not start, it is recommendedyou see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerfor NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemservice as soon as possible. Pleasebring all Intelligent Keys that you havewhen visiting a GT-R certified NISSANdealer for service.



WARNINGIn freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the wind-shield and obscure your vision whichmay lead to an accident. Warm wind-shield with the defroster before youwash the windshield.

NOTICE. Do not operate the washer con-

tinuously for more than 30 sec-onds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windowwasher reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concen-trates with water to the manu-facturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindowwasher reservoir tank. Do

not use the window washer re-servoir tank to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

The windshield wiper and washer oper-ates when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

USING THE WIPERSPush the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

INT (Intermittent) — intermittent opera-tion can be adjusted by turning the knobtoward (Slower) or (Faster).Low — continuous low speed operationHigh — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

NOTE:. In the MIST position, the wipers

operate while the lever is lifted up.When the lever is released, it auto-matically returns to the OFF positionand the wipers stop.

. When the speed sensing wiper inter-val function is turned on, the inter-mittent operation speed varies inaccordance with the vehicle speed.(For example, when the vehiclespeed is high, the intermittent op-eration speed will be faster.) To turnthis function on and off, see theseparate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

. If the wiper operation is interruptedby snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to theOFF position and remove the snowor ice on and around the wiper arms.In approximately 1 minute, turn theswitch on again to operate thewiper.

USING THE WASHERPull the lever toward you to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

NOTE:When the level of washer fluid is low, awarning display appears on the vehicleinformation display. ( “Low washerfluid warning” page 2-43)

To defog/defrost the rear window, startthe engine and push the switch on. Theindicator light on the switch will come on.Push the switch again to turn the defros-ter off.It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

NOTE:When the rear window defroster switchis pressed, the heated outside mirrorsalso operate at the same time.( “Outside mirrors” page 3-28)


REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH


NOTICEWhen cleaning the inner side of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the rear windowdefroster.

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

LightingThe parking, tail and license plate lightswill turn on after the engine is startedregardless of the position of the headlightswitch. The lights will turn off when theengine is turned off.The daytime running lights will also turnon when the engine is started.

Turning the switch to the position:The parking, side marker, tail, license plateand instrument lights will come on andthe daytime running light will remain on.

Turning the switch to the position:Headlights will come on and all the otherlights remain on. The daytime runninglight will turn off.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the head-lights to be set so they turn on and offautomatically.To set the autolight system:1. Make sure the headlight switch is in

the AUTO position .2. Push the ignition switch to the ON

position.3. The autolight system automatically

turns the headlights on and off.To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, or position.The autolight system can turn on theheadlights automatically when it is dark

and turn off the headlights when it islight.If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened,the headlights remain on for 45 seconds.

Headlight beam selectWhen the headlights are on, push thelever to the front of the vehicle toswitch to the high beams. The high-beamindicator light illuminates. ( “Highbeam indicator light” page 2-33)Pull the lever to the neutral position toswitch to the low beams.Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam even when theheadlight switch is in the OFF position.



CAUTIONUse low beams when there are carsapproaching from the opposite di-rection, during city driving and atsimilar times.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignition switchin the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.( “Light reminder chime” page 2-34)When the headlight switch is in the or

position while the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the lights will automati-cally turn off after a period of time whenthe ignition switch has been pushed tothe OFF position.When the headlight switch remains in the

or position after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will turn onwhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position.

NOTICE. When you turn on the headlight

switch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights willnot turn off automatically. Besure to turn the light switch tothe OFF position when you leavethe vehicle for extended periodsof time, otherwise the battery willbe discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not runningfor extended periods of time evenif the headlights turn off auto-matically.

Daytime running light systemThe daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position. Turn theheadlight switch to the position forfull illumination when driving at night.If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytimerunning lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime running

lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNINGWhen the daytime running light sys-tem is active, tail lights on yourvehicle are not on. It is necessary atdusk to turn on your headlights.Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself andothers.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

Lane change signal. Move the lever up or down until the

turn signal begins to flash, but thelever does not latch, to signal a lanechange. Hold the lever until the lanechange is completed.

. Move the lever up or down until the

turn signal begins to flash, but thelever does not latch, and release thelever. The turn signal will automati-cally flash three times.

Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel.

WARNINGDo not disassemble the horn. Doingso could affect proper operation ofthe supplemental front air bag sys-tem. Tampering with the supple-mental front air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury.


HORN


The seat heaters can be used when theignition switch is in the ON position. Thefront seats are warmed by the built-inheaters.

TURNING ON THE HEATERSPush the "HI" or "LO" side of the switch toactivate the heaters. The switch indicatorilluminates.

Switch posi-tion

Function

HI To heat the seat quicklyLO To keep the seat warm

TURNING OFF THE HEATERSMove the switch to the level position. Theswitch indicator turns off.

WARNINGDo not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occu-pants cannot monitor elevated seattemperatures or have an inability tofeel pain in those body parts incontact with the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result inserious injury.

CAUTION. Do not put anything on the seat

which insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard orheavy on the seat or pierce it witha pin or similar object. This mayresult in damage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heatedseat should be removed immedi-ately with a dry cloth.

. If any malfunctions are found orthe heated seat does not operate,turn the switch off and it isrecommended you have the sys-tem checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

NOTICE. The battery could run down if the

seat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

HEATED SEATS

The sonar system OFF switch on thelower side of the instrument panel allowsthe driver to turn the sonar system onand off. To turn the sonar system on andoff, the ignition switch must be in the ONposition. The indicator light on theswitch will turn off when the system isturned off. If the indicator light flashes itmay indicate a malfunction in the sonarsystem.( “Sonar system” page 5-46 )

The exhaust sound control switch on thelower side of the instrument panel allowsthe driver to turn the exhaust soundcontrol system on and off.To close the electronic control valve, pushthe exhaust sound control switch to theON side.To open the electronic control valve, pushthe exhaust sound control switch to theOFF side.( “Exhaust sound control system”page 5-57)

CAUTION. The outlet and plug may be hot

during or immediately after use.. Do not use with accessories that

exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A)power draw. Do not use doubleadapters or more than one elec-trical accessory.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighterunit.

. Before inserting or disconnectinga plug, be sure the electricalaccessory being used is turnedOFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water tocontact the outlet.

NOTICE. Use power outlet with the engine

running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet whenthe air conditioner, headlights orrear window defroster is on.


SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCHEXHAUST SOUND CONTROLSWITCH (if so equipped) POWER OUTLETS


. Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat or theinternal temperature fuse mayopen.

Next to the steering wheelPull out the cap to use the outlet.Replace the cap after use.

Inside the console box (except for NISMO models)Open the cap to use the outlet.Close the cap after use.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION. Avoid abrupt starting and braking

when the cup holder is beingused to prevent spilling the drink.If the liquid is hot, it can scald youor your passenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cupholder. Hard objects can injureyou in an accident.

FrontSlide the cover toward the rear of thevehicle to open.To close, slide the cover back toward thefront of the vehicle.

RearNOTE:Cup holder is wider and shallowerthan cup holders and . Small-sizecups are likely to tip over in cup holder. Use cup holders and .


STORAGE


SUNGLASSES HOLDERTo open the sunglasses holder, push .

WARNINGKeep the sunglasses holder closedwhile driving to avoid obstructingthe driver’s view and to help preventan accident.

CAUTION. Do not use for anything other

than glasses.. Do not leave glasses in the sun-

glasses holder while parking indirect sunlight. The heat maydamage the glasses.

DOOR POCKETDoor pockets are located inside thedriver’s side and passenger’s side doors.

NOTICEDo not grasp the door pockets toopen and close the doors. Doing somay damage the pockets.

GLOVE BOX

WARNINGKeep glove box lid closed while driv-ing to help prevent injury in anaccident or a sudden stop.

Pull the knob toward you to open theglove box.To close the glove box, press the lidforward until it locks in place.

Use the mechanical key to lock andunlock the glove box. ( “Mechanicalkey” page 3-3)The mechanical key stops when it isinserted approximately halfway in.

CONSOLE BOXLift up the lock knob to open the lid.To close the center console box, press onthe lid until it locks in place.

NOTE:The console box contains a power out-let (except for NISMO models) or a USB(Universal Serial Bus) connection portfor the NissanConnect NISMO PlusTM(for NISMO models).



CAUTIONDo not leave the console box open.The open lid may suddenly closewhen the vehicle stops.

COAT HOOKSTo use the coat hook, push the upper sideof the hook to release it.

CAUTIONDo not hang any objects with sharpedges on the coat hangers. Theseitems may be knocked off if the SRSair bag deploys, possibly causinginjury.

NOTICEDo not place items that are morethan 2 lb (1 kg) on the hook.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING. Make sure that all passengers

have their hands, etc. inside thevehicle while it is in motion andbefore closing the windows. Usethe window lock switch to pre-vent unexpected use of thepower windows.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapmentin windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require theassistance of others or pets un-attended in your vehicle. Addi-tionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injuryor death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the LOCK position. Ifthe driver’s or front passenger’s door is

opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the windows is can-celed.

Driver’s side1. Window lock button2. Driver’s window switch3. Front passenger’s window switch


WINDOWS


Front passenger’s side4. Front passenger’s window switch

Main power window switch (dri-ver’s side)To open or close the window, push downor pull up the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver’s side switches) will open orclose all the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the window lock button is pushedin, only the driver’s side window can beopened or closed. Push it in again tocancel.

Passenger’s side power windowswitchThe passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen close the window, push down or pullup the switch and hold it.

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, com-pletely push down or pull up the switchand release it; it does not need to be held.The window will automatically open orclose all the way. To stop the window, justpush or lift the switch in the oppositedirection.A light push or pull on the switch willcause the window to open or close untilthe switch is released.

Auto reverse functionIf the control unit detects somethingcaught in the window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when the window is closed byautomatic operation when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position or for 45seconds after the ignition switch ispushed to the OFF position.Depending on the environment or driving

conditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

WARNINGThere are some small distances im-mediately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe window.

Automatic adjusting function

CAUTIONWhen the battery cable is removedfrom the battery terminal, do notclose either of the front doors. Theautomatic window adjusting func-tion will not work and the side roofpanel may be damaged.

The power window has an automaticadjusting function. When the door isbeing opened, the window is automati-cally lowered slightly to avoid contactbetween the window and the side roof

panel. When the door is closed, thewindow is automatically raised slightly.While the automatic adjusting functiondoes not work, the window will be con-trolled as follows:. When the door is opened, the window

lowers for approximately 2 seconds.. While the door is open, the window

cannot be raised.

If the windows do not closeautomaticallyIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the power window system.1. Push the ignition switch to start the

engine.2. Close the door.3. After starting the engine, open the

window completely by operating thepower window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch andhold it to close the driver side window,and then hold the switch more than 3seconds after the window is closedcompletely.

5. Release the power window switch.Operate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization is

complete.6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above for

the passenger side window by oper-ating either driver’s or passenger’sside switch.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after perform-ing the procedure above, it is recom-mended you have your vehicle checkedby a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

MAP LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.


INTERIOR LIGHTS


INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCHThe interior light control switch has threepositions: ON , DOOR and OFF .

ON positionWhen the switch is in the ON position ,the map lights will illuminate.

NOTICEDo not use the light for extendedperiods of time with the enginestopped. This could result in a dis-charged battery.

NOTE:The lights will also turn off after aperiod of time when the lights remainilluminated after the ignition switch hasbeen pushed to the OFF or LOCK posi-tion to prevent the battery from becom-ing discharged.

DOOR positionWhen the switch is in the DOOR position, the map lights will turn on when the

door is opened and turn off when thedoor is closed. The map lights will turn offapproximately 15 seconds after the dooris closed with the ignition switch in theOFF or LOCK position.

NOTE:When the interior light control switch isin the DOOR position and the door isopen, the light will remain on evenwhen the map light switch is pressedto turn off.Key-linked interior light control system:The map lights will turn on and off linkedwith the locking and unlocking of thedoor.This function operates when the interiorlight control switch is in the DOOR posi-tion.

. When entering the vehicleWhen the driver’s seat door is unlocked,the map light illuminates for approxi-mately 15 seconds, then it turns off.While the map light is on, if the ignitionswitch is pushed to the ACC or ONposition, or if the driver’s side door islocked, the light turns off.. When exiting the vehicleWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF or LOCK position, the map lights turnon for approximately 15 seconds, then itturns off.If the driver’s side door is locked while themap lights are on, the light turns off.

NOTE:It is possible to cancel the key-linkedinterior light control system setting. Seethe separate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

OFF positionWhen the switch is in the OFF position ,the map lights will not illuminate, regard-less of any condition.

There is an illuminated vanity mirror onthe reverse side of the sun visor.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiverprovides a convenient way to consolidatethe functions of up to three individualhand-held transmitters into one built-indevice.HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:. Will operate most Radio Frequency

(RF) devices such as garage doors,gates, home and office lighting, entrydoor locks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery.No separate batteries are required. Ifthe vehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retainall programming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver is programmed, retain the origi-nal transmitter for future programmingprocedures (Example: new vehicle pur-chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, theprogrammed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver buttons should be erasedfor security purposes. For additionali n f o r m a t i o n , r e f e r t o

“Programming HomeLink®” page2-68.

WARNING. Do not use the HomeLink® Uni-

versal Transceiver with any gar-age door opener that lacks safetystop and reverse features as re-quired by federal safety stan-dards. (These standards becameeffective for opener models man-ufactured after April 1, 1982.) Agarage door opener which cannotdetect an object in the path of aclosing garage door and thenautomatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these fea-tures increases the risk of seriousinjury or death.

. During the programming proce-dure your garage door or securitygate will open and close (if thetransmitter is within range). Makesure that people or objects areclear of the garage door, gate,etc. that you are programming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should beturned off while programmingthe HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver. Do not breathe exhaustgases; they contain colorless


VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER


and odorless carbon monoxide.Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness ordeath.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:It is also recommended that a newbattery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quickerprogramming and accurate transmis-sion of the radio-frequency.1. Position the end of your hand-held

transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light inview.

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and handheld transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light flashesslowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, bothbuttons may be released. (The rapidflashing indicates successful pro-gramming.)

NOTE:Some devices to be programmedmay require you to replace Step 2with the cycling procedure noted inthe “Programming HomeLink®for Canadian customers and gate

openers” page 2-69.

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.. If the indicator light is solid/

continuous, programming is com-plete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

. If the indicator light blinks rapidlyfor two seconds and then turns to asolid/continuous light, continuewith Steps 4-6 for a rolling codedevice. A second person may makethe following steps easier. Use aladder or other device. Do not standon your vehicle to perform the nextsteps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage,locate the “learn” or “smart” button(the name and color of the buttonmay vary by manufacturer but it isusually located near where the hang-ing antenna wire is attached to theunit). If there is difficulty locating thebutton, reference the garage dooropener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to completethe programming process. HomeLink®should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or arehaving difficulty programming yourHomeLink® buttons, refer to theHomeLink® web site at : www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators are de-signed to “time-out” in the same manner.If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operatoror garage door opener by using the“Programming HomeLink®” procedures,replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step2 with the following:

NOTE:When programming a garage dooropener, etc., unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possi-ble damage to the garage door openercomponents.Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®button and the hand-held transmitterbutton. During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press and holdthe desired HomeLink® button while you



press and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every two seconds untilthe frequency signal has been learned.The HomeLink® indicator light will flashslowly and then rapidly after severalseconds upon successful programming.DO NOT release until the HomeLink®indicator light flashes slowly and thenrapidly. When the indicator light flashesrapidly, both buttons may be released.The rapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.Remember to plug the device back inwhen programming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver,after it is programmed, can be used toactivate the programmed device. To op-erate, simply press and release the appro-priate programmed HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button. The amber indicatorlight will illuminate while the signal isbeing transmitted.For convenience, the hand-held transmit-ter of the device may also be used at anytime.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-INGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:. replace the hand-held transmitter

batteries with new batteries.. position the hand-held transmitter

with its battery area facing away fromthe HomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink®and hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3in (26-76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view atall times.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared.However, individual buttons can be re-programmed, see “Reprogramming asingle HomeLink® button” page 2-70.

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longerthan 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at anytime beginning with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” - Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the follow-ing.1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button.2. The indicator light will begin to flash

after 20 seconds. Without releasing

the HomeLink® button, proceed with“Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.The HomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton has now been reprogrammed.The new device can be activated bypushing the HomeLink® button that wasjust programmed. This procedure will notaffect any other programmed HomeLink®buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you shouldchange the codes of any non-rolling codedevice that has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer orretailer of those devices for additionalinformation.When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new trans-mitter information.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This device

may not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.

NOTE:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.



MEMO

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ........................................................................................................ 3-2Intelligent Key .......................................................................... 3-2

Doors ..................................................................................................... 3-4Locking with inside lock knob .................................... 3-5Locking with power door lock switch .................. 3-5Automatic door lock system ....................................... 3-5Locking with mechanical key ..................................... 3-6Opening the doors .............................................................. 3-7

Intelligent Key system ............................................................. 3-8Intelligent Key functions ................................................. 3-9Remote keyless entry system .................................. 3-12Setting hazard indicator and horn mode ...... 3-14Warning signals ................................................................... 3-16Troubleshooting guide .................................................. 3-17

Hood .................................................................................................... 3-18Opening the hood ............................................................. 3-18Closing the hood ................................................................ 3-19

Trunk .................................................................................................. 3-20Trunk open request switch ..................................... 3-20Trunk lid release switch ............................................. 3-20Trunk release power cancel switch ................. 3-21Opening and closing the trunk ............................ 3-22Emergency trunk lid release .................................. 3-22

Fuel-filler door ............................................................................ 3-24Opening the fuel-filler door ..................................... 3-25Closing the fuel-filler door ....................................... 3-26

Steering wheel ........................................................................... 3-26Tilt/telescopic steering column ........................... 3-26

Sun visors ....................................................................................... 3-27Mirrors ............................................................................................... 3-27

Inside mirror ........................................................................ 3-27Outside mirrors ................................................................. 3-28Vanity mirror ....................................................................... 3-29

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep itin a safe place (such as your wallet), not inthe vehicle. If you lose your keys, it isrecommended you see a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for duplicates by using thekey number. NISSAN does not record anykey numbers so it is very important tokeep track of your key number plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, thiskey can be duplicated by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

1. Intelligent Key (2 sets)2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Keys) (2

sets)3. Key number plate (1 set)

INTELLIGENT KEYYour vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-ponents and NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components. As many as 4 In-telligent Keys can be registered and usedwith one vehicle. The new keys must beregistered by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer prior to use with the IntelligentKey system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobi-

lizer System of your vehicle. Since theregistration process requires erasing allmemory in the Intelligent Key compo-nents when registering new keys, be sureto take all Intelligent Keys that you haveto a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

NOTICE. Be sure to carry the Intelligent

Key with you when driving. TheIntelligent Key is a precision de-vice with a built-in transmitter. Toavoid damaging it, please notethe following.— The Intelligent Key is water

resistant; however, wettingmay damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key getswet, immediately wipe until itis completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— Do not place the IntelligentKey for an extended period ina place where temperaturesexceed 140°F (60°C).

— If the outside temperature isbelow 14°F (−10°C), the batteryof the Intelligent Key may not

KEYS

function properly.— Do not change or modify the

Intelligent Key.— Do not use a magnet key

holder.— Do not place the Intelligent

Key near an electric appliancesuch as a television set, per-sonal computer or cellularphone.

— Do not allow the IntelligentKey to come into contact withwater or salt water, and donot wash it in a washingmachine. This could affectthe system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost orstolen, NISSAN recommendserasing the ID code of that Intel-ligent Key. This will prevent theIntelligent Key from unauthorizeduse to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the eras-ing procedure, please contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, releasethe lock knob at the back of the Intelli-gent Key.To install the mechanical key, firmly insertit into the Intelligent Key until the lockknob returns to the lock position.Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe doo r s and the g l o ve box .( “Locking with mechanical key” page3-6) ( “Glove box” page 2-61)

CAUTIONAlways carry the mechanical keyinstalled in the Intelligent Key.

Valet hand-offWhen you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself andkeep the mechanical key with you toprotect your belongings.To prevent the glove box and the trunkfrom being opened during valet hand-off,follow the procedures below.1. Push the trunk release power cancel

switch to the OFF side. ( “Trunkrelease power cancel switch” page 3-21)

2. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

3. Lock the glove box with the mechan-ical key. ( “Glove box” page 2-61)

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3


WARNING. Always have the doors locked

while driving. Along with the useof seat belts, this provides great-er safety in the event of anaccident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown fromthe vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from unin-tentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncomingtraffic.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and or itssystems, including entrapmentin windows or inadvertent doorlock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require theassistance of others or pets un-attended in your vehicle. Addi-tionally, the temperature inside aclosed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough tocause a significant risk of injuryor death to people and pets.

CAUTIONTo prevent theft or accidents, be sureto stop the engine and lock the doorsbefore stepping away from the ve-hicle.

NOTICEWhen the battery cable is removedfrom the battery terminal, do notclose either of the front doors. Theautomatic window adjusting func-tion will not work, and the side roofp a n e l m a y b e d a m a g e d .( “Automatic adjusting function”page 2-64)

NOTE:. The doors of this vehicle are some-

what harder to close than those ofan ordinary vehicle (especially whenthe vehicle is new). This is becausethe stiffness of the rubber has beenincreased to improve the airtight-ness of the vehicle interior duringsituations such as higher speeddriving. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction.

. When the driver’s door is locked orunlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto-matically locked or unlocked at thesame time.

When the door is being opened, thewindow is automatically lowered slightlyto avoid contact between the windowand the side roof panel. When the door isclosed, the window is automaticallyraised slightly. ( “Automatic adjustingfunction” page 2-64)

DOORS

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock a door individually, push down theinside lock knob to the lock positionthen close the door.To unlock, lift up the inside lock knob tothe unlock position .

NOTE:When locking the door without anIntelligent Key, be sure not to leave theIntelligent Key inside the vehicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCHOperating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors. The switchesare located on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s door armrests.To lock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the lock position with thedriver’s or front passenger’s door open,then close the door.

NOTE:When locking the door this way, be surenot to leave the Intelligent Key insidethe vehicle.To unlock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the unlock position .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driveror front passenger) is moved to the lockposition with the Intelligent Key left in thekey port and any door open, all doors willlock and unlock automatically.When the power door lock switch (driveror front passenger) is moved to the lockposition with the Intelligent Key left in thevehicle (not in the Intelligent Key port)and any door open, all doors will unlockautomatically and a chime will soundafter the door is closed.These functions help to prevent theIntelligent Key from being accidentallylocked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCK SYSTEM. All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.



The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivateor activate the automatic door unlocksystem, perform the following procedure:1. Close all doors.2. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step

2, push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK)for more than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicatorwill flash twice. When deactivated, thehazard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed inthe OFF and ON position again be-tween each setting change.

When the automatic door unlock systemis deactivated, the doors do not unlockwhen the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position. To unlock the door manu-ally, use the inside lock knob or the powerdoor lock switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s side).

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEYThe driver’s door will be locked or un-locked using the mechanical key.1. Press the rear end of the driver’s

outside door handle to lift up thefront end .

2. With the outside door handle lifted up,use the mechanical key and turn thekey cylinder cap counterclockwiseto remove.

3. Turning the door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle will lock thedriver’s door, and turning to the rearof the vehicle will unlock the driver’sdoor.

4. Replace the key cylinder cap in thereverse order.

NOTICEDo not drive with the cap removed.Water that enters through the key-hole may cause a malfunction.

NOTE:. Do not pull too hard on the door

handle when locking or unlockingthe doors. Pulling too hard will pre-vent the mechanical key from turn-ing, making it impossible to lock orunlock the doors.

. Unlocking the driver’s door using themechanical key will not unlock thefuel-filler door.

OPENING THE DOORS

Opening from outside the vehicle1. Press the rear end of the outside door

handle to lift up the front end of thehandle.

2. Pull the front end of the outside doorhandle toward you.

Opening from inside the vehicleLift up the inside door handle to open adoor from inside the vehicle.



NOTICEDo not grasp the door pockets toopen and close the doors. Doing somay damage the pockets.

WARNING. Radio waves could adversely af-

fect electric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric med-ical equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.

. The Intelligent Key transmitsradio waves when the buttonsare pushed. The Federal AviationAgency (FAA) advises the radiowaves may affect aircraft naviga-tion and communication sys-tems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons arenot operated unintentionallywhen the unit is stored for aflight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe door locks using the remote control-ler function or pushing the request switchon the vehicle without taking the key outfrom a pocket or purse. The operatingenvironment and/or conditions may af-fect the Intelligent Key system operation.Be sure to read the following before using

the Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION. Be sure to carry the Intelligent

Key with you when operating thevehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

. The Intelligent Key is always commu-nicating with the vehicle as it receivesradio waves. The Intelligent Key sys-tem transmits weak radio waves. En-vironmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the IntelligentKey system under the following oper-ating conditions. In such cases, cor-rect the operating conditions beforeusing the Intelligent Key function oruse the mechanical key.— When operating near a location

where strong radio waves aretransmitted, such as a TV tower,power station and broadcastingstation.

— When in possession of wirelessequipment, such as a cellular tele-phone, transceiver, and CB radio.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

— When the Intelligent Key is in con-tact with or covered by metallicmaterials.

— When any type of radio wave re-mote control is used nearby.

— When the Intelligent Key is placednear an electric appliance such as apersonal computer.

— When the vehicle is parked near aparking meter.

. Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating condi-tions, the battery’s life is approxi-mately 2 years. If the battery isdischarged, replace it with a newone. ( “Intelligent Key battery re-placement” page 8-27)

. Since the Intelligent Key is continu-ously receiving radio waves, if the keyis left near equipment which transmitsstrong radio waves, such as signalsfrom a TV and personal computer, thebattery life may become shorter.

. Because the steering wheel is lockedelectrically, unlocking the steeringwheel with the ignition switch in theLOCK position is impossible when thevehicle battery is completely dis-charged. Pay special attention thatthe vehicle battery is not completelydischarged.

. Do not push the door handle requestswitch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand. The close distance to thedoor handle will cause the IntelligentKey system to have difficulty recog-nizing that the Intelligent Key is out-side the vehicle.

. After locking the doors, check that thedoors are securely locked by testingthem.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle, make sureyou carry the key with you and thenlock the doors.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the trunk, make sureyou carry the key with you and thenclose the trunk.

. Do not pull the door handle beforepushing the door handle requestswitch. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open thedoor.

INTELLIGENT KEY FUNCTIONSIt is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler door and trunk lid by pushing therequest switch on the outside door han-dles and the trunk lid.



Intelligent Key operating rangeThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is withinthe specified operating range from therequest switch. The operating range iswithin 31.50 in (80 cm) from each requestswitch.

NOTE:. When the Intelligent Key battery is

discharged or strong radio wavesare present near the operating loca-tion, the Intelligent Key system’soperating range becomes narrower,and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

. If the Intelligent Key is too close tothe door glass, handle or rear bum-per, the request switches may notfunction.

. When the Intelligent Key is withinthe operating range, it is possible foranyone who does not carry theIntelligent Key to push the requestswitch to lock/unlock the doors.

Intelligent Key operationYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket orbag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switch

within the range of operation.

NOTE:. When the driver’s door is locked or

unlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto-matically locked or unlocked at thesame time.

. When you lock or unlock the doorsor the trunk lid, the hazard indicatorwill flash and the horn (or the out-side chime) will sound as a confir-mat ion . ( “Set t ing hazardindicator and horn mode” page 3-14)

Locking doors:1. Move the shift lever to the position,

push the ignition switch to the OFFposition and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.

2. Close all the doors.3. Push the driver’s or front passenger’s

door handle request switch whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

4. All the doors will lock.5. The hazard indicator flashes twice

and the outside chime sounds twice.

NOTE:. Doors will lock with the Intelligent

Key while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.

. Doors will not lock with the Intelli-gent Key while any door is open.

. Doors will not lock by pushing thedoor handle request switch with theIntelligent Key inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle, doors can belocked with another registered In-telligent Key.

Unlocking doors:1. Push the driver’s or front passenger’s

door handle request switch oncewhile carrying the Intelligent Key with

you.2. The hazard indicator flashes once and

outside chime sounds once. The cor-responding door will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andoutside chime sounds once again. Allthe doors will unlock.

NOTE:All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operationsis performed within 1 minute afterpushing the request switch while thedoors are locked. If during this 1-minutetime period, the request switch ispushed, all doors will be locked auto-matically after another 1 minute.. Opening any door. Pushing the ignition switch



Opening trunk lid:1. Push the trunk open request switch

for more than 1 second.2. The trunk will unlatch. An outside

chime will sound four times.3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

NOTE:. To prevent the Intelligent Key from

being accidentally locked in thetrunk , lockout protect ion isequipped with the Intelligent Keysystem.

. When the trunk lid is closed with theIntelligent Key inside the trunk, theoutside buzzer will sound and thetrunk will open.

Battery saver systemWhen all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.. The ignition switch is in the ACC

position, and. All doors are closed, and. The shift lever is in the position.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEMIt is possible to lock/unlock all doors, fuel-filler door, and activate the panic alarm bypushing the buttons on the IntelligentKey.

NOTE:Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

Remote keyless entry operatingrangeThe LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from thevehicle. (The effective distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.)The lock and unlock buttons on theIntelligent Key will not operate when:. the distance between the Intelligent

Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).. the Intelligent Key battery runs down.The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range var-ies depending on the environment. Tosecurely operate the lock and unlockbuttons, approach the vehicle to about 3ft (1 m) from the door.

Remote keyless entry operationNOTE:. When the driver’s door is locked or

unlocked, the fuel-filler door is auto-matically locked or unlocked at thesame time.

. When you lock or unlock the doorsor the trunk lid, the hazard indicatorwill flash and the horn (or the out-side chime) will sound as a confir-mat ion . ( “Set t ing hazardindicator and horn mode” page 3-14)

Locking doors:1. Move the shift lever to the position,

push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.

2. Close all the doors.3. Push the LOCK button on the

Intelligent Key.4. All the doors will lock.5. The hazard indicator flashes twice

and the horn chirps once.

NOTE:. Doors will lock with the Intelligent

Key while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.

. Doors will not lock with the Intelli-gent Key while any door is open.

Unlocking doors:1. Push the UNLOCK button on

the Intelligent Key once.2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The

driver’s door will unlock.3. Push the UNLOCK button on

the Intelligent Key again within 60seconds.

4. The hazard indicator flashes onceagain. All the doors will unlock.

All doors will be locked automaticallyunless one of the following operations is

performed within 1 minute after pushingthe UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keywhile the doors are locked. If during this 1-minute time period, the UNLOCK buttonon the Intelligent Key is pushed, all doorswill be locked automatically after another1 minute.. Opening any door. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening trunk lid:1. Push the TRUNK button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.2. The trunk will unlatch.3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Using panic alarm:If you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarmto call attention as follows:1. Push the PANIC button on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 sec-ond.

2. The theft warning alarm and head-lights will stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelli-

gent Key are pushed. (Note: thepanic button should be pushed formore than 1 second to turn the



panic alarm off.)

SETTING HAZARD INDICATOR ANDHORN MODEThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive thevehicle.When you lock/unlock the doors, thehazard indicator will flash and the horn(or the outside chime) will sound as aconfirmation.The following descriptions show how thehazard indicator and horn will activatewhen locking/unlocking the doors andhow the horn feature can be deactivated.

Hazard indicator and horn mode

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle requestswitch or trunk open re-

quest switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME -twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME -once

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - 4times

Remote keyless entry sys-tem

(Using , orbutton)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle requestswitch or trunk open re-

quest switch)

HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none

Remote keyless entry sys-tem

(Using , orbutton)

HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none HAZARD - none

Switching procedureThe horn beep feature can be deactivatedwith the following procedures.1. Push the LOCK and UNLOCK

buttons simultaneously for more than2 seconds.

2. The hazard indicator flashes 3 times.3. The horn beep feature will be deacti-

vated (Hazard indicator mode).4. To reactivate the horn beep feature

(Hazard indicator and horn mode),push the buttons once more. Thehazard indicator flashes once andthe horn beeps once.



WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly due to an erroneous opera-tion of the Intelligent Key listed on thefollowing chart or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, a chime orbeep sounds inside and outside thevehicle and a warning displays in thev e h i c l e i n f o r m a t i o n d i s p l a y .( “Warning display” page 2-35)( “Operation displays” page 2-44)When a chime or beep sounds or awarning displays, be sure to check thevehicle and the Intelligent Key.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDESymptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignitionswitch to stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously.

The shift lever is not in theposition.

Shift the shift lever to the position.

When opening the driver’sdoor to get out of the vehi-cle

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

The Intelligent Key is in the In-telligent Key port.

Remove the Intelligent Key from theIntelligent Key port.

When closing the door aftergetting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,the outside chime sounds 3 times and theinside warning chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCor OFF position and the shift leveris not in the position.

Move the shift lever to the posi-tion and push the ignition switch tothe OFF position.

When closing the door withthe inside lock knob turnedto LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approximately3 seconds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or trunk.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the doorhandle request switch tolock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximately2 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle or trunk.


A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

The door handle request switch ispushed before the door is closed.

Push the door handle request switchafter the door is closed.

When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for approximately10 seconds and the trunk lid opens.

The Intelligent Key is inside thetrunk.




OPENING THE HOOD1. Pull the hood lock release handle

located below the instrument panel.The hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raisethe hood.

3. Grasp the insulated part of the stayand release it from the hook, thensecurely insert it into the hood hole .

WARNINGIf you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, donot open the hood. Doing so couldcause injury.

HOOD

CAUTION. Do not insert hands, clothing,

tools or other items into theengine compartment while theengine is running.

. Do not touch the exhaust systemparts, radiator or other hot partsuntil the engine and the partshave cooled.

NOTICEDo not open the hood while thewiper arms are lifted away from thewindshield. The hood and wipers willbe damaged.

CLOSING THE HOOD1. While supporting the hood, store the

stay to the original position.2. Slowly lower the hood. When it is at a

height of 1 ft (30 cm) or higher, dropthe hood and make sure that bothsides of the hood securely lock inplace.

WARNING. Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to open and result in an

accident.. Be sure to check that the hood is

securely closed before driving. Ifboth sides of the hood are notlocked in place, the hood mayopen during driving, possiblycausing an accident.

CAUTIONWhen closing the hood, lower itslowly so that hands or other itemsdo not get caught.

NOTE:Because the hood of this vehicle re-quires more force to close than that forother vehicles, the hood will be difficultto close if you lower it all the way andthen attempt to press it closed. Be sureto drop the hood from a height ofapproximately 1 ft (30 cm) and be surethat both sides securely lock in place.



WARNING. Do not drive with the trunk lid

open. This could allow dangerousexhaust gases to be drawn intothe vehicle. ( “Exhaust gas(carbon monoxide)” page 5-3)

. Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where theycould be seriously injured. Keepthe car locked, with the trunkclosed, when not in use, andprevent children’s access to In-telligent Keys. TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH

The trunk lid can be opened by pushingthe trunk open request switch whenthe Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange of the trunk lock/unlock functionregardless of the inside lock knob posi-tion. ( “Intelligent Key system” page 3-8)

TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCHPress the trunk lid release switch tounlock the trunk.

TRUNK

TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCELSWITCHWhen the switch located inside the glovebox is in the OFF position , the power tothe trunk lid will be canceled and thetrunk lid cannot be opened by the trunklid release switch, the trunk open requestswitch or the TRUNK button on theIntelligent Key.When you have to leave the vehicle with avalet and want to keep your belongingssafe in the glove box and the trunk, pushthis switch to OFF and lock the glove boxwith the mechanical key. Then leave thevehicle and the Intelligent Key with the

valet and keep the mechanical key withyou. ( “Valet hand-off” page 3-3)To connect the power to the trunk lid,push the switch to the ON position .

Except for carbon trunk lid models

For carbon trunk lid models



OPENING AND CLOSING THETRUNKWhen opening the trunk, first unlock itthen lift up the trunk lid so that it is fullyopen.When closing the trunk, lower the trunklid and press it until it is securely locked inplace. The strap (except for carbontrunk lid models) or the handle (forcarbon trunk lid models) can be usedwhen the trunk lid is dirty.

NOTICE. Open and close the trunk without

grasping the rear spoiler. Grasp-ing the rear spoiler to open orclose the trunk may damage thespoiler.

. Do not leave the key inside thetrunk.

NOTE:. To prevent the Intelligent Key from

being accidentally locked in thetrunk , lockout protect ion isequipped with the Intelligent Keysystem. When the trunk lid is closedwith the Intelligent Key inside thetrunk, the outside buzzer will sound

and the trunk will open.. The trunk of this vehicle is slightly

more difficult to close than an or-dinary vehicle (particularly when thevehicle is new). This is because thetrunk rigidity has been increased tohandle the high load on the rearspoiler during vehicle operation.This does not indicate that there isa malfunction. Check that the trunkis securely locked.

EMERGENCY TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNINGClosely supervise children when theyare around cars to prevent themfrom playing and becoming lockedin the trunk where they could beseriously injured. Keep the carlocked, with the trunk lid securelylatched, when not in use, and pre-vent children’s access to IntelligentKeys.

The emergency trunk lid release mechan-ism allows opening of the trunk lid in theevent that people become locked insidethe trunk or in the event of the loss ofelectrical power such as a dischargedbattery.

Inside the trunkTo open the trunk lid from the inside, pullthe release handle until the lockreleases and push up on the trunk lid.The release lever is made of a materialthat glows in the dark after a briefexposure to ambient light.The handle is located on the back of thetrunk lid as illustrated.

From the passenger compart-mentThe trunk can be opened with the emer-gency trunk lid opener located on thefloor in front of the passenger’s seat.1. Remove the board located on the

floor in front of the passenger’s seat.

2. Insert the mechanical key into theemergency trunk lid opener and turnit clockwise until it stops.

NOTE:Because the trunk rigidity has beenincreased to handle the high load onthe rear spoiler during vehicle opera-tion, more force is required to operatethe mechanical key (particularly whenthe vehicle is new). Be sure to turn thekey clockwise until it stops.



The fuel-filler door is located on the rightand rear side of the vehicle.

WARNING. Gasoline is extremely flammable

and highly explosive under cer-tain conditions. You could beburned or seriously injured if it ismisused or mishandled. Alwaysstop engine and do not smoke orallow open flames or sparks nearthe vehicle when refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Contin-ued refueling may cause fueloverflow, resulting in fuel sprayand possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipmenttype fuel-filler cap as a replace-ment. It has a built-in safety valveneeded for proper operation ofthe fuel system and emissioncontrol system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunc-tion and possible injury. It couldalso cause the malfunction indi-cator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your

vehicle.. Do not fill a portable fuel contain-

er in the vehicle or trailer. Staticelectricity can cause an explosionof flammable liquid, vapor or gasin any vehicle or trailer. To reducethe risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel contain-ers:— Always place the container on

the ground when filling.— Do not use electronic devices

when filling.— Keep the pump nozzle in con-

tact with the container whileyou are filling it.

— Use only approved portablefuel containers for flammableliquid.

NOTICE. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle

body, flush it away with water toavoid paint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into thefuel-filler tube, then tighten untilthe fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to

tighten the fuel-filler cap properlymay cause the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.If the light illuminates be-cause the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turnoff after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after afew driving trips, it is recom-mended you have the vehicleinspected by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

( “Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)” page 2-33)

. This vehicle includes a systemthat can supply fuel even duringhigh-G (gravity) turns. The fueltank pressure is higher when thevehicle is hot. If the vehicle isrefueled when the vehicle is hot,the fuel pump may automaticallyshut off before the tank is full.This does not indicate that thereis a malfunction.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR1. Unlock the fuel-filler door by using one

of the following operations.. Push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key car-ried with you.

. Push the UNLOCK button on theIntelligent Key.

. Push the power door lock switch tothe UNLOCK position.

2. Press the rear side of the fuel-fillerdoor to release the door lock, andopen the door.

3. Turn the cap slowly counterclock-wise to remove it.During refueling, place the cap on theinside of the door .



CLOSING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR1. Turn the cap clockwise until a single

click sound is heard.2. Close the door. Lock the fuel-filler

door by using one of the followingoperations.

. Push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key carried withyou.

. Push the LOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key.

. Push the power door lock switch tothe LOCK position.

NOTE:After a single click is heard and the capis released it may move slightly. This isnot a malfunction.

WARNING. Do not adjust the steering wheel

while driving. You could lose con-trol of your vehicle and cause anaccident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheelany closer to you than is neces-sary for proper steering opera-tion and comfort. The driver’s airbag inflates with great force. Ifyou are unrestrained, leaning for-ward, sitting sideways or out ofposition in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive ser-ious or fatal injuries from the airbag if you are up against it whenit inflates. Always sit back againstthe seatback and as far away aspractical from the steering wheel.Always use the seat belts.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING COL-UMN

Tilt adjustmentThis adjusts up/down the position of thesteering wheel.1. Press lever down .2. Move the steering wheel up/down

and stop it in an appropriate position.3. Lift up lever to lock the steering

wheel in position .

STEERING WHEEL

Telescopic adjustmentThis adjusts the forward/backward posi-tion of the steering wheel.1. Press lever down .2. Move the steering wheel forward/

backward and stop it in an appro-priate position.

3. Lift up lever to lock the steeringwheel in position .

Lower the sun visor to block sunlightcoming from the forward direction.To block sunlight coming from the side,lower the sun visor, then unclip it from thehook and move it to the side.

INSIDE MIRRORThe inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accord-ing to the intensity of the headlights ofthe following vehicle.The anti-glare system will be automati-cally turned on when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position.When the anti-glare system is turned on,the indicator light will illuminate andexcessive glare from the headlights of thevehicle behind you will be reduced.Push the “*” switch to make the insiderearview mirror operate normally. Theindicator light will turn off. Push the “I”Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

SUN VISORS MIRRORS


switch to turn the system on.

NOTICEDo not allow any object to cover thesensors or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensi-tivity of the sensor, resulting in im-proper operation.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNINGObjects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closerthan they appear. Be careful whenmoving to the right. Using only thismirror could cause an accident. Usethe inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distancesto other objects.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position.

Adjusting the outside mirrors1. Turn the switch right or left to select

the right or left side mirror .2. Operate the control switch to adjust

the mirror angle.

WARNINGAdjust the mirrors before starting todrive. Adjusting the mirrors duringdriving is dangerous as it reducesthe driver’s attention to the forwarddirection.

Folding the outside mirrorsPush the switch down to fold theoutside mirrors.Push the switch up to unfold themirrors before driving.

CAUTION. Do not touch the mirrors while

they are moving. Your hand maybe pinched, and the mirror maymalfunction.

. Do not drive with the mirrorsstored. You will be unable to see

behind the vehicle.. If the mirrors were folded or

unfolded by hand, there is achance that the mirror will moveforward or backward during driv-ing. If the mirrors were folded orunfolded by hand, be sure toadjust them again electrically be-fore driving.

NOTE:. If the switch is operated continu-

ously, the mirror may stop beforemovement is completed. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunc-tion. Wait a few moments, thenoperate the switch again.

. If the mirrors were folded or un-folded by hand, the mirrors maystart moving when the ignitionswitch is set to the ACC or ONposition.

. When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, operating the rear windowdefroster will also remove frost andfog from the outside mirrors.( “Rear window defroster switch”page 2-51)

VANITY MIRRORTo use the front vanity mirror, pull downthe sun visor and pull up the cover.



MEMO

4 Display screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems

Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual .................... 4-2RearView Monitor ........................................................................ 4-2

RearView Monitor system operation .................... 4-3How to read the displayed lines ............................... 4-3Difference between predictive andactual distances ..................................................................... 4-3How to park with predictive course lines ......... 4-5Adjusting the screen .......................................................... 4-6How to turn on and off predictivecourse lines ................................................................................ 4-7Sonar indicator ....................................................................... 4-7RearView Monitor system limitations ................... 4-7System Maintenance ......................................................... 4-8

Ventilators ......................................................................................... 4-9Center ventilators ................................................................. 4-9Side ventilators ....................................................................... 4-9

Heater and air conditioner ............................................... 4-10Automatic air conditioner ........................................ 4-11Operating tips .................................................................... 4-13In-cabin microfilter ......................................................... 4-13Servicing air conditioner ............................................ 4-14

Antenna ........................................................................................... 4-14Window antenna ............................................................ 4-14Satellite antenna .............................................................. 4-15

Car phone or CB radio ........................................................ 4-15NissanConnect NISMO PlusTM (forNISMO models) ........................................................................... 4-16

How to record to a USB memory device ..... 4-16How to use the data recorded to the USBmemory device .................................................................. 4-18How to use the exclusivesmartphone application ............................................ 4-18Regulatory information .............................................. 4-19

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Refer to the separate Multi Function Dis-play Owner’s Manual that includes thefollowing information.. Multi function display system. Settings. Audio system. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. NissanConnectSM Services. SiriusXM Travel Link. SiriusXM Traffic. Apple CarPlayTM

. Navigation

. Voice recognition

. Multi function meter

WARNINGFailure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use of theRearView Monitor system could re-sult in serious injury or death.

. The RearView Monitor is a conve-nience but it is not a substitutefor proper backing. Always turnand look out the windows, andcheck mirrors to be sure that it issafe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always back upslowly.

. The system is designed as an aidto the driver in showing largestationary objects directly behindthe vehicle, to help avoid dama-ging the vehicle.

. The distance guide line and thevehicle width line should be usedas a reference only when thevehicle is on a level paved sur-face. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only andmay be different than the actualdistance between the vehicle anddisplayed objects.

CAUTIONDo not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the frontof the camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehiclewhen the shift lever is placed in theposition.The radio can still be heard while theRearView Monitor is active.

MULTI FUNCTION DISPLAYOWNER’S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR

To display the rear view, the RearViewMonitor system uses a camera locatedjust above the vehicle’s license plate.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP-ERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, move the shift lever to the positionto operate the RearView Monitor.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects withreference to the bumper line aredisplayed on the monitor.Distance guide lines:Indicate distances from the bumper.. Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m). Yellow line : approx. 3 ft (1 m). Green line : approx. 7 ft (2 m). Green line : approx. 10 ft (3 m)Vehicle width guide lines :Indicates the approximate vehicle width.Predictive course lines :Indicate the predictive course when back-

ing up. The predictive course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the position and the steeringwheel is turned. The predictive courselines will move depending on how muchthe steering wheel is turned and will notbe displayed while the steering wheel is inthe neutral position.The vehicle width guide lines and thewidth of the predictive course lines arewider than the actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDIC-TIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guide lines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or down-hill surfaces or projecting objects will beactually located at distances differentfrom those displayed in the monitorrelative to the guide lines (refer to illustra-tions). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view thepositioning of objects behind the vehicle.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3


Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than theactual distance. Note that any object onthe hill is further than it appears on themonitor.

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown further thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

Backing up near a projecting ob-jectThe predictive course lines do nottouch the object in the display. However,the vehicle may hit the object if it projectsover the actual backing up course.

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position is shown further than theposition in the display. However, theposition is actually at the same dis-tance as the position . The vehicle mayhit the object when backing up to the

position if the object projects over theactual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVECOURSE LINES

WARNING. If the tires are replaced with

different sized tires, the predic-tive course line may not be dis-played correctly.

. On a snow-covered or slipperyroad, there may be a differencebetween the predictive courseline and the actual course line.

1. Visually check that the parking spaceis safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis-played on the screen when the shiftlever is moved to the position.



3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjustingthe steering wheel so that the pre-dictive course lines enter the park-ing space .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines parallelto the parking space while referringto the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in thespace completely, move the shift leverin an appropriate gear and apply theparking brake.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. While on a RearView Monitor screen,

touch the touch screen display. TheCamera Settings screen will come up.

2. Touch the “Display Settings” key.3. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”,

“Tint”, “Color” or “Black Level” key.4. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or

“—” key on the touch screen display.

NOTE:Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while thevehicle is moving. Make sure the park-ing brake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PRE-DICTIVE COURSE LINESIf the RearView Monitor is in operationand the rear view is displayed, turn onand off the predictive course line settingaccording to the following procedure.1. Touch the touch screen display.2. Touch the “Predictive Course Lines”

key to turn the feature on or off.

If the RearView Monitor is not in opera-tion, change the setting according to thefollowing procedure.1. Touch the “Settings” key on the

Launch Bar on the touch screendisplay.

2. Touch the “Camera” key.3. Touch the “Predictive Course Lines”

key. The indicator illuminates whenthe item is turned on.

SONAR INDICATORThe sonar indicator will appear in theRearView Monitor display. ( “Sonarsystem” page 5-46)

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM-ITATIONS

WARNINGListed below are the system limita-tions for RearView Monitor. Failure tooperate the vehicle in accordancewith these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.

. The system cannot completelyeliminate blind spots and maynot show every object.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper can-not be viewed on the RearViewMonitor because of its monitoringrange limitation. The system willnot show small objects below thebumper, and may not show ob-jects close to the bumper or onthe ground.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual dis-tance because a wide-angle lens



is used.. Objects in the RearView Monitor

will appear visually oppositecompared to when viewed in therearview and outside mirrors.

. Use the displayed lines as a re-ference. The lines are highly af-fec ted by the number o foccupants, fuel level, vehicle po-sition, road conditions and roadgrade.

. Make sure that the trunk lid issecurely closed when backing up.

. Do not put anything on the rear-view camera. The rearview cam-era is installed above the licenseplate.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure notto spray it around the camera.Otherwise, water may enter thecamera unit causing water con-densation on the lens, a malfunc-tion, fire or an electric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise,it may malfunction or cause da-mage resulting in a fire or anelectric shock.

The following are operating limitationsand do not represent a system malfunc-tion:. When the temperature is extremely

high or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects.

. When strong light is directly comingon the camera, objects may not bedisplayed clearly.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objectson the screen. This is due to strongreflected light from the bumper.

. The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat fromthe actual color of objects.

. Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark environment.

. There may be a delay when switchingto the RearView Monitor screen.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates onthe camera, the RearView Monitormay not display objects clearly. Cleanthe camera.

. Do not use wax on the camera win-dow. Wipe off any wax with a cleancloth dampened with mild detergentdiluted with water.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION. Do not use alcohol, benzine or

thinner to clean the camera. Thiswill cause discoloration. To cleanthe camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mildcleaning agent and then wipewith a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera , the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and thenwiping it with a dry cloth.

CENTER VENTILATORSAdjust the air flow direction of the venti-lators by moving the center knob (up/down, left/right) until the desired positionis achieved.

SIDE VENTILATORSTurning the center knob clockwise orcounterclockwise will close or open theventilators.Adjust the air flow direction by movingthe ventilators until the desired position isachieved.


VENTILATORS


WARNING. The air conditioner cooling func-

tion operates only when the en-gine is running.

. Do not leave children or adultswho would normally require thesupport of others alone in yourvehicle. Pets should not be leftalone either. On hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehiclecould quickly become high en-ough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may causethe interior air to become staleand the windows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heaterand air conditioner system.

NOTE:. Odors from inside and outside the

vehicle can build up in the air condi-tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas-senger compartment through thevents.

. When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air

recirculation to allow fresh air intothe passenger compartment. Thisshould help reduce odors inside thevehicle.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

1. front defroster button2. Temperature control dial (driver’s side)/

AUTO (automatic) button3. Display screen4. Temperature control dial (passenger’s

side)/DUAL zone control button5. outside air circulation button6. rear window defroster button

( “Rear window defroster switch”page 2-51)

7. ON·OFF button8. fan speed control button9. MODE (manual air flow control) button10. A/C (air conditioner) button11. air recirculation button

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER

Automatic operationCooling and/or dehumidified heating(AUTO):This mode may be used all year round asthe system automatically works to keep aconstant temperature. Air flow distribu-tion and fan speed are also controlledautomatically.1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in-

dicator light on the button will illumi-nate.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial onthe driver’s side to the left or right to

set the desired temperature.. The temperature of the passenger

compartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

. A visible mist may be seen comingfrom the vents in hot, humid con-ditions as the air is cooled rapidly.This does not indicate a malfunc-tion.

3. You can individually set driver’s andfront passenger’s side temperatureusing each temperature control dial.When the DUAL zone control button ispushed or the passenger’s side tem-perature control dial is turned, theindicator light on the DUAL zonecontrol button will come on. To turnoff the passenger’s side temperaturecontrol, push the DUAL zone controlbutton.

Heating (A/C OFF):The air conditioner does not activate inthis mode. Only use this mode when youneed to heat the vehicle.1. Push the AUTO button on. (The in-

dicator light on the button will illumi-nate.)

2. If the indicator light on the A/C button



is turned on, push the A/C button.(The indicator light will turn off.)

3. Turn the temperature control dial onthe driver’s side to set the desiredtemperature.. The temperature of the passenger

compartment will be maintainedautomatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

. Do not set the temperature lowerthan the outside air temperature orthe system may not work properly.

. Not recommended if windows fogup.

4. You can individually set driver’s andfront passenger’s side temperatureusing each temperature control dial.When the DUAL zone control button ispushed or passenger’s side tempera-ture control dial is turned, the DUALindicator light will come on. To turn offthe passenger’s side temperaturecontrol, push the DUAL zone controlbutton.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging:1. Push the front defroster button

on. (The indicator light on the buttonwill come on.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial on

the driver’s side to set the desiredtemperature.. To quickly remove ice from the

outside of the windows, use thefan speed control button to set

the fan speed to maximum.. As soon as possible after the wind-

shield is clean, push the AUTObutton to return to the automaticmode.

When the front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on at outside tempera-tures above 36°F (2°C) to defrost thewindshield, and the air recirculation modewill automatically be turned off. Outsideair is drawn into the passenger compart-ment to improve the defrosting perfor-mance.

Manual operationFan speed control:Push the fan speed control button tomanually control the fan speed.Push the AUTO button to return toautomatic control of the fan speed.

Air intake control:. Push the air recirculation button

to recirculate interior air inside thevehicle. The indicator light on the

button will come on.. Push the outside air circulation

button to draw outside air into thepassenger compartment. The in-dicator light on the button will comeon.

. To switch to automatic control mode,push and hold the air recirculationbutton or the outside air circula-tion button (whichever one with anindicator light illuminated) for about 2seconds. The indicator lights (both airrecirculation and outside air circula-tion buttons) will flash twice, and thenthe air intake will be controlled auto-matically.

Air flow control:Push the MODE button repeatedly tochange the air flow mode.

: Air flows from the center and sideventilators.

: Air flows from the center and sideventilators and the foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.: Air flows from the defroster and foot

outlets.

Turning the system on/offPush the ON·OFF button.

OPERATING TIPSWhen the engine coolant temperatureand outside air temperature are low, the

air flow from the foot outlets may notoperate. However, this is not a malfunc-tion. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, the air flow from the footoutlets will operate normally.The sensors and located on theinstrument panel help maintain a con-stant temperature. Do not put anythingon or around the sensors.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe air conditioning system is equippedwith an in-cabin microfilter which collectsdirt, dust, etc. To make sure the airconditioner heats, defogs, and ventilatesefficiently, replace the filter in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in theNISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide. Itis recommended to see a NISSAN dealeror GT-R certified NISSAN dealer to replacethe filter.The filter should be replaced if air flowis extremely decreased or when win-dows fog up easily when operatingheater or air conditioning system.



SERVICING AIR CONDITIONERThe air conditioning system in yourNISSAN is charged with a refrigerantdesigned with the environment in mind.This refrigerant will not harm theearth’s ozone layer. However, specialcharging equipment and lubricant arerequired when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerantsor lubricants will cause severe damage toy ou r a i r c o nd i t i o n i n g s y s t em .( “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” page 9-2)Your NISSAN dealer or GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioningsystem.

WARNINGThe system contains refrigerant un-der high pressure. To avoid personalinjury, any air conditioner serviceshould be done only by an experi-enced technician with the properequipment.

WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed insidethe rear window.

CAUTION. Do not place metalized film near

the rear window glass or attachany metal parts to it. This maycause poor reception or noise.

. When cleaning the inside of therear window, be careful not toscratch or damage the rear win-dow antenna. Lightly wipe alongthe antenna with a dampened

soft cloth.

ANTENNA

SATELLITE ANTENNAThe satellite antenna is located on therear part of the vehicle roof.

When installing a car phone or a CB radioin your vehicle, be sure to observe thefollowing cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the elec-tronic control modules and electroniccontrol system harness.

WARNING. A cellular phone should not be

used for any purpose while driv-ing so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the use of cellu-lar phones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-free cellular phone operationalmode (if so equipped) is highlyrecommended. Exercise extremecaution at all times so full atten-tion may be given to vehicleoperation.

. If you are unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop your vehicle.

CAUTION. Keep the antenna as far away as

possible from the electronic con-trol modules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than8 in (20 cm) away from theelectronic control system har-ness. Do not route the antennawire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended bythe manufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, it is recommendedyou visit a NISSAN dealer or GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.


CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


Various vehicle driving information can berecorded to a USB memory device duringcircuit driving and other driving. The datacan be used to replay animated drivingscenes with “Gran Turismo 6” software forPlayStation 3.Moreover, by connecting a smartphoneto your vehicle via Bluetooth® connection,and using the exclusive smartphone ap-plication, driving information can be dis-played on the smartphone.

WARNINGDo not connect, disconnect or oper-ate the USB device while driving.Doing so can be a distraction. Ifdistracted you could lose control ofyour vehicle and cause an accidentor serious injury.

CAUTION. Do not force the USB device into

the USB connection port. Insert-ing the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the port may da-mage the port. Make sure thatthe USB device is connected cor-rectly into the USB connection

port.. Do not grab the USB connection

port cover (if so equipped) whenpulling the USB device out of theport. This could damage the portand the cover.

. Do not leave the USB cable in aplace where it can be pulledunintentionally. Pulling the cablemay damage the port.

HOW TO RECORD TO A USB MEM-ORY DEVICEThe USB connection port for NissanCon-nect NISMO PlusTM is located inside theconsole box.

1. Start the engine and check that theindicator (green) is illuminating. Theindicator (green) illuminates whenGPS information is received.When GPS information is not suffi-ciently acquired, the indicator(green) blinks.Accurate location information cannotbe recorded under this condition.

2. Connect your USB memory device tothe USB connection port .The indicator (orange) blinks.

3. Push the switch to start measure-ment.The indicator (orange) illuminates.

NISSANCONNECT NISMO PLUSTM(for NISMO models)

4. Drive the vehicle. The driving informa-tion is recorded on the USB memorydevice.

5. Push the switch to end measure-ment.The indicator (orange) blinks.

6. Remove the USB memory device whilethe indicator (orange) is blinking,and before stopping the engine.If the device is not operated correctly,data may not be correctly recorded,and may become corrupted.

Indicator (orange):

Condi-tion

Description

BlinkMeasurement preparations com-plete

ON Measurement in progress

2 blinks

. USB memory device is notinserted.

. USB memory device is mal-functioning.

3 blinks

The storage capacity of the USBmemory device is full and thevehicle information cannot be re-corded.

Indicator (green):

Condi-tion

Description

ON Acquiring GPS position (receiving)

BlinkGPS positioning cannot be ac-quired.

NOTE:. When operating the switch or the

USB memory device before or afterdriving, check the conditions of yoursurroundings and then stop thevehicle in a safe place.

. It may take a certain amount of timeto receive GPS information. In addi-tion, depending on the receptioncondition, your vehicle’s positionmay not be displayed correctly.

. Do not place objects on the rearparcel shelf because the GPS anten-na is installed below the center ofthe rear parcel shelf . Doing so may



result in driving data not being ableto be recorded.

About USB memory devices. A USB memory device is not included

with the vehicle. Please purchase itseparately.

. Use a USB 2.0 Hi-Speed or faster USBmemory device. If a low-speed USBmemory device is used, vehicle infor-mation cannot be recorded.

. Format your USB memory device toFAT32 format. USB memory devicesformatted to a format other thanFAT32 cannot record vehicle informa-tion.

. If recording continues for a longperiod of time (approximately 20hours or more), the recording ofvehicle information stops automati-cally. (Recording stops automaticallywhen the data file size reaches 2 GB.)

. Do not put the USB memory device ina place where it may receive staticelectricity and electric noise, or whereit may be exposed to the direct heatfrom a heater. The data may becomecorrupted.

. The USB connection port cannotcharge a mobile device.

HOW TO USE THE DATA RECORDEDTO THE USB MEMORY DEVICEInformation on how to make the most ofthe services you can receive for the datarecorded to the USB memory device isintroduced, and can be checked, at thefollowing website.http://www.nissan.co.jp/GT-R/en_nis-mo_nc.html

HOW TO USE THE EXCLUSIVESMARTPHONE APPLICATIONWhen you connect your application in-stalled smartphone to your vehicle viaBluetooth®, you can use the NissanCon-nect NISMO application.For the details of the application andinformation about compatible smart-phones, visit the following website.http://www.nissan.co.jp/GT-R/en_nis-mo_nc.html

NOTE:The Bluetooth® connection used withthe NissanConnect NISMO applicationdiffers from the Bluetooth® connectionfunctions used to connect the naviga-tion system’s hands-free phone and theBluetooth® audio.

How to initially register a smart-phonePerform initial registration in order toenable your smartphone to connect withyour vehicle via Bluetooth®.1. Before starting the registration, turn

on the Bluetooth® settings on yoursmartphone.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.

3. Within 20 seconds, lock/unlock thedoor using the power door lock switch10 times repeatedly.

“Locking with power door lockswitch” page 3-5

4. Within 30 seconds, search for Blue-tooth® devices on the smartphoneand then select and register “Nissan-Connect”.

5. When registration is complete, a mes-sage informing of completion is dis-played.

. A maximum of up to four smart-phones can be registered. When a fifthsmartphone is registered, the firstregistered smartphone will be re-moved from the vehicle and the fourmost recent smartphones will remainregistered.

. For details on how to operate yoursmartphone, see the Owner’s Manualof your smartphone.

How to use the applicationGet into your vehicle and connect thevehicle and your smartphone via Blue-tooth®.A disclaimer is displayed on the smart-phone when the application is started.Once you select “Agree” on the smart-phone, you will be able to operate theapplication.The operation procedure and display mayvary depending on the type of smart-phone.During driving, some operations on theconnected smartphone are limited inorder to prevent distracting the driver.Do not gaze fixedly at the screen whiledriving.

NOTE:. When there is a broadcasting station

or other wireless device nearby, itmay not be possible to make aconnection properly.

. The Bluetooth® connection usedwith the NissanConnect NISMO ap-plication may not be recognized/connected automatically depending

on the smartphone model. To usethe application, first check that Blue-tooth® is connected and then startthe application.

. Some application services may besubject to change or terminate with-out prior notice.

. To download the application, accessthe application store of each of yourrespective mobile communicationsservice providers.

. If the smartphone is not connectedcorrectly, you will not be able to usethe NissanConnect NISMO application.

. NISSAN does not guarantee that theinstallation of the NissanConnectNISMO application will not cause theoperation of other applications in-stalled to your smartphone to mal-function.

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG,Inc., and licensed to HitachiAutomotive Systems, Ltd.

Gran Turismo 6: TM&© 2013 Sony Com-puter Entertainment Inc. Developed byPolyphony Digital Inc.PlayStation“PlayStation” is registered trademarks or

trademarks of Sony Computer Entertain-ment Inc.“Gran Turismo” is registered trademarksof Sony Computer Entertainment Inc.

REGULATORY INFORMATION

CAUTIONThis equipment complies with radiofrequency exposure limits set forthby the FCC and Industry Canada foran uncontrolled environment. Thisequipment should be installed andoperated with a minimum distanceof 8 in (20 cm) between the deviceand the user or bystanders. Thisdevice must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with anyother antenna or transmitter.

FCC Regulatory information. To maintain compliance with FCC’s RF

exposure guidelines, use only thesupplied antenna.

. Unauthorized antenna, modification,or attachments could damage thetransmitter and may violate FCC reg-ulations.



. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1) This device may not cause inter-

ference and2) This device must accept any inter-

ference, including interferencethat may cause undesired opera-tion of the device

FCC ID: 2ABRDSIB01-001A

IC Regulatory informationThis device complies with Industry Cana-da licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Op-eration is subject to the following twoconditions:1) this device may not cause interference,

and2) this device must accept any interference,

including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

Under Industry Canada regulations, thisradio transmitter may only operate usingan antenna of a type and maximum (orlesser) gain approved for the transmitterby Industry Canada. To reduce potentialradio interference to other users, theantenna type and its gain should be sochosen that the equivalent isotropicallyradiated power (e.i.r.p.) is not more thanthat necessary for successful communi-cation.

IC: 11731A-SIB01001A

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ..................... 5-3Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ............................... 5-3Three-way catalyst .............................................................. 5-3Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......... 5-4Avoiding collision and rollover ................................... 5-7Off-road recovery ................................................................. 5-8Rapid air pressure loss ..................................................... 5-8Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ....................... 5-9All-Wheel Drive (AWD) drivingsafety precautions ............................................................... 5-9

Push-button ignition switch ............................................ 5-10Operating range for engine start ......................... 5-10Ignition switch operation ............................................ 5-11Ignition switch positions .............................................. 5-11Emergency engine shut off ....................................... 5-12Intelligent Key battery discharge .......................... 5-12

Before starting the engine ................................................ 5-13Starting the engine ................................................................. 5-14Driving the vehicle ................................................................... 5-15

Dual clutch transmission ............................................. 5-15Driving tips .............................................................................. 5-21

VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches ............................................................................ 5-25

How to switch the modes .......................................... 5-25Features of each mode ................................................ 5-27

Turbocharger system ........................................................... 5-31R mode start function ......................................................... 5-32

How to use R mode start function ................... 5-33Parking brake .............................................................................. 5-33Cruise control ............................................................................. 5-34

Precautions on cruise control ............................... 5-34Steering-wheel-mounted controls .................... 5-35Indicators and display ................................................. 5-35Cruise control operations ......................................... 5-36

Hill Start Assist System ....................................................... 5-38Break-in schedule .................................................................... 5-39

Wheel alignment .............................................................. 5-39Fuel Efficient Driving Tips .................................................. 5-40Increasing fuel economy ................................................... 5-41All-Wheel Drive (AWD) ............................................................ 5-41

AWD warning light .......................................................... 5-41Tight corner braking phenomenon .................. 5-42Tires ............................................................................................ 5-43AWD system characteristics ................................... 5-43

Limited Slip Differential (LSD) ......................................... 5-43Parking/parking on hills ..................................................... 5-44Sonar system .............................................................................. 5-46

Sonar indicator .................................................................. 5-48Sonar system OFF switch ......................................... 5-48Sonar system setting ................................................... 5-49

Power steering ........................................................................... 5-50Brake system ............................................................................... 5-50

Braking precautions ........................................................ 5-50Parking brake break-in .................................................. 5-51

Brake assist ................................................................................... 5-51Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .............................. 5-51

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system .................. 5-52Cold weather driving ............................................................. 5-55

Freeing a frozen door lock ......................................... 5-55Anti-freeze ............................................................................... 5-55Battery ........................................................................................ 5-55

Draining of coolant water ........................................ 5-55Tire equipment .................................................................. 5-55Special winter equipment ........................................ 5-56Driving on snow or ice ................................................ 5-56Engine block heater (if so equipped) .............. 5-56

Exhaust sound control system (ifso equipped) ................................................................................ 5-57Active noise cancellation (if so equipped)/Active sound enhancement (if so equipped) .... 5-58

Active noise cancellation .......................................... 5-58Active sound enhancement .................................... 5-59

WARNING. Do not leave children or adults

who would normally require thesupport of others alone in yourvehicle. Pets should not be leftalone either. They could acciden-tally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation ofthe vehicle. Also, on hot, sunnydays, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Closely supervise children whenthey are around cars to preventthem from playing and becominglocked in the trunk where theycould be seriously injured. Keepthe car locked, with the rear seat-back and trunk lid securelylatched when not in use, andprevent children’s access to carkeys.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING. Do not breathe exhaust gases;

they contain colorless and odor-less carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It cancause unconsciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drivewith all windows fully open, andhave the vehicle inspected imme-diately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the trunk lid closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passen-ger compartment. If you mustdrive with the trunk lid open,follow these precautions:a. Open all the windows.b. Set the air recirculation to

off and the fan control to highto circulate the air.

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a quali-fied mechanic whenever:— The vehicle is raised for ser-

vice.— You suspect that exhaust

fumes are entering into thepassenger compartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accidentinvolving damage to the ex-haust system, underbody, orrear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emissioncontrol device installed in the exhaustsystem. Exhaust gases in the three-waycatalyst are burned at high temperaturesto help reduce pollutants.

WARNING. The exhaust gas and the exhaust

system are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust systemcomponents.

Starting and driving 5-3

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

. Do not stop or park the vehicleover flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

NOTICE. Do not use leaded gasoline. De-

posits from leaded gasoline ser-iously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduceexhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel in-jection, or electrical systems cancause overrich fuel flow into thethree-way catalyst, causing it tooverheat. Do not keep driving ifthe engine misfires, or if notice-able loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions aredetected. It is recommended youhave the vehicle inspectedpromptly by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfire,damaging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine whilewarming it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicleto start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehiclemanufacturer on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label. (If your vehiclehas tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you should deter-mine the proper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illumi-nates a low tire pressure telltale whenone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. Accordingly, when the lowtire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tire causes the tire tooverheat and can lead to tire failure.Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-

ciency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle’s handling and stopping abil-ity.If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the low tire pressurewarning light will illuminate continuouslyand a chime will sound for 10 seconds.The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire, and the warninglight will illuminate continuously. Whenthe flat tire warning is activated, it isrecommended you have the system resetand the tire checked and replaced ifnecessary by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. Even if the tire is inflated to thespecified COLD tire pressure, the warninglight will continue to illuminate until thesystem is reset by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. Your vehicle can be driven for alimited time on a flat tire. ( “Run-flattires” page 8-38)Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS lowtire pressure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped witha TPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating prop-erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is

combined with the low tire pressure tell-tale. When the system detects a malfunc-t i on , the te l l t a l e w i l l f l a sh fo rapproximately one minute and then re-main continuously illuminated. This se-quence will continue upon subsequentvehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunction indica-tor is illuminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tire pressureas intended. TPMS malfunctions mayoccur for a variety of reasons, includingthe installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tiresor wheels on your vehicle to ensure thatthe replacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continue tofunction properly.

Additional information. The TPMS will activate only when the

vehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

. The low tire pressure warning lightdoes not automatically turn off whenthe tire pressure is adjusted. After the

tire is inflated to the recommendedpressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the lowtire pressure warning light. Use a tirepressure gauge to check the tirepressure.

. The “TIRE LOW PRESSURE - VISITDEALER” warning appears in the vehi-cle information display when the lowtire pressure warning light is illumi-nated and low tire pressure is de-tected. The “TIRE LOW PRESSURE -VISIT DEALER” warning turns off whenthe low tire pressure warning lightturns off.The “TIRE LOW PRESSURE - VISITDEALER” warning appears each timethe ignition switch is placed in the“ON” position as long as the low tirepressure warning light remains illumi-nated.The “TIRE LOW PRESSURE - VISITDEALER” warning does not appear ifthe low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMS mal-function.

. The “FLAT TIRE - VISIT DEALER” warn-ing appears in the vehicle informationdisplay when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and one or

more flat tires are detected.. Tire pressure rises and falls depending

on the heat caused by the vehicle’soperation and the outside tempera-ture. Do not reduce the tire pressureafter driving because the tire pressurerises after driving. Low outside tem-perature can lower the temperatureof the air inside the tire which cancause a lower tire inflation pressure.Altitude can also affect tire pressure.These may cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. If thewarning light illuminates, check thetire pressure for all four tires.

. GT-R vehicles are delivered from thefactory with nitrogen-filled tires. Forbest performance, NISSAN recom-mends that GT-R owners maintaintheir vehicles by using nitrogen fortire inflation. Because nitrogen is morestable than compressed air, it is lessprone to pressure fluctuation result-ing from temperature variations. Ifnitrogen is not available, compressedair may be safely used under normaldriving conditions. However, NISSANrecommends refilling with Nitrogenfor maximum tire performance.

. The Tire and Loading Informationlabel (also referred to as the vehicle



placard or tire inflation pressure label)is located in the driver’s door opening.

. You can also check the pressure of alltires on the touch screen display.Refer to the separate Multi FunctionDisplay Owner’s Manual.

. The tire pressure sensor should bereset anytime the wheels or tires areremoved or replaced.

. If the tire is removed in order toreplace the tire pressure sensor bat-tery, it may not be possible to reusethe removed tire from the wheel. Toreplace the tire pressure sensor bat-tery, it is recommended you contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

WARNING. If the low tire pressure warning

light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneu-vers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an

accident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light off. Ifthe light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat( “Run-flat tires” page 6-4) orthe TPMS may be malfunctioning.If no tire is flat and all tires areproperly inflated, have the vehiclechecked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. Although you can continue driv-ing with a punctured run-flat tire,remember that vehicle handlingstability is reduced, which couldlead to an accident and personalinjury. Also, driving a long dis-tance at high speeds may da-mage the tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50miles (80 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outside

temperature, vehicle load, roadconditions and other factors.

. When a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and thelow tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain onafter 1 minute. It is recommendedyou contact your GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possi-ble for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.


. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunctionof the tire pressure sensors.

NOTICE. The TPMS may not function prop-

er ly when the wheels areequipped with tire chains or thewheels are buried in snow.

. The TPMS may not function prop-erly if the TPMS sensor is not

reset and when wheels/tires fromanother GT-R are installed onyour vehicle.

. The TPMS will not function prop-erly if non-GT-R wheels are in-stalled on the vehicle.

. Do not place metalized film orany metal parts (antenna, etc.) onthe windows. This may causepoor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors,and the TPMS will not functionproperly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation ofthe TPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some exam-ples are:. Facilities or electric devices using

similar radio frequencies are near thevehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near thevehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) ora DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

Low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases.

. If the vehicle is equipped with a wheeland tire without TPMS.

. If the TPMS has been replaced and theID has not been registered.

. If the wheel is not originally specifiedby NISSAN.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNINGFailure to operate this vehicle in asafe and prudent manner may resultin loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause youto lose control of your vehicle. As withany vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehiclesor objects, or cause the vehicle to roll-over, particularly if the loss of controlcauses the vehicle to slide sideways. Beattentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under theinfluence of alcohol or drugs (includingprescription or over-the-counter drugswhich may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in thismanual, and also instruct your passen-gers to do so. ( “Seat belts” page 1-6)Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted or improperly belted



person is significantly more likely to beinjured or killed than a person properlywearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave theroad surface. If this occurs, maintaincontrol of the vehicle by following theprocedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle,road and traffic.1. Remain calm and do not overreact.2. Do not apply the brakes.3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering

wheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slowthe vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while thevehicle speed is reduced. Do notattempt to drive the vehicle back ontothe road surface until vehicle speed isreduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tiresreturn to the road surface. When all

tires are on the road surface, steer thevehicle to stay in the appropriatedriving lane.. If you decide that it is not safe to

return the vehicle to the road sur-face based on vehicle, road ortraffic conditions, gradually slowthe vehicle to a stop in a safe placeoff the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or isdamaged due to hitting a curb or pothole.Rapid air pressure loss can also be causedby driving on under-inflated tires.Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle,especially at highway speeds.Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. ( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31)If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving maintain controlof the vehicle by following the procedurebelow. Please note that this procedure isonly a general guide. The vehicle must bedriven as appropriate based on the con-ditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNINGThe following actions can increasethe chance of losing control of thevehicle if there is a sudden loss of tireair pressure. Losing control of thevehicle may cause a collision andresult in personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves orpulls in the direction of the flattire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accel-erator pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering

wheel with both hands and try to holda straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slowthe vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra-

dually stop the vehicle.6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers

and contact a roadside emergencyservice to change the tire.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNINGNever drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in thebloodstream reduces coordination,delays reaction time and impairsjudgement. Driving after drinkingalcohol increases the likelihood ofbeing involved in an accident injuringyourself and others. Additionally, ifyou are injured in an accident, alco-hol can increase the severity of theinjury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving.However, you must choose not to driveunder the influence of alcohol. Every yearthousands of people are injured or killedin alcohol-related accidents. Although thelocal laws vary on what is considered tobe legally intoxicated, the fact is thatalcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects of

alcohol.Remember, drinking and driving don’tmix! And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegaldrugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper-ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,drugs, or some other physical condition.

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) DRIVINGSAFETY PRECAUTIONS

WARNING. Do not drive beyond the perfor-

mance capability of the tires,even with AWD engaged. Acceler-ating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden brakingmay cause loss of control.

. Always use the specified tires onall four wheels. Install tire chainson the rear wheels when drivingon slippery roads and drive care-fully.

. This vehicle is not designed foroffroad (rough road) use. Do notdrive on sandy or muddy roadsthat tires may get stuck in.

. Do not attempt to raise twowheels off the ground and shift

the transmission to any orposition with the engine run-

ning. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheeldynamometer, (such as the dy-namometers used by somestates for emissions testing), orsimilar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised offthe ground. Make sure you informtest facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynam-ometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drive-train damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. When a wheel is off the grounddue to an unlevel surface, do notspin the wheel excessively.



WARNINGDo not operate the push-buttonignition switch while driving the ve-hicle except in an emergency. (Theengine will stop when the ignitionswitch is pushed three consecutivetimes or the ignition switch ispushed and held for more than 2seconds.) If the engine stops whilethe vehicle is being driven, this couldlead to a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button igni-tion switch, be sure to move the shiftlever to the position. OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE

STARTThe operating range for starting theengine inside the vehicle is shown in theillustration.. If the Intelligent Key is on the instru-

ment panel, rear parcel shelf, insidethe glove box, door pocket, cupholders or console box, or the cornerof the passenger compartment, it maynot be possible to start the engine.Carry the Intelligent-Key and try tostart the engine again.

. If the Intelligent Key is near the door ordoor glass outside the vehicle, it may

be possible to start the engine.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

IGNITION SWITCH OPERATIONWhen the Intelligent Key is carried withyou and the ignition switch is pushedwithout depressing the brake pedal, theignition switch position will change asfollows:. Push center once to change to ACC.. Push center two times to change to

ON.. Push center three times to change to

OFF. (No position illuminates.). Push center four times to return to

ACC.

. Open or close any door to return toLOCK during the OFF position.

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.The ignition switch will be unlocked whenit is pushed to the ACC position whilecarrying the Intelligent Key or with theIntelligent Key inserted in the port.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical acces-sories such as the radio, when the engineis not running.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

OFFThe engine can be turned off withoutlocking the steering wheel.The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever ismoved to the position.

NOTE:. If the steering lock release malfunc-

tion indicator appears on the vehicleinformation display when the igni-tion switch is pressed, press theignition switch again while gentlyturning the steering wheel left andright. ( “Steering lock releasemalfunction indicator” page 2-46)

. If the shift warning appears on thevehicle information display whenthe ignition switch is pushed, theshift lever is in any position exceptthe position. Move the shift leverto the position. ( “Shift “P”warning” page 2-45)

. If the Intelligent Key battery dis-charge indicator appears on thevehicle information display, the In-telligent Key battery is dischargedand the ignition switch will notoperate. Insert the Intelligent Keyinto the key port to operate theignition switch. ( “Intelligent Keybattery discharge indicator” page 2-47)

. When all of the following conditionsare met for 60 minutes, the batterysaver system will cut off the powersupply to prevent battery discharge.— The ignition switch is in the ACC



position, and— All doors are closed, and— The shift lever is in the position.

. Do not leave the vehicle with theignition switch in the ACC or ONposition when the engine is notrunning for an extended period oftime. This can discharge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the fol-lowing procedure:. Rapidly push the push-button ignition

switch 3 consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push button igni-tion switch for more than 2 seconds.

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGEIf the battery of the Intelligent Key isalmost discharged, the guide light ofthe Intelligent Key port blinks and theindicator appears on the vehicle informa-tion display. ( “Intelligent Key insertionindicator” page 2-46)In this case, inserting the Intelligent Keyinto the port allows you to start theengine. Make sure that the mechanicalkey side faces backward as illustrated.Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until itis latched and secured.To remove the Intelligent Key from the

port, push the ignition switch to the OFFposition and pull the Intelligent Key out ofthe port.

NOTICENever place anything except theIntelligent Key in the Intelligent Keyport. Doing so may cause damage tothe equipment.

NOTE:. Make sure the Intelligent Key is in

the correct direction when insertingit into the Intelligent Key port. Theengine may not start if it is in theincorrect direction.

. Remove the Intelligent Key from theIntelligent Key port after the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

. The Intelligent Key port does notcharge the Intelligent Key battery. Ifyou see the low battery indicator inthe vehicle information display, re-place the battery as soon as possi-ble. ( “Intelligent Key battery

replacement” page 8-27) . Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and windowwasher fluid as frequently as possible,or at least whenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tiresfor proper inflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position. ( “Warning lights,indicator lights and audible remin-ders” page 2-26)


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE


NOTE:. This vehicle includes spark plugs

that are designed for maximumperformance. If the start time be-comes longer, the plugs may befouled, making the engine difficultto start. If this occurs, start theengine using the procedure de-scribed in this section.

. A click sound may be heard whenthe brake pedal is depressed andreleased. This is normal.

. A low rattling operating sound mayoccur when the engine is started orstopped. This is because of thetransmission gear design, light fly-wheel and dry sump lubricationsystem used in this transmission.This does not indicate that there isa malfunction. This sound is likely tooccur in particular if the engine isstopped when the temperature ofthe transmission oil is high.

1. Check the positions of the acceleratorpedal and brake pedal . Adjust thesteering wheel and seat positions sothat the correct driving posture isachieved. ( “Front seats” page 1-3)

2. Check that the parking brake is en-gaged.

3. Check that the shift lever is in the orposition. ( is recommended.)

4. Firmly depress the brake pedal. With-out depressing the accelerator pedal,push the ignition switch once to startthe engine.

5. To stop the engine, move the shiftlever to the position, and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:. Care should be taken to avoid situa-

tions that can lead to potentialbattery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as:a. Installation or extended use of

electronic accessories that con-sume battery power when theengine is not running (Phonechargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

b. Vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short dis-tances.

In these cases, the battery may needto be charged to maintain batteryhealth.

. If the engine is difficult to start,depress the accelerator pedal allthe way to the floor and hold it.Push the ignition switch with thebrake pedal depressed to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion, and then release the accelera-tor pedal. Then perform steps 1 to 5to start the engine. If the enginestarts, but fails to run, repeat thisprocedure.

. Starting and stopping the engineover a short period of time may

STARTING THE ENGINE

make the vehicle more difficult tostart. If this occurs, wait for morethan 3 minutes, and then push theignition switch again to start theengine.

. To maintain high performance overa long period of time, the enginespeed is limited to 4,300 rpm whenthe engine is revved with the shiftlever in the or position, and to4,000 rpm when the engine oil orcoolant temperature is low or higherthan normal.

. If the ignition switch is pushedbefore the shift lever is moved tothe position, the ignition switchwill not change to the OFF position.If this occurs, the SHIFT warningdisplay appears on the vehicle in-formation display. When stoppingthe engine, be sure to move the shiftlever to the position and thenpush the ignition switch. Failure todo so may result in discharge of thebattery. ( “Shift “P” warning”page 2-45)

. If the shift lever was in the orposition when the engine wasstopped, then be sure to move theshift lever to the position beforestarting the engine the next time. If

the engine is started with the shiftlever in the position, then it maynot be possible to drive the vehicleeven when the shift lever is movedto the or position. If thisoccurs, the SHIFT warning appearson the vehicle information display.( “Shift “P” warning” page 2-45)

CAUTIONIf the engine was stopped soonwhen the engine is hot, the coolingfan may operate for approximately 2minutes after the engine wasstopped to cool the components inthe engine compartment. When thecooling fan is operating, be sure thathands or other items do not getcaught in it.

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSIONThe GT-R dual clutch transmission is anewly-developed system that uses anelectronically controlled multiple-discwet clutch attached to the highly efficientmanual transmission. This transmissionhas two driving modes.. position (Automatic gearshift):

allows automatic shifting of the man-ual transmission.

. position (Manual gearshift):allows quick shifting of the manualtransmission.

NOTE:When starting or driving on a steepuphill grade, shift to the positionand operate the paddle shifter to shiftdown to 1st gear similar to a manualtransmission vehicle.The GT-R dual clutch transmission wasdeveloped specifically to maximize vehi-cle performance and driving enjoyment.The GT-R transmission components weredesigned using different engineeringstandards than typical passenger cartransmissions. Because of this, the GT-Rhas different operating characteristics,and various rattle noises may be heardduring some driving conditions because


DRIVING THE VEHICLE


of the following items:. Gear clearances. Ultralight flywheel. Dry sump lubricationThese noises do not indicate that there isa malfunction.

WARNING. Do not depress the accelerator

pedal while shifting from the orposition to the or

position. Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is com-pleted. Failure to do so couldcause loss of control and anaccident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear beforethe engine has warmed up.

. Never shift to either the orposition while the vehicle is mov-ing forward and or posi-tion while the vehicle is reversing.This could cause an accident ordamage the transmission.

. The shift lever contains a power-ful magnet. Do not place electro-

nic medical devices or otherelectronic products that are sus-ceptible to magnetic force closeto the shift lever.

. Do not downshift abruptly onslippery roads. This may cause aloss of control.

. If the shift lever is moved fromto position, or toposition before the vehicle stops,you may not be able to shift gearor it may take longer to shift gear.Make sure to depress the brakepedal and check that the vehiclehas stopped before shifting.

CAUTION. Because the vehicle includes a

dual clutch transmission thatautomatically controls the clutchand shifting operation of themanual transmission, wheneverthe shift lever is in a positionother than or , the vehicle willbegin to move slowly, in the sameway as when the clutch in amanual transmission vehicle ispartially engaged. Keep the brakepedal firmly depressed when the

vehicle is stopped. In some cir-cumstances the vehicle may notstart moving on its own, howeverthis does not indicate that thereis a malfunction.

NOTICE. To avoid possible damage to your

vehicle; when stopping the vehi-cle on an uphill grade, do not holdthe vehicle in place by depressingthe accelerator pedal. Doing somay cause the clutch to overheatand result in transmission da-mage. Use the brakes to preventthe vehicle from moving.

. The GT-R dual clutch transmis-sion is provided with a dry sumplubrication system that improvesefficiency and ensures reliabilityunder high g-force conditions.When oil viscosity is high at lowtemperatures, it takes longer forall components to be sufficientlylubricated. Thus, when the trans-mission temperature is low (ap-proximately 104°F (40°C), do notaccelerate rapidly or run the en-gine faster than 4,000 rpm.

Operating the shift leverAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and move the shift lever fromthe position to the , , orposition. Push the button to shift intothe or position. All other positionscan be selected without pushing thebutton.

Shift lever operationPush the button while depressingthe brake pedal.

Push the button.

Just move the shift lever.

Automatically returns.

position:Use this position for parking and startingthe engine. The ignition switch will bechanged to the OFF or LOCK position.

CAUTIONUse the position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

position:Use this position for driving in reverse. Achime will sound inside the vehicle and awarning will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display if the shift lever is in theposition for more than 5 minutes, orwhen the driver’s door is opened whilethe shift lever is in the position.

position:Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged.

position:Use this position for all normal forwarddriving. The shift lever can be movedbetween and to alternately changeeach other. The position indicator indi-cates the gear position with the indica-tion of “A” or “M”.. position: Use this position for ordin-

ary driving, with the gears shiftedautomatically from first gear to sixthgear according to the speed anddriving conditions.

. position: Operate the paddle shifterto drive in first gear to sixth gear asdesired.

. The position indicator blinks if it is notp o s s i b l e t o s h i f t t h e g e a r .( “Transmission position indicator”page 2-10)



CAUTION. Grip the shift lever correctly when

operating it. Failure to do so maycause a finger or other items tobe trapped between the lever andgate, possibly causing an acci-dent.

. Because rolling resistance is re-duced in the GT-R, the vehicle canmove when on a road with aslight gradient, even when in the

position. Be sure to depress thebrake pedal.

NOTICE. Be sure to observe the following

precautions. Failure to do so mayresult in shift lever malfunction.— Do not spill water, beverages

or other liquids on the shiftlever.

— Do not allow sand or similarsubstances to contact theshift lever.

. Develop the habit of performingthe operations marked with “ ”without pressing the button. Ifthe button is pressed at thesetimes, there is the possibility thatthe lever could accidentally enterthe or positions.

. When the vehicle is hot, the areaaround the shift lever may be hotor may produce an unusualsound, however this does notindicate that there is a malfunc-tion.

. Avoid depressing the brake andaccelerator pedals at the sametime. Depressing both pedals atthe same time could cause theclutch to overheat and accelerate

deterioration.

NOTE:. When moving the shift lever out of

the position, it may not be possi-ble to move the shift lever if thebutton is pressed before the brakepedal is depressed. Press the buttononly after depressing the brakepedal.

. Do not place coins or other smallobjects in the area around the shiftlever. These objects may get stuck inthe shift gate and prevent the shiftlever from moving into a position.Sometimes, you may not be able toretrieve these objects.

. Immediately after a cold start, whilethe transmission system check dis-play (“T/M SYSTEM CHECK IN PRO-CESS”) appears on the vehicleinformation display, the shift levercannot be moved out of theposition. This is because a check ofthe transmission system is in pro-gress. This does not indicate thatthere is a malfunction. Move theshift lever after the message on thevehicle information display turns off.

. The shift lever knob and console-

mounted shift indicator have a gen-uine leather finish that requiresproper care and maintenance.( “Cleaning interior” page 7-5)

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from the

position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever buttonpushed.To move the shift lever, perform thefollowing procedure.1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF or

LOCK position.2. Apply the parking brake.3. Remove the shift lock cover using a

suitable tool wrapped with a cloth.4. Push down the shift lock as illustrated.

5. Push the shift lever button and movethe shift lever to the position whileholding down the shift lock.

Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion to unlock the steering wheel. Nowthe vehicle may be moved to the desiredlocation.If the battery is discharged completely,the steering wheel cannot be unlocked.Do not move the vehicle with the steeringwheel locked.

NOTICEIf the shift lever cannot be movedout of the position after perform-ing the shift lock release procedure,it is recommended you immediatelyhave the vehicle inspected by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

Adaptive shift controlThe adaptive shift control system auto-matically operates when the transmissionis in the position and selects anappropriate gear depending on the roadconditions such as uphill, downhill orcurving roads.



Control on uphill and curving roads:A low gear is maintained that suits thedegree of the slope or curve to allowsmooth driving with a small number ofshifts.

Control on downhill roads:The adaptive shift control system shifts toa low gear that suits the degree of theslope, and uses the engine brake toreduce the number of times that the footbrake must be used.

Control on winding roads:A low gear is maintained on continuouscurves that involve repeated accelerationand deceleration, so that smooth accel-eration is available instantly when theaccelerator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:Adaptive shift control may not operatewhen the transmission oil temperatureis low immediately after the start ofdriving or when it is very hot. If thisoccurs, switch to the position anddownshift if necessary.

positionChanging to the position:To change to the position from theposition, either move the shift lever to the

side or operate the paddle shifter. Theposition indicator indicates the gear posi-tion with the indication of “M”.If the paddle shifter is used, in oneoperation the position changes to the

position and the gear position shifts(except for downshifting from 2nd gear to1st gear). For the downshift operationfrom the 2nd gear to the 1st gear, thefirst paddle shifter operation changes the

position to the position, and thesecond operation changes the gear posi-tion.To return to the position, either movethe shift lever to the side again or pullthe right side (up sift side) paddle shifterfor approximately 2 seconds. The positionindicator indicates the gear position withthe indication of “A”.

Changing gears using paddle shifters:

NOTE:The vehicle cannot be accelerated froma stop condition while the gear is in the2nd to 6th position. When acceleratingthe vehicle from a stop condition, usethe 1st gear position.To shift up, pull the paddle shifter on theright side toward you.To shift down, pull the paddle shifter onthe left side toward you.

. First gear:Use this position when acceleratingfrom a stop, climbing a steep hillslowly or engine braking at lowspeeds.

. Second gear:Use this position when accelerating orengine braking at mid-low speeds.

. Third gear:Use this position when accelerating orgently engine braking at middlespeeds.

. Fourth gear:Use this position when accelerating orgently engine braking at mid-high

speeds.. Fifth gear:

Use this position for all normal for-ward driving at highway speeds. En-gine braking is weaker in this position.

. Sixth gear:Use this position for all normal for-ward driving at highway speeds. En-gine braking is weakest in thisposition.

Suggested maximum speed in eachgear:Downshift to a lower gear if the engine isnot running smoothly, or if you need toaccelerate.Do not exceed the maximum suggestedspeed (shown below) in any gear. For levelroad driving, use the highest gear sug-gested for that speed. Always observeposted speed limits, and drive accordingto the road conditions that will ensuresafe operation. Do not over-rev the en-gine when shifting to a lower gear as itmay cause engine damage or loss ofvehicle control.

Gear MPH (km/h)

1st 36 (58)

2nd 63 (102)

3rd 91 (148)

4th —

5th —

6th —

DRIVING TIPSAfter starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever fromthe position to the , , orposition. Be sure the vehicle is fullystopped before attempting to shift theshift lever.The transmission is designed so that thefoot brake pedal must be depressedbefore shifting from to any otherposition.The shift lever cannot be moved out ofthe position and into any other positionwith the ignition switch other in the LOCK,OFF or ACC position.

When accelerating from a stopKeep the foot brake pedal depressed andpush the shift lever button to shift into adriving gear as following:



. To drive forward, move the shift leverto the position.

. To back up, move the shift lever to theposition.

Starting on level ground or an uphill:1. Check the shift lever position indicator

on the meter to confirm that thedriving gear is selected.

2. Release the parking brake.3. Release the foot brake pedal gradu-

ally, then slowly depress the accelera-tor pedal to start the vehicle inmotion.

( “R mode start function” page 5-32)

NOTE:. To prevent the clutch from over-

heating when the parking brake isapplied, engine output is limitedwhen the accelerator pedal is de-pressed. In particular, the vehiclemay not start smoothly when theaccelerator pedal is depressed withthe parking brake applied on anuphill grade. To enable smoothstarting, release the parking brakebefore moving the vehicle.

. The hill start assist system operateswhen the vehicle is acceleratingfrom a stop on an uphill. ( “HillStart Assist System” page 5-38)

When driving the vehicle

WARNINGDo not move the shift lever to theposition while driving. Doing so mayresult in an accident due to loss ofengine braking. It may also damagethe transmission.

Normal driving:Drive with the shift lever in the position.The appropriate gear will be automati-cally shifted according to the position ofthe accelerator pedal, the driving speedand driving conditions.

Passing:. position:Fully depress the accelerator pedal to thefloor. This shifts the transmission downinto a lower gear depending on thevehicle speed. Then depress the accel-erator pedal as needed to adjust vehiclespeed.. position:Use the paddle shifter to down shift, thenfully depress the accelerator pedal to thefloor. Then depress the accelerator pedalas needed to adjust vehicle speed.

Hill climbing:. When the vehicle speed decreases,

depress the accelerator pedal to thefloor with the shift lever in theposition. This automatically shifts thetransmission into a lower gear andmaintains this position depending onthe gradient of the hill.

. The system may down shift accordingto the accelerator pedal position andthe vehicle speed.

. If the transmission is frequently chan-ging gears while driving, switch to the

position and select the appropriategear for the driving conditions.

Driving on a downhill:. position:The system shifts down according to thedegree of downhills to increase the effec-tiveness of the engine brake.. position:When driving on a long slope, selectingthe position and 4th or 3rd gear willprovide gentle engine braking.When driving on a steep downhill, select-ing the position and 2nd or 1st gear willprovide powerful engine braking.

WARNING. When the shift lever is in the

position, the adaptive shift con-trol system will stay in a low gearin order to maintain the effective-ness of the engine brake. How-ever if the vehicle is traveling toofast depending on the degree ofthe slope, you should shift to the

position and use the paddleshifter to shift down. If you con-tinue to use only the foot brake, ahigh load will be applied to thebrake, which may overheat, redu-cing its effectiveness. Be sure touse the engine brake togetherw i t h t h e f o o t b r a k e .( “Adaptive shift control” page5-19)

. Do not downshift abruptly onslippery roads. This may cause aloss of control.

NOTICEWhen driving in the position, gear-shifting will be performed automati-cally with the adaptive shift controlsystem ( “Adaptive shift control”page 5-19) even on road conditionswith continuous and sudden hills orcurves. However, when the transmis-sion oil temperature is low immedi-ately after starting the vehicle orhigh when engaging in high perfor-mance driving, there may be somecases where the system cannot con-trol shifting. When this occurs, switchto the position and select a lowergear, depending on the gradient ofthe hill.

When stopping the vehicleLeave the shift lever in the orposition and firmly depress the foot brakepedal.If the vehicle will be stopped for a longperiod of time, apply the parking brakeand move the shift lever to the orposition as necessary.

WARNING. Do not race the engine while the

vehicle is stopped. Doing so mayaccelerate the vehicle suddenlyand cause an accident whenshifting to a driving gear.

. While the engine is running, thepropeller shaft that transmitstorque from the engine to thetransmission is turning at alltimes. Crawling or reaching underthe vehicle while the engine isrunning may result in seriousinjury.

NOTICEWhen the vehicle is stopped on a hill,do not hold the vehicle in place bydepressing the accelerator pedal.Doing so may cause the clutch tooverheat and result in transmissiondamage. Use the brakes to preventthe vehicle from moving.



When parking the vehicle

WARNINGFollow the instructions below whenparking the vehicle to help preventthe brake rotor and brake pads fromrusting together. Failure to followthe instructions could cause therotor and pads to rust together. Ifthe rotor and pads rust together,there may be a popping noise andsome vibration when the vehicle isdriven, a wheel may not roll correctly,or the brake pads could be damaged.If the pads are damaged, this mayreduce the effectiveness of the brakesystem which could cause a collision,serious personal injury or death.

The GT-R uses brake pad materials thathave high metallic content. The brake padmaterial helps maintain braking perfor-mance in a wide range of weather anddriving conditions.For the first 3,000 miles (5,000 km) of thevehicle’s service life, and for the first 3,000miles (5,000km) after a brake replace-ment, the brake pad to brake rotorclearance is very small. When parking,apply the parking brake and move the

shift lever to the position. Idle theengine for more than 20 seconds withoutdepressing the brake pedal. This allowsthe brake pads to move away from therotor so the pad does not contact therotor.Additionally, the brakes must be drybefore parking the vehicle after drivingon wet roads or after washing the vehicle.If the roads are wet, lightly apply thebrakes for a short distance before parkingthe vehicle to dry the brakes. After wash-ing the vehicle, dry the brakes by drivingon a dry road for a few miles and applythe brakes normally based on traffic androad conditions.The metallic brake pads and brake discrotor may rust together when the brakesare not applied:. If the vehicle is not idled for 20

seconds without the brakes applied,or if the brakes are applied when thevehicle is shut off, the rotor and padscan rust together, even when thebrake pads are dry.

. If the brakes are wet when the vehicleis parked and the parking brake isapplied for a long time.

It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer if the brake padsand brake rotor have rusted together.

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.2. With the foot brake pedal depressed,

apply the parking brake.3. Move the shift lever to the position.4. Check the shift lever position indicator

on the meter to confirm that theposition is selected.

5. Push the ignition switch to stop theengine.

WARNINGBefore exiting the vehicle, be sure tomove the shift lever to the positionand stop the engine. If the engine isrunning and the shift lever is not inthe position, the vehicle may startmoving due to partial engagementof the clutch or to the effects ofgravity on a slope, or the vehicle maysuddenly accelerate due to acciden-tal operation of the accelerator ped-al, possibly causing an accident.

The control of the dual clutch transmis-sion, Bilstein DampTronic® electronicallycontrolled shock absorbers and VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) can be changed tothe desired modes by operating the setupswitches. Select the desired mode bestsuited to the driving conditions.

NOTE:Bilstein DampTronic® is a registeredtrademark of ThyssenKrupp BilsteinSuspension GmbH.

1. Transmission setup switch2. Suspension setup switch3. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) setup

switch

HOW TO SWITCH THE MODESEach time the engine is started, allswitches are set to the normal mode.The normal mode is recommended fornormal driving. Move the VDC, transmis-sion and suspension setup switches up ordown to change the mode when theengine is running.


VDC, TRANSMISSION ANDSUSPENSION SETUP SWITCHES


: Push and hold the switch for longerthan approximately 1 second

: Push the switch* The selected mode is maintained even ifthe shift lever is moved between andposition.

NOTICE. “ESC (Electronic Stability Control)

OFF” indicated on the VDC setupswitch stands for “VDC OFF”.

. When the ignition switch ispushed to the “ON” position, theindicators on the setup switchesmay illuminate briefly, howeverthis is not a malfunction.

FEATURES OF EACH MODE

TransmissionThe transmission mode differs depending on the shift lever position, or .

position:

Set up mode Features. In addition to the normal mode functions, this mode allows you to

achieve higher engine speed, greater powertrain torque and enginebraking.

. With the VDC switch in R mode, the R mode start function can be used.( “R mode start function” page 5-32)

. When the R mode is selected, the maximum speed is lower than the onein the normal mode.

Normal (light is off). For everyday and performance driving, an appropriate gear position is

automatically selected.. For long distance driving, this mode helps improve fuel economy by

reducing engine output compared to the normal mode.. The engine response to accelerator operation changes to be less

sensitive to pedal movement than the normal mode. The engine speeddoes not change as quickly for small accelerator pedal position changes.

. This mode controls powertrain torque on snowy roads and slipperysurfaces making starting and driving easier.

. When the SAVE mode is selected, the maximum speed is lower than theone in the normal mode.



position:

Set up mode Features. This mode allows you to shift gears quickly and directly.. This mode will not allow the transmission to automatically upshift even

when the engine speed reaches the red zone. Do not rev the engine intothe red zone.

. With the VDC switch in R mode, the R mode start function can be used.( “R mode start function” page 5-32)

Normal (light is off)

. For everyday and performance driving, any gear position can beselected.

. This mode will allow the transmission to automatically upshift evenwhen the engine speed is about to reach the red zone.

. For long distance highway driving, this mode improves fuel economy byreducing engine output compared to the normal mode.

. The engine response to accelerator operation changes to be lesssensitive to pedal movement than the normal mode. The engine speeddoes not change as quickly for small accelerator pedal position changes.

. This mode controls powertrain torque on snowy roads and slipperysurfaces making starting and driving easier.

. This mode allows the transmission to automatically upshift even whenthe engine speed is about to reach the red zone.

. When the SAVE mode is selected, the maximum speed is lower than theone in the normal mode.

NOTICE. When the engine speed ap-

proaches the red zone, shift to ahigher gear or reduce the enginespeed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

. Quickest shifting in the R modewith the transmission in theposition is available when theengine speed is high. However,the transmission may shift moreslowly when the engine speed islow.

Suspension

Set up mode Features. The damping force of the shock absorbers is set for maximum vehicle

performance.. Riding comfort becomes harder.

Normal (light is off). The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for

everyday driving or maximum vehicle performance.. The damping force of the shock absorbers is variably adjusted for more

comfortable driving. Movement of the vehicle body is larger than thenormal and R modes.

NOTICEWhile maximizing vehicle perfor-mance, shock absorber control mayautomatically be returned to thenormal mode. If the R mode or theCOMF mode is selected in the caseabove, the suspension setup switchindicator may turn off. Operate thesuspension setup switch to the Rmode or the COMF mode and checkto make sure the indicator illumi-nates. If the indicator does not illu-minate, it is recommended you havethe system checked by a GT-R certi-fied NISSAN dealer.



Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

Set up mode Features. In addition to the normal mode function, this mode adjusts front and

rear wheel power distribution to improve handling.. With the transmission switch in R mode, the R mode start function can

be used. ( “R mode start function” page 5-32)

Normal (light is off)

. This mode is for use in a broad range of driving conditions, for routinedriving during fair to rainy weather, as well as for driving on roadsurfaces that are slippery due to snow or ice.Make sure to use this mode for everyday driving.

. Temporary mode that can be used to free if it is stuck in snow or mudAlso place transmission setup switch in SAVE mode when freeing a stuckvehicle.

NOTE:Always make sure the VDC is ON before driving the vehicle by checking that the VDCOFF indicator lights on the meter and the VDC set-up switch are not illuminated.The GT-R is a high performance vehicle and the VDC must be on/activated toprovide proper powertrain operation and intended drivability.



. Driving the GT-R with the VDC offmay lead to handling issues re-

lated to steering maneuvers, ac-celeration, or deceleration.Moreover, driving with the VDCoff can result in an inoperativevehicle by causing serious da-mage to the powertrain, includingdamage to the Transaxle Assem-bly including Transfer, Clutch,Gears, Transaxle case and all ofits components and other drive-train component(s) by overheat-

ing or excessive force.. Damage to the powertrain or any

drivetrain component(s) that oc-curs when there is a record in theVehicle Status Data Recorder(VSDR) that the vehicle was drivenwith VDC off during the periodwhen the damage was incurred isexcluded from warranty cover-age.

See your 2018 Warranty InformationBooklet for important related informationand warranty coverage exclusions. Seealso section 2 ( “Transmission warn-ing light” page 2-31) and section 5( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” page 5-52) of this Owner’s Manual,“Transmission Clutch Temperature High”and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Sys-tem” for important additional relatedinformation.

The turbocharger system uses engine oilfor lubrication and cooling of its rotatingcomponents. The turbocharger turbineturns at extremely high speeds and itcan get very hot. It is essential to maintaina supply of oil flowing through theturbocharger system. Therefore, a sud-den interruption of oil supply may cause amalfunction in the turbocharger.To ensure prolonged life and perfor-mance of the turbocharger, it is essentialto perform the following maintenanceprocedure:. Change your engine oil according to

the recommended intervals shown inthe separate Service and MaintenanceGuide. Use only the recommendedengine oil.

. If the engine had been operating athigh engine speed for an extendedperiod of time, let it idle for a fewminutes prior to shutdown.

. Do not accelerate your engine to highengine speed immediately after start.

NOTICE. This vehicle includes spark plugs

that are designed for high per-formance. For this reason, if theengine is repeatedly started andstopped over a short time, thespark plugs may become fouled,making the engine difficult tostart. To prevent diminishedstarting performance, avoidstarting and stopping the enginerepeatedly during a short periodof time.

NOTE:. When the vehicle is delivered, the

engine oil level is 0.39 in (10 mm)below the H mark on the engine oildipstick for optimum high perfor-mance driving. The engine oil can befilled up to the H mark if not enga-ging in performance driving.

. Because of the high performancecharacteristics of the GT-R engine,more frequent oil level inspectionsare necessary. Check the oil levelevery 1,800 miles (3,000km) andadjust as necessary. Also, changethe engine oil based on the drivingconditions. For the information re-

garding oil replacement intervals,refer to the 2018 NISSAN GT-R Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide.

. Some amount of oil is consumed byyour engine under normal operatingconditions, and oil consumption byitself does not necessarily indicateany malfunction. If your rate of oilconsumption increases suddenly orwithout explanation, NISSAN recom-mends that you have your vehicleinspected by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.


TURBOCHARGER SYSTEM


This function enables the driver to startacceleration from a stop by selecting Rmode with the VDC and transmissionsetup switch. The engine output will bemaintained at approximately 4,100 rpm.When using the R mode or the R modestart function, always use proper seatingposition and follow the safety instructionsin Section 1 of this manual.

WARNING. Failure to follow the warnings

and instruction for the use of thisfeature may cause a loss of ve-hicle control or a collision whichmay lead to serious personal in-jury or death:

. Make sure to drive carefully with-in legal limits.

. Only use this function when youcan guarantee that it is safe to doso, based on the surroundingtraffic conditions.

. Do not use this function on slip-pery or wet roads. This may causeloss of vehicle control and couldresult in an accident.

. The R mode start function hasbeen developed not only for con-

trolling the engine, transmissionand VDC system, but also thesettings of the suspension andtires. Therefore, any modificationof the vehicle may disrupt thevehicle’s balance. This will notonly reduce the optimum perfor-mance of the vehicle but mayalso cause damage to powertraincomponents, including the trans-mission.

NOTICE. When the temperature of the

engine coolant and transmissionoil is high or low, the functioncannot be used. The temperaturerange in which the R mode startfunction can be used:— Engine coolant: 140°F - 212°F

(60°C - 100°C)— Transmission oil: 140°F - 266°F

(60°C - 130°C)

. If the R mode start function isused 4 times consecutively, thefunction may be disabled andcannot be turned on to protectthe vehicle system. While the

function is disabled, the warninglight illuminates. When the warn-ing light illuminates, perform cooldown driving. ( “Cool down”page GTR-13) When the warninglight turns off, the function can beused again.

. The performance of start mayvary depending on the amountof wheel spin ,or increase anddecrease of the engine output inresponse to the outside tempera-ture. (This vehicle was set upaccording to the road surfaceconditions of the straight sec-tions of the Sendai Highland Ra-ceway course in Japan at 59°F(15°C).)

. For safety reasons, VDC controlmay activate automatically whendriving on a slippery road surface,such as a wet road, in order toapply the brakes or limit theengine output.

. Frequent use of the R mode startfunction increases the load onthe powertrain related parts suchas the clutch and transmissioncompared to normal driving. Inparticular, the clutch will wear out

R MODE START FUNCTION

more quickly.

HOW TO USE R MODE STARTFUNCTION1. Move the shift lever to the or

position.2. Select the R mode with the transmis-

sion setup switch. ( “VDC, trans-mission and suspension setupswitches” page 5-25)

3. Select the R mode with the VDC setupswitch.

4. Depress the brake pedal firmly withyour left foot and keep depressing thebrake pedal.

5. Depress the accelerator pedal quicklyto the floor with your right foot whilethe brake pedal is depressed. Theengine speed will increase to approxi-mately 4,100 rpm and will be main-tained.

6. Within 3 seconds after depressing theaccelerator pedal, release the brakepedal.

WARNING. Be sure the parking brake is fully

released before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the shift lever in placeof the parking brake. When park-ing, be sure the parking brake isfully engaged.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-

tion of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children,people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unat-t e n d e d i n y o u r v e h i c l e .Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become highenough to cause a significant riskof injury or death to people andpets.

To apply: Pull the parking brake lever up.To release:1. Firmly apply the foot brake.2. While pulling up on the parking brake

lever slightly, push the button andlower the lever completely.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.


PARKING BRAKE


The cruise control allows driving atspeeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control whendriving under the following condi-tions. Doing so could cause a loss ofvehicle control and result in an acci-dent.

. When it is not possible to keepthe vehicle at a set speed.

. In heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed.

. On winding or hilly roads.

. On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.).

. In very windy areas.

NOTE:. When the SAVE mode is selected

with the transmission setup switch,the acceleration and decelerationcan be controlled smoothly. Whenthe SAVE mode is selected, themaximum setting speed is lowerthan the one in the normal mode.

When the vehicle approaches a gen-tle uphill, there may be a slight delayas the vehicle returns to the presetspeed. However, the vehicle willgradually accelerate and return tothe preset speed.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL. If the cruise control system malfunc-

tions, it will cancel automatically. TheSET indicator will blink and the cruisecontrol system warning will appear towarn the driver. ( “Cruise controlsystem warning” page 2-42)

. If the engine coolant temperaturebecomes excessively high, the cruisecontrol system will be canceled auto-matically.

. If the SET indicator blinks, turn thecruise control main switch off and it isrecommended you contact a GT-R

CRUISE CONTROL

certified NISSAN dealer.. The SET indicator may sometimes

blink when the cruise control mainswitch is turned on while pushing theRESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST orCANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform thesteps below in the order indicated.

STEERING-WHEEL-MOUNTEDCONTROLS1. MAIN switch

Turns cruise control ON/OFF.2. SET/COAST switch (pressed down)

Lowers the set vehicle speed.3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch (pressed

up)Raises the set vehicle speed.

4. CANCEL switchCancels cruise control.

INDICATORS AND DISPLAY1. CRUISE display

Displays the set vehicle speed.2. CRUISE indicator

Informs the driver that the MAIN switch isON.

3. SET indicatorInforms the driver that the vehicle isdriving at the set speed.



CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

Constant-speed drivingTo set the cruising speed, perform thefollowing procedure.1. Push the MAIN switch on. The CRUISE

indicator will come on.

2. Accelerate your vehicle to the desiredspeed, push the SET/COAST switchand release it. (The SET indicator willilluminate in the meter.) Take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

NOTE:If the vehicle speed reaches approxi-mately 3 MPH (5 km/h) over the setspeed, the set speed on the vehicleinformation display blinks.

Passing another vehicleTo pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the pre-

viously set speed.

Increasing the set vehicle speedTo reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Depress the accelerator pedal. When

the vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELER-ATE switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release theswitch.

. Push and then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed willincrease by about 1 MPH or 1 km/h.

Decreasing the set vehicle speedTo reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

. Push and then quickly release the

SET/COAST switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease byabout 1 MPH or 1 km/h.

Resuming the preset speedTo resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last setcruising speed when the vehicle speed isover 25 MPH (40 km/h).

Canceling the preset speedTo cancel the preset speed, use one ofthe following methods:. Push the CANCEL switch . The SET

indicator will turn off.. Tap the brake pedal . The SET

indicator will turn off.. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both the

CRUISE indicator and SET indicator willturn off.

NOTE:. If cruise control was canceled by

pressing the cancel switch or bydepressing the brake pedal, thesystem changes to standby status.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RESUME/ACCELERATEor SET/COAST switch and reset atthe cruising speed, the cruise controlwill be deactivated. Turn the MAINswitch off once and then turn it onagain.

Under the following conditions, cruisecontrol will be automatically canceled.. Vehicle speed drops to below approxi-

mately 19 MPH (30 km/h).. Vehicle speed drops to more than

approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h) belowthe set vehicle speed.

. The shift lever is moved to a positionother than .

. VDC operates.

. A tire is spinning.

. There is a malfunction in the cruisecontrol system.



WARNING. Never rely solely on the hill start

assist system to prevent the ve-hicle from moving backward on ahill. Always drive carefully andattentively. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stoppedon a steep hill. Be especially care-ful when stopped on a hill onfrozen or muddy roads. Failureto prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards may result in a loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and possi-ble serious injury or death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped on a steep hill. Failure todo so may cause the vehicle toroll backwards and may result ina collision or serious personalinjury.

. The hill start assist may not pre-vent the vehicle from rollingbackwards on a hill under all loador road conditions. Always beprepared to depress the brakepedal to prevent the vehicle from

rolling backwards. Failure to doso may result in a collision orserious personal injury.

NOTICEWhen the vehicle is stopped on a hill,do not hold the vehicle in place bydepressing the accelerator pedal.Doing so may cause the clutch tooverheat and result in transmissiondamage. Use the brakes to preventthe vehicle from moving.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards in thetime it takes the driver to release thebrake pedal and apply the acceleratorwhen the vehicle is stopped on a hill.Hill start assist will operate automaticallyunder the following conditions:. The shift lever is moved to a forward

or reverse position.. The vehicle is stopped completely on a

hill by applying the brake.The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin toroll back and hill start assist will stop

operating completely.Hill start assist will not operate when theshift lever is moved to the or positionor on a flat and level road.

NOTE:This system does not function when theVehicle Dynamic Control VDC) systemwarning appears on the vehicle infor-mation display located in the tach-ometer. ( “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system warning” page 2-39)

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

NOTICEFollow these recommendations toobtain maximum engine perfor-mance and ensure the future relia-bility and economy of your newvehicle. Failure to follow these re-commendations may result in shor-tened engine life and reducedvehicle performance.

Please observe the following types ofdriving until the mileage shown belowhas been reached.Until 300 miles (500 km):. Do not depress the accelerator pedal

more than halfway and avoid rapidacceleration.

. Drive with the engine speed kept atless than 3,500 RPM.

. Avoid unnecessary quick steering,abrupt braking and driving on poorroads.

300 to 600 miles (500 to 1,000 km):. Avoid rapid acceleration in a low gear

(1st to 3rd gears) with the acceleratorpedal fully depressed. Depress thepedal slowly.



600 to 1,200 miles (1,000 to 2,000 km):. Drive with the engine speed kept

relatively high with the shift lever inthe position. Shifting is recom-mended between 1st and 4th gears.



Even though the mileage reaches over1,200 miles (2,000 km), the clutch maytake longer to properly engage if thevehicle is mainly driven in town at a lowspeed. NISSAN recommends breaking inthe clutch at a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

WHEEL ALIGNMENTDo not adjust the wheel alignment untilthe mileage reaches 1,000 miles (1,600km). Until then, the suspension may notengage enough and the height may behigher.However, make sure to adjust the align-

ment after 1,000 miles (1,600 km).The wheel alignment can be adjusted bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer in accor-dance with specifications for city drivingto high performance driving.The tires on the GT-R may have differentwear rates and wear patterns in compar-ison to conventional passenger vehicles.It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer to confirm thatthe alignment is within specifications.


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE


Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.1. Use smooth accelerator and brake

pedal application.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possi-ble.

. Maintain constant speed whilecommuting and coast wheneverpossible.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate

and minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with

traffic lights allows you to reduceyour number of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed canminimize red light stops and im-prove fuel efficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to coolthe vehicle due to reduced engineload.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerody-namic drag.

. Recirculating the cool air in thecabin when the A/C is on reducescooling load.

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h)(where legally allowed) can improvefuel efficiency due to reduced aero-dynamic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following dis-tance behind other vehicles re-duces unnecessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to antici-pate changes in speed permitsreduced braking and smooth accel-eration changes.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during high-

way driving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

. Cruise control is particularly effec-tive in providing fuel savings whendriving on flat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system

to determine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers

to use special lanes to maintaincruising speed through the toll andavoid stopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact

to fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more

than 30 seconds of idling at start-up to effectively circulate the en-gine oil before driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its idealoperating temperature morequickly while driving versus idling.

10. Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered

parking area or in the shade when-ever possible.

. When entering a hot vehicle, open-ing the windows will help to reducethe inside temperature faster, re-sulting in reduced demand on yourA/C system.

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity en-gine oil. ( “Oil viscosity” page 9-7)

AWD WARNING LIGHTThe AWD warning light is located in themeter.The AWD warning light comes on whenthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition. It turns off soon after the engine

is started.If any malfunction occurs in the AWDsystem while the engine is running, thewarning light will come on.The warning light may blink rapidly(about twice per second) while trying tofree a stuck vehicle due to high AWDclutch temperature. The driving modemay change to two-wheel drive. If thewarning light blinks rapidly during opera-tion, stop the vehicle with the engineidling in a safe place immediately. Then ifthe light goes off after a while, you cancontinue driving.A large difference between the diametersof front and rear wheels will make thewarning light blink slowly (about once pertwo seconds). Pull off the road in a safearea, and idle the engine. Check that alltire sizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn and wintertires are not installed on the front or rearwheels only.If the warning light is blinking after theabove operation, it is recommended youhave your vehicle checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer as soon as possi-ble.If non-genuine GT-R tires are used, thewarning light may illuminate. ( “GT-Rspecial precautions” page GTR-5)


INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD)


WARNING. Do not attempt to raise two

wheels off the ground and shiftthe transmission to any drive orreverse position with the enginerunning. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheeldynamometer (such as the dy-namometers used by somestates for emissions testing) orsimilar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised offthe ground. Make sure that youinform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrongtest equipment may result indrivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

NOTICE. If the warning light comes on

while driving there may be amalfunction in the AWD system.Reduce the vehicle speed and it isrecommended you have your ve-hicle checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possi-ble.

. If the warning light remains onafter the above operation, it isrecommended you have your ve-hicle checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possi-ble.

. The powertrain may be damagedif you continue driving with thewarning light blinking.

. Do not spin the rear wheels whiledriving. Spinning the rear wheelsmay increase the temperaturesof the AWD clutch system anddamage the system. Adjust theaccelerator pedal position to stopwheel spin.

TIGHT CORNER BRAKING PHE-NOMENONIf the steering wheel is turned more thanhalf a turn when the vehicle is startedwhen it is cold, it may be harder to movethe vehicle forward and backward. Thisphenomenon is known as the “tightcorner braking phenomenon”.This phenomenon is unique to AWDvehicles, and occurs due to a differencein speeds between the front and rearwheels while the vehicle is turning. Thisdoes not indicate that there is a malfunc-tion.

NOTE:If the tight corner braking phenomenonoccurs, a slipping sound may be heardfrom the tires, or a squeaking soundmay be heard from the drive system.

Reducing tight corner brakingphenomenonThe tight corner braking phenomenoncan be reduced if the following threeconditions are met:. Transmission setup switch is set to

Normal mode.. Vehicle speed is low (less than ap-

proximately 6 MPH (10 km/h)).

. The steering wheel is turned morethan 1/2 turn.

TIRESThis vehicle is equipped with special tires.When changing the tires, install the de-signated special tires. Replacing tires as aset of four with new ones is recom-mended. However, if a tire is puncturedor damaged, it may be possible to replaceonly the damaged tire. Determiningwhether one tire or a complete set oftires should be replaced is based on anumber of factors including tire wear andcondition. Contact your GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. They can recommend ifan individual tire or a complete set shouldbe replaced.

NOTICEIf tires other than the designatedtires, tires with large differences inwear or tires of different sizes areinstalled, the AWD performance willbe degraded and the drive mechan-ism may be damaged.

AWD SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICSThe AWD system automatically distri-butes the optimal torque to the frontand rear wheels. This provides both thesuperior turning performance of a rearwheel drive vehicle and the traction of aAWD vehicle.Electronic control continuously distri-butes torque to the front and rear wheelsin the range from 0:100 (rear-wheel drivemode) to 50:50 (all-wheel drive mode) tomatch the driving conditions and roadconditions. This allows the engine output(torque) to be effectively transmitted tothe road surface.

The rear final drive of this vehicle isequipped with a 1.5-way mechanical Lim-ited Slip Differential (LSD).

WARNINGSudden operation of the acceleratorpedal can result in fishtailing orsideslip, possibly causing an acci-dent. Use particular caution whendriving in rainy weather or on slip-pery roads.

NOTICEUse the designated differential gearoil. If any oil other than the desig-nated oil is used, the LSD may notoperate correctly, and noise andvibration may occur, possibly result-ing in a malfunction.

NOTE:. If the vehicle accelerates from a stop

with the steering wheel turned incold temperatures, the inner wheeltire may slip and some noise orvibration may be heard. This phe-nomenon is unique to vehicles


LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL (LSD)


equipped with the LSD. This does notindicate that there is a malfunction.

. The LSD controls the speed differ-ence between the left and rightwheels, and optimally allocates tor-que to the wheels.

. The 1.5-way mechanical LSD in therear final drive of this vehicle ischaracterized by its asymmetricalLSD effects when the acceleratorpedal is ON and when it is OFF. Thisallows the appropriate amount oftorque for the driving environmentto be transmitted to the road sur-face.

WARNING. Do not stop or park the vehicle

over flammable materials such asdry grass, waste paper or rags.They may ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They couldunknowingly activate switchesor controls. Unattended childrencould become involved in seriousaccidents.

. To help avoid risk of injury ordeath through unintended opera-tion of the vehicle and/or itssystems, do not leave children,people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unat-t e n d e d i n y o u r v e h i c l e .Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warmday can quickly become highenough to cause a significant riskof injury or death to people andpets.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake be

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

applied and the transmissionplaced into the position. Failureto do so could cause the vehicleto move unexpectedly or rollaway and result in an accident.

. Make sure the shift lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as itcan go and cannot be movedwithout depressing the footbrake pedal.

. Follow the instructions belowwhen parking the vehicle to helpprevent the brake rotor andbrake pads from rusting to-gether. Failure to follow the in-structions could cause the rotorand pads to rust together. If therotor and pads rust together,there may be a popping noiseand some vibration when thevehicle is driven, a wheel maynot roll correctly, or the brakepads could be damaged. If thepads are damaged, this may re-duce the effectiveness of thebrake system which could causea collision, serious personal injuryor death.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.2. Move the shift lever to the position.3. To help prevent the vehicle from roll-

ing into the street when parked on asloping drive way, it is a good practiceto turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:Turn the wheels away from thecurb and move the vehicle backuntil the curb side wheel gentlytouches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB:Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will moveaway from the center of the road ifit moves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

The GT-R uses brake pad materials thathave high metallic content. The brake padmaterial helps maintain braking perfor-mance in a wide range of weather anddriving conditions.For the first 3,000 - 6,000 miles (5,000 -

10,000 km) of the vehicle’s service life, andfor the first 3,000 - 6,000 miles (5,000 -10,000 km) after a brake replacement, thebrake pad to brake rotor clearance is verysmall. When parking, apply the parkingbrake and move the shift lever to theposition. Idle the engine for more than 20seconds without depressing the brakepedal. This allows the brake pads to moveaway from the rotor so the pad does notcontact the rotor.Additionally, the brakes must be drybefore parking the vehicle after drivingon wet roads or after washing the vehicle.If the roads are wet, lightly apply thebrakes for a short distance before parkingthe vehicle to dry the brakes. After wash-ing the vehicle, dry the brakes by drivingon a dry road for a few miles and applythe brakes normally based on traffic androad conditions.The metallic brake pads and brake discrotor may rust together when the brakesare not applied:. If the vehicle is not idled for 20

seconds without the brakes applied,or if the brakes are applied when thevehicle is shut off, the rotor and padscan rust together, even when thebrake pads are dry.

. If the brakes are wet when the vehicle



is parked and the parking brake isapplied for a long time.

It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer if the brake padsand brake rotor have rusted together.

WARNING. The sonar system is a conveni-

ence but it is not a substitute forproper parking. Always lookaround and check that it is safeto do so before parking. Alwaysmove slowly.

. Read and understand the limita-tions of the sonar system ascontained in this section. Incle-ment weather may affect thefunction of the sonar system; thismay include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

. This system is not designed toprevent contact with small ormoving objects.

. The system is designed as an aidto the driver in detecting largestationary objects to help avoiddamaging the vehicle. The sys-tem will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may notdetect objects that are too closeto the bumper or on the ground.

. If your vehicle sustains damageto the bumper fascia, leaving itmisaligned or bent, the sensingzone may be altered causing in-

SONAR SYSTEM

accurate measurement of obsta-cles or false alarms.

CAUTION. Keep the interior of the vehicle as

quiet as possible to hear the toneclearly. Excessive noise (such asaudio system volume or an openvehicle window) will interferewith the tone and it may not beheard.

. Keep the sonar (located on thebumper fascia) free from snow,ice and large accumulations ofdirt (do not clean the sonar withsharp objects). If the sonar iscovered, it will affect the accuracyof the sonar system.

. The sonar system may not oper-ate correctly if a license platecover is installed.

The sonar system sounds a tone to warnthe driver of obstacles near the bumper.The sonar indicator will also appear in thetouch screen display. ( “Sonar indica-tor” page 5-48.) The system detects frontobstacles when the shift lever is in theposition or position and both front and

rear obstacles when the shift lever is inthe position.The system may not detect objects atspeeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h) and maynot detect certain angular or movingobjects.Refer to the illustration for approximatezone coverage areas. As you move closerto the obstacle, the rate of the toneincreases. When you move even closerto the obstacle, the tone will soundcontinuously.The sensitivity level of the sonar can beadjusted (higher or lower) in the sonarsetting display. ( “Sonar systemsetting” page 5-49)The intermittent tone will stop in 3seconds when an obstacle is detectedby only the corner sensor and the dis-tance does not change.

Sonar displayCorner sonar indicatorCenter sonar indicatorRearView Monitor display



SONAR INDICATORWith the “Automatic Display with Sonar”key ON in the touch screen display, whenthe front sonar detects obstacles nearthe bumper, a tone will sound and thesonar indicator will appear in the touchscreen display . When the RearViewMonitor is displayed, the sonar indicatorwill appear in the upper corner of thedisplay .The sonar indicators and indicate theposition of the object and the distance tothe object with its color and rate ofblinking.When an object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks (the tonesounds intermittently). When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color ofthe indicator turns yellow and the rate ofblinking increases (the rate of the toneincreases). When the vehicle moves evencloser to the object, the indicator stopsblinking and turns red (the tone soundscontinuously).When the RearView Monitor is dis-played, the colors of the sonar indicatorand the distance guide lines in the rearview indicate different distance to theobject.

SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCHThe sonar system OFF switch on thelower side of the instrument panel allowsthe driver to turn the sonar system onand off. To turn the sonar system on andoff, the ignition switch must be in the ONposition. The indicator light on theswitch will turn off when the system isturned off. If the indicator light flashes itmay indicate a malfunction in the sonarsystem.The sonar system will turn on automati-cally under the following conditions.. When the shift lever is placed in the

position.

. When vehicle speed decreases belowapproximately 6 MPH (10 km/h).

. When the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position and turned back tothe ON position again.

SONAR SYSTEM SETTINGSonar settings can be adjusted.1. Touch the “Settings” key on the

Launch Bar in the touch screen dis-play.

2. Select the “Sonar” key.Select a menu item to change from thefollowing options.. Sonar. Only FR Sensor Use. Automatic Display with Sonar. Sonar Sensitivity. Volume

SonarWhen this item is turned ON, the front andrear sonar is activated. When this item isturned to OFF (indicator turns off), thefront and rear sonar is deactivated.ON (default) - OFF

Only FR Sensor UseWhen this item is turned on, only the rearsonar is turned off. The amber markersare displayed at the rear corners of thevehicle icon.ON - OFF (default)

Automatic Display with SonarAutomatically shows the sonar view onthe touch screen display when the sonaris activated.ON (default) - OFF

Sonar SensitivityAdjust the sensitivity level of the sonar.higher (right) - lower (left)

VolumeAdjust the volume of the tone.higher (right) - lower (left)



WARNINGIf the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hy-draulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.If the engine stops or the drive beltbreaks, you will still have control of thevehicle. However, much greater steeringeffort is needed, especially in sharp turnsand at low speeds.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSThe brake system has two separatehydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc-tions, you will still have braking at twowheels.You may feel a small click and hear asound when the brake pedal is fullydepressed slowly. This is not a malfunc-tion and indicates that the brake assistmechanism is operating properly.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and the stopping dis-tance will be longer.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to oneside during braking.To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brakepedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid driving

the vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brakepedal while driving. This will cause over-heating of the brakes, wearing out thebrake and pads faster and reduce gasmileage.To help reduce brake wear and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reducespeed and downshift to a lower gearbefore going down a slope or long grade.Overheated brakes may reduce brakingperformance and could result in loss ofvehicle control.

WARNING. While driving on a slippery sur-

face, be careful when braking,accelerating or downshifting.Abrupt braking or acceleratingcould cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, thepower assist for the brakes willnot work. Braking will be harder.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INBreak in the parking brake shoes when-ever the stopping effect of the parkingbrake is weakened or whenever theparking brake shoes and/or drums/ro-tors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING. The Anti-lock Braking System

(ABS) is a sophisticated device,but it cannot prevent accidentsresulting from careless or dan-gerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control dur-ing braking on slippery surfaces.Remember that stopping dis-tances on slippery surfaces willbe longer than on normal sur-faces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tirechains. Always maintain a safedistance from the vehicle in frontof you. Ultimately, the driver isresponsible for safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-trols the brakes so the wheels do not lockduring hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and variesthe brake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By pre-venting each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes.The ABS will operate to prevent thewheels from locking up. Steer the vehicleto avoid obstacles.

WARNINGDo not pump the brake pedal. Doingso may result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and acomputer. The computer has a built-in


BRAKE ASSIST


diagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This doesnot indicate that there is a malfunction. Ifthe computer senses a malfunction, itswitches the ABS off and illuminates theABS warning light on the meter. Thebrake system then operates normally,but without anti-lock assistance.If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, it is recom-mended you have the vehicle checked bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed variesaccording to road conditions.When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, theactuator rapidly applies and releaseshydraulic pressure. This action is similarto pumping the brakes very quickly. Youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when itis operating. This is normal and indicatesthat the ABS is operating properly. How-

ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra careis required while driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem uses various sensors to monitordriver inputs and vehicle motion. Undercertain driving conditions, the VDC sys-tem helps to perform the following func-tions.. Controls brake pressure to reduce

wheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a nonslipping drive wheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slipbased on vehicle speed (traction con-trol function).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehiclein the following conditions:— understeer (vehicle tends to not

follow the steered path despiteincreased steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving condi-tions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but itcannot prevent loss of vehicle control inall driving situations.When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the meter flashes so

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

note the following:. The road may be slippery or the

system may determine some actionis required to help keep the vehicle onthe steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibrationfrom under the hood. This is normaland indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

. The VDC mode can be changed usingthe VDC setup switch. ( “VDC,transmission and suspension setupswitches” page 5-25)

( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light” page 2-32, “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light”page 2-34)If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in themeter. The VDC system automaticallyturns off.The VDC setup switch is used to turn offthe VDC system. The VDC off indicator

illuminates to indicate the VDC sys-tem is off.When the VDC setup switch is used toturn off the system, the VDC system still

operates to prevent one drive wheel fromslipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The VDC warninglight flashes if this occurs. All otherVDC functions are off and the VDC warn-ing light will not flash. The VDCsystem is automatically reset to on whenthe ignition switch is placed in the offposition then back to the on position.( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light” page 2-32, “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light”page 2-34)The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each timeyou start the engine andmove the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed.When the self-test occurs, you may hear a“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

WARNING. The VDC system is designed to

help the driver maintain stabilitybut does not prevent accidentsdue to abrupt steering operationat high speeds or by careless ordangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and beespecially careful when driving

and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s sus-pension. If suspension parts suchas shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabilizer bars, bushingsand wheels are not NISSAN ap-proved or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may notoperate properly. This could ad-versely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such asbrake pads, rotors and calipersare not standard equipment orare extremely deteriorated, theVDC system may not operateproperly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. If engine control related parts arenot standard equipment or areextremely deteriorated, the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely in-clined surfaces such as higherbanked corners, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate. Do not drive on these types



of roads.. When driving on an unstable sur-

face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate. Thisis not a malfunction. Restart theengine after driving onto a stablesurface.

. If wheels or tires other than thethose recommended are used,the VDC system may not operateproperly and the VDC warninglight may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substi-tute for winter tires or tire chainson a snow covered road.

NOTE:. Always make sure the VDC is ON

before driving the vehicle by check-ing that the VDC OFF indicator lightson the meter and the VDC set-upswitch are not illuminated.The GT-R is a high performancevehicle and the VDC must be on/activated to provide proper power-train operation and intended driva-bility.



. Driving the GT-R with the VDC offmay lead to handling issues re-lated to steering maneuvers, ac-celeration, or deceleration.Moreover, driving with the VDCoff can result in an inoperativevehicle by causing serious da-mage to the powertrain, includingdamage to the Transaxle Assem-bly including Transfer, Clutch,Gears, Transaxle case and all ofits components and other drive-train component(s) by overheat-ing or excessive force.

. Damage to the powertrain or anydrivetrain component(s) that oc-curs when there is a record in theVehicle Status Data Recorder(VSDR) that the vehicle was drivenwith VDC off during the periodwhen the damage was incurred isexcluded from warranty cover-

age.

See your 2018 Warranty InformationBooklet for important related informationand warranty coverage exclusions. Seealso section 2 ( “Transmission warn-ing light” page 2-31) and section 5( “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” page 5-52) of this Owner’s Manual,“Transmission Clutch Temperature High”and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Sys-tem” for important additional relatedinformation.. Except for the emergency cases

above, any issues related to drivingstability (e.g., steering maneuversand maneuvers during accelerationand deceleration) and any damagesto drivetrain components (e.g.,transfer, clutch, a sort of gear, trans-axle case) will not be covered bywarranty if there is a record in theVehicle Status Data Recorder (VSDR)that the vehicle was driven with VDCoff.

. When attempting to free the vehiclefrommud or fresh snow, the VDC willdetect the tire slipping, and theengine speed may not increase evenwhen the accelerator pedal is de-pressed. To raise the engine speed,

use the VDC set up switch to turn theVDC system OFF and select SAVEmode with the transmission switch.( “VDC, transmission and sus-pension setup switches” page 5-25)

. When the VDC system is turned OFF,all VDC functions (including tractioncontrol), except for the ABS func-tions, are deactivated.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing,apply deicer through the key hole. If thelock becomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole or use theIntelligent Key system.

ANTI-FREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated thatthe outside temperature will drop below32°F (0°C), check antifreeze to assureproper winter protection. ( “Enginecooling system” page 8-10)

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.( “Battery” page 8-17)

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, in-cluding the engine block. Refill beforeoperating the vehicle. For details, it isrecommended you contact a GT-R certi-fied NISSAN dealer.

TIRE EQUIPMENTThe GT-R summer tires are made from aspecially formulated rubber to maximizethe vehicle’s performance capabilities.Performance of summer tires is substan-tially reduced when temperatures are lessthan 32°F (0°C) so you must drive care-fully. NISSAN recommends the use ofwinter or all-season tires on all fourwheels if you plan to operate your vehiclein snowy or icy conditions when tem-peratures are less than 32°F (0°C).


Tire chains may be used. ( “Tirechains” page 8-40)If you install tires, they must also be thespecified size, brand, construction andtread pattern on all four wheels.


COLD WEATHER DRIVING


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the followingitems be carried in the vehicle duringwinter:. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to

remove ice and snow from the win-dows and wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING. Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing

rain), very cold snow or ice can beslick and very hard to drive on.The vehicle will have much lesstraction or “grip” under theseconditions. Try to avoid drivingon wet ice until the road is saltedor sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drivewith caution. Accelerate and slowdown with care. If accelerating ordownshifting too fast, the drive

wheels will lose even more trac-tion.

. Allow more stopping distanceunder these conditions. Brakingshould be started sooner than ondry pavement.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glareice). These may appear on anotherwise clear road in shadedareas. If a patch of ice is seenahead, brake before reaching it.Try not to brake while on the ice,and avoid any sudden steeringmaneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control onslippery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous ex-haust gases under your vehicle.Keep snow clear of the exhaustpipe and from around your vehi-cle.

NOTE:When driving on snow, select the SAVEmode with the setup switch. By select-ing the SAVE mode, the engine output iscontrolled appropriately for snow or

slippery road surfaces. This enablesthe vehicle to start or acceleratesmoothly.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assistwith cold temperature starting.The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F(−7°C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.2. Plug the engine block heater cord into

a grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged exten-sion cord.

3. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

4. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours,depending on outside temperatures,to properly warm the engine coolant.Use an appropriate timer to turn theengine block heater on.

5. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep itaway from moving parts.

WARNING. Do not use your engine block

heater with an ungrounded elec-trical system or a 2-prongedadapter. You can be seriouslyinjured by an electrical shock ifyou use an ungrounded connec-tion.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage tothe cord could result in an elec-trical shock and can cause ser-ious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord ratedfor at least 10A. Plug the exten-sion cord into a Ground FaultIn te r rupt (GF I ) p ro tec ted ,grounded 110-VAC outlet.

Failure to use the proper exten-sion cord or a grounded outletcan result in a fire or electricalshock and cause serious personalinjury.

This system enhances exhaust soundsilencing by closing the electronic controlvalve while starting the engine, and whileidling after starting the engine.

To close the electronic control valve, pushthe exhaust sound control switch to theON side.To open the electronic control valve, pushthe exhaust sound control switch to theOFF side.When the engine speed is 2,800 rpm ormore, the electronic control valve opens.When the engine speed is 2,500 rpm orless, the electronic control valve closes.When R mode is set after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, even ifthe exhaust sound control switch is ON,the electronic control valve opens.( “VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches” page 5-25)


EXHAUST SOUND CONTROLSYSTEM (if so equipped)


NOTE:. Do not disconnect the electronic

control valve connector. If the con-nector is not plugged in, the systemwill detect this as a malfunction andengine output will be limited.

. In order to protect the engine whenin a driving mode that uses close tothe maximum torque, the electroniccontrol valve may open with theengine speed at 2,800 rpm or less.

NOTE:To operate the active noise cancellationand active sound enhancement systemproperly:. Do not cover the speakers or woofer.. Do not cover the microphones.. Do not change or modify speakers

including the woofer and any audiorelated parts such as the amplifier.

. Do not make any modification includ-ing sound deadening or modificationsaround the microphones, speakers orwoofer.

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATIONThe active noise cancellation uses thefront and rear microphones to detectengine booming noise. The system thenautomatically generates a noise cancel-ling sound through the speakers andwoofer to reduce engine boomingnoise.The front and rear microphones arelocated inside of the roof.The front speakers are located on thedoors and the woofer is located inbetween the rear seats.

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION (ifso equipped)/ACTIVE SOUNDENHANCEMENT (if so equipped)

ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENTThe active sound enhancement gener-ates sounds according to engine speedand driving modes selected by the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system, transmis-sion and suspension setup switchesthrough the speakers and wooferto enhance the quality of the enginesound.



MEMO

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ........................................ 6-2Roadside assistance program .......................................... 6-2Emergency engine shut off ................................................. 6-3Flat tire ................................................................................................. 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......... 6-3Run-flat tires ............................................................................. 6-4

Jump starting ................................................................................ 6-5Push starting .................................................................................. 6-7If your vehicle overheats ...................................................... 6-8Towing your vehicle ................................................................. 6-9

Towing recommended by NISSAN ....................... 6-9Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .... 6-10

6-2 In case of emergency

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park underemergency conditions. All turn signallights will flash.The flasher can be actuated with theignition switch in any position.Some state lawsmay prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

WARNING. If stopping for an emergency, be

sure to move the vehicle well offthe road.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on thehighway unless unusual circum-stances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle mightbecome a hazard to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work whenthe hazard warning flasher lightsare on.

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is availableto you. Please refer to your WarrantyInformation Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty &Roadside Assistance Information Booklet(Canada) for details.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the fol-lowing procedure:. Rapidly push the push-button ignition

switch 3 consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button igni-tion switch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit,one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. If the vehicle is beingdriven with low tire pressure, the TPMSwill activate and warn you of it by the lowtire pressure warning light (in the meter)or the warning message (on the display).This system will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). ( “Low tire pressure warn-ing light” page 2-28) ( “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” page 5-4)

WARNING. If the low tire pressure warning

light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneu-vers or abrupt braking, reducevehicle speed, pull off the roadto a safe location and stop thevehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damage

could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in ser-ious personal injury. Check thetire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light off. Ifthe light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat( “Run-flat tires” page 6-4) orthe TPMS may be malfunctioning.If no tire is flat and all tires areproperly inflated, it is recom-mended you have the vehiclechecked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. When a wheel is replaced, theTPMS will not function and thelow tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain onafter 1 minute. It is recommendedyou contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer as soon as possi-ble for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.

. Replacing tires with those notoriginally specified by NISSAN

In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE


could affect the proper operationof the TPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunctionof the tire pressure sensors.

NOTE:. You can check the pressure of all

four tires on the touch screen dis-play. See the separate Multi Func-tion Display Owner’s Manual.

. The tires of this vehicle are filledwith nitrogen gas. When the tirepressure is low, fill the tires withnitrogen. It is recommended youcontact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer for information on filling thetires with nitrogen.

. If nitrogen is not available, com-pressed air may be safely usedunder normal driving conditions.However, NISSAN recommends re-filling with nitrogen for maximumtire performance.

RUN-FLAT TIRESRun-flat tires are those tires that can beused temporarily if they are punctured.( “Run-flat tires” page 8-38)Also, see the tire safety information in theWarranty Information Booklet.

WARNING. Although you can continue driv-

ing with a punctured run-flat tire,remember that vehicle handlingstability is reduced, which couldlead to an accident and personalinjury. Also, driving a long dis-tance at high speeds may da-mage the tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50miles (80 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outsidetemperature, vehicle load, roadconditions and other factors.

. Drive safely at reduced speeds.Avoid hard cornering or braking,which may cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle.

NOTICE. Never install tire chains on a

punctured run-flat tire, as thiscould damage your vehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projectionor pothole, as the clearance be-tween the vehicle and the groundis smaller than normal.

. Do not enter an automated carwash with a punctured run-flattire.

. It is recommended you have thepunctured tire replaced by yourGT-R certified NISSAN dealer assoon as possible, as the tire’sperformance capability is re-duced.

If you have a flat tire and have to stop thevehicle, follow the instructions below.1. Safely move the vehicle off the road

and away from traffic.2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.3. Park on a level surface and apply the

parking brake. Move the shift lever tothe position.

4. Turn off the engine.5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,

and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

For the tire removing procedure, see thefollowing section. ( “Jacking vehicleand removing wheels” page 8-43)

The following circumstances indicate thatthe battery is discharged.. The starter motor does not turn or it

turns weakly and the engine does notstart.

. The vehicle lights are much dimmerthan usual.

. The sound of the horn is weak. Thehorn makes no sound.

NOTICEWhen the battery is discharged, donot close either of the front doors.The automatic window adjustingfunction will not work, and the sideroof panel may be damaged.

To start your engine with a boosterbattery, the instructions and precautionsbelow must be followed.For the battery maintenance information,see the following section. ( “Battery”page 8-17)

WARNING. If done incorrectly, jump starting

can lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury ordeath. It could also damage yourvehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of thebattery. Keep all sparks andflames away from the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin,clothing or painted surfaces. Bat-tery fluid is a corrosive sulphuricacid solution which can causesevere burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything,immediately flush the contactedarea with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

. The booster battery must berated at 12 volts. Use of an im-properly rated battery can da-mage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, gogglesor industrial safety spectacles)


JUMP STARTING


and remove rings, metal bands,or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump start-ing.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automaticengine cooling fan. It could comeon at any time. Keep hands andother objects away from it.

WARNINGAlways follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result indamage to the charging system andcause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle , position the two vehicles (and ) to bring their batteries intoclose proximity to each other. Do notallow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the shiftlever to the position. Switch off all

unnecessary electrical systems (light,heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove the battery cover. Cover thebattery with a firmly wrung out moistcloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the se-quence as illustrated ( ? ? ?).

If the battery is disconnected ordischarged, the steering wheel willlock and cannot be turned. Supplypower using jumper cables beforepushing the ignition switch and dis-engaging the steering lock.

CAUTION. Always connect positive (+) to

positive (+) and negative (−) tobody ground (as illustrated), notto the battery.

. Make sure that the jumper cablesdo not touch moving parts in theengine compartment and thatclamps do not contact any othermetal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster

vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the engine of the vehicle beingjump started .

NOTE:Do not keep the starter motor en-gaged for more than 10 seconds. Ifthe engine does not start right away,push the ignition switch to the OFFposition and wait 10 seconds beforetrying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable andthen the positive cable ( ? ?? ).

8. Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

9. Put the battery cover on.

NOTE:If the clamp clip is difficult to connect tothe battery terminal, remove the cowltop cove r to make i t eas i e r .( “Removing the cowl top cover”page 8-9)

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

NOTICEYour NISSAN cannot be push-startedor tow-started. Attempting to do somay cause transmission damage.


PUSH STARTING


WARNING. Do not continue to drive if your

vehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radia-tor filler cap and the coolantreservoir cap while the engine isstill hot. When the cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurtout, possibly causing serious in-jury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect unusual noise, etc., take thefollowing steps:1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,

apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the position.Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open allthe windows, move the temperaturecontrol to maximum hot and fan

control to high speed.3. If engine overheating is caused by

climbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approxi-mately 1,500 rpm) until the tempera-ture gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping fromthe radiator before opening the hood.(If steam or coolant is escaping, turnoff the engine.) Do not open the hoodfurther until no steam or coolant canbe seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNINGIf steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent get-ting burned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damageor looseness. Also check if the coolingfan is running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking, the drive belts aremissing or loose, or the cooling fandoes not run, stop the engine.

WARNINGBe careful not to allow your hands,hair, jewelry or clothing to come intocontact with, or get caught in, enginebelts or the engine cooling fan. Theengine cooling fan can start at anytime.

7. When the coolant temperature gaugegoes down to the midpoint, stop theengine and wait until the gauge goesdown further to “C” (cold).

8. After the engine cools down, checkthe coolant level in the reservoir tank.Add coolant to the reservoir, if neces-sary, after opening the coolant reser-voir cap with a heavy cloth covering it.( “Engine cooling system” page 8-10)

9. It is recommended you have yourvehicle repaired at the nearest GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulationsfor towing must be followed. Incorrecttowing equipment could damage yourvehicle. Towing instructions are availablefrom a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Localservice operators are familiar with theapplicable laws and procedures for tow-ing. To assure proper towing and toprevent accidental damage to your vehi-cle, NISSAN recommends that you have aservice operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operatorcarefully read the following precautions.

WARNING. Never ride in a vehicle that is

being towed.. Never get under your vehicle after

it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTIONAlways attach safety chains beforetowing.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

NOTICENever tow the vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground as this maycause serious and expensive da-mage to the powertrain.


TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNINGTo avoid vehicle damage, seriouspersonal injury or death when reco-vering a stuck vehicle:

. Contact a professional towingservice to recover the vehicle ifyou have any questions regard-ing the recovery procedure.

. Tow chains or cables must beattached only to main structuralmembers of the vehicle.

. Do not use the vehicle tie-downsto tow or free a stuck vehicle.

. Only use devices specifically de-signed for vehicle recovery andfollow the manufacturer’s in-structions.

. Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of thevehicle. Never pull at an angle.

. Route recovery devices so theydo not touch any part of thevehicle except the attachmentpoint.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other devicedesigned specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system and select SAVE modewith the transmission setup switch.( “VDC, transmission and suspen-sion setup switches” page 5-25)

2. Make sure the area in front andbehind the vehicle is clear of obstruc-tions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and leftto clear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between the

and positions.. Apply the accelerator as little as

possible to maintain the rockingmotion.

. Release the accelerator pedal be-fore shifting between the and

positions.. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH

(55 km/h).5. Turn on the Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system.6. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a

few tries, contact a professional tow-ing service to remove the vehicle.

WARNING. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.. Do not spin your tires at high

speed. This could cause them toexplode and result in serious in-jury. Parts of your vehicle couldalso overheat and be damaged.

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .......................................................................... 7-2Washing ........................................................................................ 7-2Waxing ........................................................................................... 7-3Removing spots ..................................................................... 7-3Underbody .................................................................................. 7-3Glass ................................................................................................ 7-3Wheels ............................................................................................ 7-4Chrome parts ........................................................................... 7-4Front grille .................................................................................. 7-4Outside door handles ........................................................ 7-4Tire dressing ............................................................................. 7-4Dry carbon fiber parts (if so equipped) ............... 7-5

Cleaning interior .......................................................................... 7-5Air fresheners ........................................................................ 7-6Floor mats ................................................................................ 7-6Seat belts .................................................................................. 7-8

Corrosion protection ............................................................... 7-9Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ................................................................. 7-9Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ............................................................................. 7-9To protect your vehicle from corrosion ........... 7-9

7-2 Appearance and care

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.To protect the paint surfaces, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:. after a rainfall to prevent possible

damage from acid rain. after driving on coastal roads. when contaminants such as soot, bird

droppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a coveredarea.When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle witha body cover.Be careful not to scratch the paintsurface when putting on or removingthe body cover.

WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wetsponge and plenty of water. Clean thevehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, aspecial vehicle soap or general purposedishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu-kewarm (never hot) water.

NOTICE. Do not use an automatic car

wash. The rear spoiler may bedamaged.

. Do not use car washes that useacid in the detergent. Some carwashes, especially brushlessones, use some acid for cleaning.The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, caus-ing them to crack. This couldaffect their appearance, and alsocould cause them not to functionproperly. Always check with yourcar wash to confirm that acid isnot used.

. Do not wash the vehicle withstrong household soap, strongchemical detergents, gasoline orsolvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in direct

sunlight or while the vehicle bodyis hot, as the surfacemay becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped orrough cloths, such as washingmitts. Care must be taken whenremoving caked-on dirt or otherforeign substances so the paintsurface is not scratched or da-maged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plentyof clean water.Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt.Therefore, these areas must be regularlycleaned. Take care that the drain holes inthe lower edge of the door are open.Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and washaway road salt.Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to drythe vehicle.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up wax residue and to avoid aweathered appearance before reapplyingwax.A GT-R certified NISSAN dealer can assistyou in choosing the proper product.. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough

washing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing anyabrasives, cutting compounds or clea-ners that may damage the vehiclefinish.

Machine compound or aggressive polish-ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

WARNINGDo not use wax on the glass, rubberor plastic parts around the glass ordoor. This may prevent the windowoperation or cause poor visibility andthe wax cannot be coated uniformly.



. Do not use any chemical agents(wax, coating agent, compoundagent, etc.) on matte-painted drycarbon fiber parts (such as therear diffuser, a rear spoiler that isof specifications other thanNISMO, etc.).

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi-ble from the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer or any automotive acces-sory stores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from build-ing up and causing the acceleration ofcorrosion on the underbody and suspen-sion. Before the winter period and againin the spring, the underseal must bechecked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth willeasily remove this film.

NOTICEWhen cleaning the inside of thewindows, do not use sharp-edgedtools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. Theycould damage the electrical conduc-tors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

Appearance and care 7-3


WHEELSWash the wheels when washing thevehicle to maintain their appearance.. Clean the inner side of the wheels

when the wheel is changed or theunderside of the vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

. NISSAN recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect againstroad salt in areas where it is usedduring winter.

CAUTIONDo not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampenedin a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt isused. Salt could discolor the wheels if notremoved.It may discolor to black depending onstorage conditions. If only one wheel is

changed, it may be different color withother wheels. If the wheel is changed, It isrecommended you consult with a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

NOTICEFollow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners tothe wheels when they are hot.The wheel temperature should bethe same as ambient tempera-ture.

. Rinse the wheel to completelyremove the cleaner within 15minutes after the cleaner is ap-plied.

CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

FRONT GRILLEUse alcohol (IPA), such as ethanol, toremove dirt, tar and oil spots, etc. thatadheres to the surface of plated parts.

OUTSIDE DOOR HANDLESAfter driving on a road where salt is usedin winter, immediately wash and clean theoutside door handles that are providedwith a special coating. This will keep thebeautiful finish longer.

TIRE DRESSINGNISSAN does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce dis-coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressingis applied to the tires, it may react withthe coating and form a compound. Thiscompound may come off the tire whiledriving and stain the vehicle paint.If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:. Use a water-based tire dressing. The

coating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would bedifficult to remove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using adry towel. Make sure the tire dressingis completely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry asrecommended by tire dressing manu-facturer.

DRY CARBON FIBER PARTS (if soequipped)Because of the characteristics of thematerial, the dry carbon fiber parts mayturn yellow due to exposure to ultravioletrays. The surfaces of dry carbon fiberparts are coated with a special ultravioletprotection paint. To maintain the appear-ance of these parts, it is important to takeproper care of them.



. Do not use any chemical agents(wax, coating agent, compoundagent, etc.) on matte-painted drycarbon fiber parts (such as therear diffuser, a rear spoiler that is

of specifications other thanNISMO, etc.).

. When dry carbon fiber parts be-come dirty, prepare a dilutecleaning solution by mixing onecapful of mild detergent in abucket of water, and use thatmixture to clean the parts.

NOTE:The surfaces of the dry carbon fiberparts are lightly coated like a race car sothat you can feel the proper texture ofreal carbon, which may feel rough. Thisis normal.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather.Before using any fabric protector, readthe manufacturer’s recommendations.Some fabric protectors contain chemicalsthat may stain or bleach the seat materi-al.Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNINGDo not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Thiscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensor. This can alsoaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.


CLEANING INTERIOR


CAUTION. Never use benzine, thinner, or any

similar material.. For cleaning, use a soft cloth,

dampened with water. Never usea rough cloth, alcohol, benzine,thinner or any kind of solvent orpaper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratchor cause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such aswater on the meter lens. Sprayingliquid may cause the system tomalfunction.

NOTICE. Small dirt particles can be abra-

sive and damaging to the leathersurfaces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as theymay damage the leather’s naturalfinish.

. Never use fabric protectors un-less recommended by the manu-

facturer.. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner

on meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If an airfreshener is used, take the followingprecautions:. Hanging-type air fresheners can

cause permanent discoloration whenthey contact vehicle interior surfaces.Place the air freshener in a locationthat allows it to hang free and notcontact an interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products cancause immediate damage and disco-loration when spilled on interior sur-faces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.

FLOOR MATS

WARNINGTo avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injuryor death:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driverfront position or install them up-side down or backwards.

. Use only genuine NISSAN floormats or equivalent floor matsthat are specifically designed foruse in your vehicle model andmodel year.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat po-sitioning hooks. ( “Floor matinstallation” page 7-7)

. Make sure the floor mat does notinterfere with pedal operation.

. Periodically check the floor matsto make sure they are properlyinstalled.

. After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to makesure they are properly installed.

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor matpositioning hook(s). The number andshape of the floor mat positioning hooksfor each seating position varies depend-ing on the vehicle.When installing genuine NISSAN floormats, follow the installation instructionsprovided with the floor mat and thefollowing:1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell

so that the mat grommet holes arealigned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat

is properly positioned.3. Make sure the floor mat does not

interfere with pedal operation. Withthe ignition in the OFF position andthe shift lever in the (Park) position,fully apply and release all pedals. Thefloor mat must not interfere withpedal operation or prevent the pedalfrom returning to its normal position.It is recommended you see a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for detailsabout installing the floor mats in yourvehicle.



Positioning hooksThe illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to drycompletely in the shade before usingthem. ( “Seat belt maintenance” page1-12)

WARNINGDo not allow wet seat belts to roll upin the retractor. NEVER use bleach,dye, or chemical solvents to cleanthe seat belts, since these materialsmay severely weaken the seat beltwebbing.

Cleaning the power window fin-isherMoisten a soft cloth with neutral deter-gent and wipe off the dirt on the powerwindow finisher .After wiping off the dirt, soak a cloth withwater and wring it out thoroughly, thenwipe off the neutral detergent.

NOTICESome cleaners may cause the paintto peel or cause spots to occur. Ifusing a cleaner, it is recommendedyou consult with a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CON-TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO-SION. The accumulation of moisture-retain-

ing dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS IN-FLUENCE THE RATE OF CORRO-SION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceler-ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will notdry completely inside the vehicle, andshould be removed for drying to avoidfloor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing where atmospheric pollution ex-ists, or where road salt is used.

TemperatureA temperature increase will acceleratethe rate of corrosion to those parts whichare not well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disin-tegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION. Wash and wax your vehicle often to

keep the vehicle clean.. Always check for minor damage to the

paint and repair it as soon as possible.. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the

doors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

. Check the underbody for accumula-tion of sand, dirt or salt. If present,wash with water as soon as possible.


CORROSION PROTECTION


CAUTION. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other

debris from the passenger com-partment by washing it out with ahose. Remove dirt with a vacuumcleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended you consult aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements ................................................. 8-3Scheduled maintenance ................................................. 8-3General maintenance ........................................................ 8-3Where to go for service ................................................... 8-3

General maintenance ............................................................... 8-4Explanation of maintenance items ........................ 8-4

Maintenance precautions ..................................................... 8-6Engine compartment check locations ....................... 8-8

Removing the cowl top cover .................................... 8-9Engine cooling system ......................................................... 8-10

Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-11Changing engine coolant ............................................ 8-12

Engine oil ......................................................................................... 8-13Checking engine oil level ............................................. 8-13Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-13

Transmission oil ......................................................................... 8-14Power steering fluid ............................................................... 8-14Brake fluid ...................................................................................... 8-15Window washer fluid ............................................................. 8-16Battery ............................................................................................... 8-17

Precautions ............................................................................. 8-17Fluid level check .................................................................. 8-18Jump starting ........................................................................ 8-19

Drive belts ...................................................................................... 8-19Spark plugs ................................................................................... 8-20

Replacing spark plugs ................................................. 8-20Air cleaner ...................................................................................... 8-21Windshield wiper blades .................................................... 8-22

Cleaning .................................................................................. 8-22Replacing the wiper blades ..................................... 8-22

Brakes ............................................................................................... 8-23Self-adjusting brakes .................................................... 8-23Brake pad wear warning ........................................... 8-23High performance brake system ........................ 8-23Replacing the brake pads ........................................ 8-24

Fuses .................................................................................................. 8-24Engine compartment ................................................... 8-24Passenger compartment .......................................... 8-25

Intelligent Key battery replacement ......................... 8-27Lights ................................................................................................. 8-29

Headlights ............................................................................. 8-29Exterior and interior lights ....................................... 8-30

Wheels and tires ....................................................................... 8-31Tire pressure ....................................................................... 8-32Tire and loading information label ................... 8-34Checking the tire pressure ...................................... 8-35

Tire labeling ............................................................................ 8-36Types of tires ......................................................................... 8-38Tire chains ............................................................................... 8-40

Changing wheels and tires ..................................... 8-40Jacking vehicle and removing wheels ............ 8-43Wheel lock nuts (if so equipped) ......................... 8-48

Some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your vehi-cle good mechanical condition, as well asits emission and engine performance.It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the scheduled maintenance, aswell as general maintenance, is per-formed.As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance care. You are avital link in the maintenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEFor your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance itemsare described and listed in your NISSANService and Maintenance Guide. You mustrefer to that guide to ensure that neces-sary maintenance is performed on yourvehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes thoseitems which should be checked duringnormal day-to-day operation. They areessential for proper vehicle operation. It isyour responsibility to perform these pro-cedures regularly as prescribed.Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill and

only a few general automotive tools.These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEGT-R certified NISSAN dealers are re-quired to have additional training andequipment and are the only NISSAN deal-ers authorized to perform warranty workon key vehicle performance systems suchas engine, transmission, suspension andbrakes.If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, it is re-commended that you have the systemschecked and serviced by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through tech-nical bulletins, service tips, and in-dealerinformation systems. They are completelyqualified to work on NISSAN vehiclesbefore work begins.You can be confident that a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer’s service department per-forms the best job to meet the main-tenance requirements on your vehicle.To find a GT-R certified NISSAN dealernear you, call 1-866-668-1GTR in the US or

1-800-387-0122 in Canada, or go to www.gtrnissan.com/.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

During the normal day-to-day operationof the vehicle, general maintenanceshould be performed regularly as pre-scribed in this section. If you detect anyunusual sounds, vibrations or smell, besure to check for the cause or it isrecommended you have a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition,you should notify a GT-R certified NISSANdealer if you think that repairs are re-quired. ( “Maintenance precautions”page 8-6)

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in thissection.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood, operateproperly. Also ensure that all latches locksecurely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latchpins, rollers and links if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, andother lights are all operating properly andinstalled securely. Also check headlightaim.Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: Whenchecking the tires, make sure no wheelnuts are missing, and check for any loosewheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.Tire rotation*: Tires cannot be rotatedbecause your vehicle is equipped withdifferent sized tires in the front and rear.Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires to the pressure specified. Checkcarefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.



. The tires of this vehicle are filledwith nitrogen gas. When the tirepressure is low, fill the tires with

nitrogen. It is recommended youcontact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer for information on filling thetires with nitrogen.


Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace grom-met seal of transmitter in TPMS, whenreplacing each tire by reaching the wearlimit.Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If thevehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

least every six months for cracks or otherdamage. Have a damaged windshieldrepaired by a qualified repair facility.Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipeproperly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing scheduled mainte-nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.Transmission mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill, check that your vehicle is heldsecurely with the shift lever in theposition without applying any brakes.Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenlygoes down further than normal, the pedalfeels spongy or the vehicle seems to takelonger to stop, it is recommended you seea GT-R certified NISSAN dealer immedi-ately. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill withonly the parking brake applied. If theparking brake needs to be adjusted, it isrecommended you see a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, an-chors, adjuster and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position.Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessivefree play, hard steering or strange noises.Warning lights and chimes: Make surethat all warning lights and chimes areoperating properly.Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets prop-erly and in sufficient quantity when oper-ating the heater or air conditioner.Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operateproperly and that the wipers do notstreak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example,each time you check the engine oil orrefuel).Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MINlines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-tures or under severe condition requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start condi-tions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consumebattery power when the engine isnot running (Phone chargers, GPS,DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake fluid level is between the MAX andMIN lines on the reservoir.Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.



Engine drive belts*: Make sure that nobelt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait at least 5minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan before checking the oil.Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes in theengine compartment, it is recommendedyou immediately have the exhaust sys-tem inspected by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer. ( “Exhaust gas (carbon mon-oxide)” page 5-3)Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaksor if gasoline fumes are evident, check forthe cause and have it corrected immedi-ately.Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold, withthe engine off. Check the lines for properattachment, leaks, cracks, etc.Radiator and hoses: Check the front ofthe radiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.

Make sure the hoses have no cracks,deformation, rot or loose connections.Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to controldust. It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines and aroundthe exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful toclean those areas where mud and dirtmay accumulate. ( “Underbody” page7-3)Windshield washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, alwaystake care to prevent serious accidentalinjury to yourself or damage to thevehicle. The following are general precau-tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING. Park the vehicle on a level sur-

face, apply the parking brakesecurely and block the wheels toprevent the vehicle from moving.Move the shift lever to theposition.

. Be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position whenperforming any parts replace-ment or repairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, cloth-ing, hair and tools away frommoving fans, belts and any othermoving parts.

. It is advisable to secure or re-move any loose clothing andremove any jewelry, such asrings, watches, etc. before work-ing on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

whenever you work on your ve-hicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage,be sure there is proper ventilationfor exhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle whileit is supported only by a jack. If itis necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

. Keep smoking materials, flameand sparks away from fuel tankand the battery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. Itmay come on at any time withoutwarning, even if the ignition key isin the OFF position and the en-gine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the ne-gative battery cable before work-ing near the fan.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines shouldbe serviced by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer because the fuellines are under high pressureeven when the engine is off.

CAUTION. Do not work under the hood while

the engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with usedengine oil and coolant. Impro-perly disposed engine oil, coolant,and/or other vehicle fluids candamage the environment. Alwaysconform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

NOTICE. Never connect or disconnect the

battery or any transistorizedcomponent while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. Never leave the engine or trans-mission related component har-nesses disconnected while theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section gives instructions regarding onlythose items which are relatively easy foran owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. ( “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” page 9-23)You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operat-ing difficulties or excessive emissions. If indoubt about any servicing, we recom-mend that it be done by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.



1. Fuse/fusible link holder2. Battery3. Engine oil filler cap4. Engine oil dipstick5. Brake fluid reservoir6. Air cleaner

7. Power steering fluid reservoir8. Radiator filler cap9. Coolant reservoir cap (pressure type)10. Coolant reservoir11. Window washer fluid reservoir

NOTICEThe coolant reservoir is equippedwith a pressure type cap, and theradiator is equipped with a non-pressure type cap. Do not switchthe radiator filler cap and the coolantreservoir cap. Doing so will causesubstandard cooling performanceand overheating.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

REMOVING THE COWL TOP COVERRemove the cowl top cover if necessary.1. Remove the battery cover.

2. Unfasten the 5 clips and remove thecowl top cover by pulling it up.

3. Unfasten the 3 clips and remove thecowl top cover by pulling it towardsthe front of the vehicle.



The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round anti-freeze and coolant pro-tection. The anti-freeze solution containsrust and corrosion inhibitors. Additionalengine cooling system additives are notnecessary.

WARNING. Never remove the radiator or

coolant reservoir cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the en-gine and radiator cool down.Serious burns could be causedby high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator. ( “If yourvehicle overheats” page 6-8)

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. Toprevent engine damage, use onlya genuine NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION. Never use any cooling system

additives such as radiator sealer.Additives may clog the coolingsystem and cause damage tothe engine, transmission and/orcooling system.

. When adding or replacing cool-ant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen-uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted toprovide antifreeze protection to−34°F (−37°C). If additional freezeprotection is needed due toweather where you operate yourvehicle, add Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue)concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If anequivalent coolant other thanGenuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/ Coolant (blue) is used,follow the coolant manufacture’sinstructions to maintain mini-mum antifreeze protection to−34°F (−37°C). The use of othertypes of coolant solutions otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long Life

Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) orequivalent may damage the en-gine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the fac-tory-fill coolant is 24,000 miles(38,400 km) or 2 years. Mixingany other type of coolant otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ-ing Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), orthe use of nondistilled watermay reduce the life expectancyof the factory-fill coolant. Refer tothe GT-R Service and Mainte-nance Guide for more details.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Except for NISMO models

NISMO models

: MAX line: MIN line: Between MAX and MIN lines (except for

NISMO models)

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LE-VELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below the MIN level , open thereservoir cap (pressure type) and addcoolant up to between the MAX andMIN level. If the reservoir is empty, openthe radiator filler cap and check thecoolant level in the radiator when theengine is cold. If there is insufficientcoolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir up to betweenthe MAX and MIN level.



This vehicle contains Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). Thelife expectancy of the factory-fill coolantis 24,000 miles (38,400 km) or 2 years.Mixing any other type of coolant or theuse of non-distilled water will reduce thelife expectancy of the factory-fill coolant.Refer to the GT-R Service and Mainte-nance Guide for more details.If the cooling system frequently re-quires coolant, it is recommended youhave it checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.Check that the level of coolant is betweenMAX and MIN on the pressurized radiatorreservoir. If the level is below the mid-point, the amount of coolant circulatingmay be insufficient for maximum vehicleperformance, possibly causing engineoverheating or other trouble.For the coolant level and mixture ratiowhen engaging in performance driving,see “Coolant level and mixture ratio”page GTR-15.Except for NISMO models:If it is difficult to determine the midpointbetween MAX and MIN, remove the cool-ant reservoir cap and look inside throughthe opening to check that the coolantlevel is above the divider between thetop half and bottom half of the pressur-

ized coolant reservoir.

NOTICE. The coolant reservoir is equipped

with a pressure type cap, and theradiator is equipped with a non-pressure type cap. Do not switchthe radiator filler cap and thecoolant reservoir cap. Doing sowill cause substandard coolingperformance and overheating.

. If you have added only water asthe coolant in an emergency,change it to a coolant mixtureratio specified as soon as possi-ble.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTIf major cooling system repairs are re-quired, it is recommended you contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appro-priate NISSAN Service Manual.Improper servicing can result in re-duced heater performance and engineoverheating.

WARNING. To avoid the danger of being

scalded, never change the cool-ant when the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator fillercap and the coolant reservoir capwhen the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by highpressure fluid escaping from theradiator and reservoir.

. Avoid direct skin contact withused coolant. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.

. Keep coolant out of reach ofchildren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.2. Run the engine until it reaches oper-

ating temperature.3. Turn off the engine. Wait at least 5

minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan before checking the oil.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be within therange . If the oil level is below ,remove the oil filler cap and pour

recommended oil through the open-ing. Do not overfill .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

NOTE:. It is normal to add some oil between

oil maintenance intervals or duringthe break-in period, depending onthe severity of operating conditions.More engine oil is consumed byfrequent acceleration/decelerationespecially when the engine rpm ishigh. If your rate of oil consumptionincreases suddenly or without ex-planation, NISSAN recommends thatyou have your vehicle inspected by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

. When the vehicle is delivered, theengine oil is set to 0.39 in (10 mm)below the H mark for optimal highperformance driving. The engine oilcan be filled up to the H mark ifperformance driving is not engaged.

NOTICE. Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic)

is the factory fill oil. The VR38engine with its plasma-sprayedbores was developed using thisoil. NISSAN cannot ensure properengine operation and durability if

other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used.If Mobil 1 (0W-40) is not available,Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100% synthetic)may be used; however, someperformance lossmay be noticed.

. Oil level should be checked reg-ularly. Operating the engine withan insufficient amount of oil candamage the engine. See the 2018NISSAN GT-R Warranty Informa-tion Booklet for details includingapplicable exclusions.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTERNOTE:When replacement is required, it isrecommended you contact a GT-R cer-tified NISSAN dealer for servicing.

WARNING. Prolonged and repeated contact

with used engine oil may causeskin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contactwith used oil. If skin contact ismade, wash thoroughly with soapor hand cleaner as soon as pos-sible.


ENGINE OIL


. Keep used engine oil out of reachof children.

NOTE:When checking or replacement is re-quired, it is recommended you contacta GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for servi-cing.

NOTICE. It is recommended that you use

only Genuine NISSAN Transmis-sion Oil R35 Special or equivalent.Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using transmission oil other thanGenuine NISSAN Transmission OilR35 Special or equivalent maycause deterioration in driveabilityand transmission durability, andmay damage the transmission.See the 2018 NISSAN GT-R War-ranty Information Booklet for de-ta i l s inc lud ing app l i cab leexclusions.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.Remove the cap that is attached with agauge inside.The fluid level should be checked usingthe front side of the gauge marked “HOT”( : HOT MIN., : HOT MAX.) at fluidtemperatures of 122 to 176°F (50 to 80°C)or using the reverse side of the gaugemarked “COLD” ( : COLD MIN., : COLDMAX.) at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86°F(0 to 30°C).If the fluid is below the MIN line, addGenuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Re-move the cap and fill through the open-ing.

TRANSMISSION OIL POWER STEERING FLUID

NOTE:For maximum steering system perfor-mance, adjust the fluid level at the line

at the hot fluid temperature or atthe cold fluid temperature. Contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer when pre-cise fluid level adjustment is required.

NOTICE. Do not overfill.. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or

equivalent.

For further brake fluid information, seethe following section. ( “Capacitiesand recommended fluids/lubricants”page 9-2)

WARNING. Use only new fluid from a sealed

container. Old, inferior or con-taminated fluid may damage thebrake system. The use of impro-per fluids can damage the brakesystem and affect the vehicle’sstopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before remov-ing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous andshould be stored carefully inmarked containers out of thereach of children.

CAUTIONGenuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35Special II is the factory fill brake fluid.The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)unit and other related parts werespecially designed for this brakefluid and NISSAN cannot ensureproper operation of the vehicle if

other brake fluid is used.

NOTICEDo not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint.If fluid is spilled, wash the surfacewith water.


BRAKE FLUID


Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II fluid (orequivalent) up to the MAX line . If fluidmust be added frequently, the systemshould be checked by a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

WARNINGAntifreeze is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add window washer fluidwhen the low washer fluid warning ap-pears on the vehicle information display.( “Low washer fluid warning” page 2-43)To fill the window washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour

the window washer fluid into the tankopening.Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, adda windshield washer antifreeze. Followthe manufacturer’s instructions for themixture ratio.Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.

NOTICE. Do not substitute engine anti-

freeze coolant for windowwasher solution. This may resultin damage to the paint.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength.Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille ifspilled while filling the windowwasher reservoir tank.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

NOTE:Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir. Donot use the window washer reservoir tomix the washer fluid concentrate andwater.

. Keep the battery surface clean anddry. Clean the battery with a solutionof baking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connec-tions are clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the nega-tive (−) battery terminal cable to pre-vent discharging it.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start condi-tions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consumebattery power when the engine isnot running (Phone chargers, GPS,DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

PRECAUTIONS

NOTICEWhen the battery cable is removedfrom the battery terminal, do notclose either of the front doors. Theautomatic window adjusting func-tion will not work, and the side roofpanel may be damaged.

To disconnect the negative (−) batteryterminal, perform the procedure in thefollowing order. Otherwise, the windowand the side roof panel may contact andbe damaged.1. Close the windows.2. Open the hood.3. Close and lock all the doors.4. Disconnect the negative (−) battery

terminal.5. Securely close the hood.To connect the negative (−) battery term-inal, perform the procedure in the follow-ing order. Otherwise, the window and theside roof panel may contact and bedamaged.1. Unlock and open the driver side door.

Do not close the door.


BATTERY


2. Open the hood.3. Connect the negative (−) battery term-

inal. Then close the hood.4. Fully open the driver side door win-

dow.5. Close the driver side door and the

window.

FLUID LEVEL CHECK

WARNING. Do not expose the battery to

flames or electrical sparks. Hy-drogen gas generated by thebattery is explosive. Do not allowbattery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces.After touching a battery or bat-tery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash yourhands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immedi-ately flush with water for at least15 minutes and seek medicalattention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higherload on the battery which cangenerate heat, reduce battery life,

and in some cases lead to anexplosion.

. When working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eyeprotection and remove all jew-elry.

. Battery posts, terminals and re-lated accessories contain leadand lead compounds. Washhands after handling.

. Keep the battery out of the reachof children.

Check the fluid level in each cell (Removethe battery cover if it is necessary). Itshould be between the UPPER LEVELand LOWER LEVEL lines.If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

1. Remove the cell plugs .2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER

LEVEL line.If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level bylooking directly above the cell; thecondition indicates OK and theconditions needs more to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs .Vehicles operated in high temperaturesor under severe conditions require fre-quent checks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see thefollowing section. ( “Jump starting”page 6-5)If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to bereplaced. Contact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

1. Power steering fluid pump2. Alternator3. Crankshaft pulley4. Air conditioner compressor5. Drive belt auto-tensioner

WARNINGBe sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position before servi-cing drive belts. The engine couldrotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-


DRIVE BELTS


ess. If the belt is in poor condition orloose, have it replaced or adjusted bya GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule inyour NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide.

WARNINGBe sure the engine and the ignitionswitch are off and that the parkingbrake is engaged securely.

NOTICEBe sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, see a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since theywill last much longer. Follow the main-tenance schedule in NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide, but do not reusethem by cleaning or regapping.Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

SPARK PLUGS

Remove the retainers as illustrated andpull out the filter element .The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance intervals. See NISSAN Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide for mainte-nance intervals. When replacing the filter,

wipe the inside of the air cleaner housingand the cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING. Operating the engine with the air

cleaner removed can cause youor others to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air, itstops flame if the engine back-fires. If it isn’t there, and theengine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the aircleaner removed, and be carefulwhen working on the engine withthe air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start theengine with the air cleaner re-moved. Doing so could result inserious injury.


AIR CLEANER


CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or othermaterial may be on the blade or wind-shield.Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

CAUTIONWorn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

REPLACING THE WIPER BLADESReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.1. Pull the wiper arm.2. Push the release tab , and then

move the wiper blade down the wiperarm while pushing the release tabto remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimpleis in the groove.

NOTICE. After wiper blade replacement,

return the wiper arm to its origi-nal position; otherwise it may bedamaged when the hood isopened.

. Make sure the wiper blades con-tact the glass; otherwise the armmay be damaged from windpressure.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle. This may cause improper windshield

washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged,remove any objects with a needle or smallpin . Be careful not to damage thenozzle.

If the brakes do not operate properly,have the brakes checked by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjust-ing brakes.The disc-type brakes self-adjust everytime the brake pedal is applied.

WARNINGSee a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerfor a brake system check if the brakepedal height does not return tonormal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will firstoccur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brakepad, the sound will always be heard evenif the brake pedal is not depressed. Havethe brakes checked as soon as possible ifthe wear warning sound is heard.Under some driving or climate conditions,

occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops isnormal and does not affect the functionor performance of the brake system.Proper brake inspection intervalsshould be followed. For additional infor-mation, see the maintenance log sectionof your NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide for maintenance intervals.

HIGH PERFORMANCE BRAKE SYS-TEMThis vehicle is equipped with high perfor-mance brake pads that provide appro-priate braking force in a broad range ofdriving environments. Due to the materialused for the brake pads, the road wheelsmay become more easily covered bybrake dust, however this does not indi-cate that there is a malfunction.The GT-R brake pads use material thatcontains a lot of iron to maintain steadybraking performance even in high andlow temperatures. However, if the brakesystem is wet and the parking brake isapplied for a long time, the iron in thismaterial may get rusty and the brake padand disc rotor may be fixed together. Thismay cause noise and vibration whiledriving. Before parking the vehicle, dry


BRAKES


the brake by driving on a dry road,especially after washing the vehicle ordriving in rain. Contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer if the noise and vibrationcontinue.Frequent hard brakingmay cause scorch-ing of the brake pads. This will require thebrake pads to be replaced, even if thewear limit has not been reached. Have thebrake pads and disc rotors inspected atthe regular vehicle inspections.For more details, contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

REPLACING THE BRAKE PADSNISSAN generally recommends to replaceall four sets of brake pads and disc rotorsat the same time to maintain maximumbrake performance.However, replacing only the brake padsmay be allowed in some cases (fourwheels or only front wheels dependingon the conditions). A GT-R certified tech-nician must inspect the vehicle anddetermine that only the brake pads needto be replaced. In this case, replacing allbrake pads and disc rotors as a set is notnecessary.Note that the replacement of brake padsand the disc rotors as a set on all fourwheels should be performed when a GT-R

certified technician determines that thisis the correct repair.If the inside of the disc rotors are coldduring the winter and the surface be-comes hot due to a heavy force beingapplied repeatedly to the brakes, cracksmay occur near the coolant hole on thesurface of the disc rotor. Cracks may alsooccur due to a heavy force being repeat-edly applied to the brakes during highperformance driving. In these cases itmay be necessary to replace the discrotors or brake pads depending on thecondition of the crack. Contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for replacement.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specifiedon the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system orelectronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed

to the OFF or LOCK position and the

FUSES

headlight switch is turned to OFF.2. Open the engine hood and remove

the cover on the battery and the fuse/fusible link holder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse pullerthat is located in the engine compart-ment fuse box.

5. If the fuse is open , replace it with anew fuses . Spare fuses are stored inthe passenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does notoperate and fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace only withgenuine NISSAN parts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNINGNever use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specifiedon the fuse box cover. This coulddamage the electrical system orelectronic control units or cause afire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed

to the OFF or LOCK position and the



headlight switch is turned to OFF.2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with anew fuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired by a GT-R certified NISSANdealer.

Extended storage fuse switch (ifso equipped)To reduce battery drain, the extendedstorage fuse switch comes from thefactory switched off. Prior to delivery ofyour vehicle, the switch is pushed in(switched on) and should always remainon.If any electrical equipment does notoperate, remove the extended storagefuse switch and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:If the extended storage fuse switchmalfunctions, or if the fuse is open, itis not necessary to replace the switch.In this case, remove the extended sto-rage fuse switch and replace it with anew fuse of the same rating.

How to remove the extended storagefuse switch:1. To remove the extended storage fuse

switch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.4. Pinch the locking tabs found on

each side of the extended storagefuse switch.

5. Pull the extended storage fuse switchstraight out from the fuse box .

WARNINGBe careful that batteries and otherremoved components are not swal-lowed by children.

NOTICEThere is the possibility that the keymay be damaged when the battery isreplaced. It is recommended thatyou have the battery replaced by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

Recommended battery: Lithium batteryCR2032 or an equivalent.1. Disengage the lock on the reverse side

of the Intelligent Key while pulling outthe mechanical key.

2. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriverwrapped with a cloth into the slitand twist it to separate the case intothe upper and lower parts.

NOTICEBecause there is the risk of scratch-ing the key, wrap a cloth or similaritem around the screwdriver whenseparating the parts. If the screwdri-ver is inserted too far into the key, itmay damage the internal circuitboard.


INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT


3. Remove the old battery and insert anew battery with the + side facingdown.

NOTICE. Be sure that the + and − sides of

the battery are facing in thecorrect directions when the bat-tery is inserted.

. Do not touch the internal circuitsor electronic terminals. Doing somay damage them.

4. Reconnect the upper and lower partsof the Intelligent Key.See a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer ifyou need any assistance for replace-ment.

NOTE:After replacing the battery, be sure tocheck and check that all Intelligent Keysystem functions operate correctly.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference,

and (2) this device must accept anyinterference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired op-eration.Note: Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the party re-sponsible for compliance could voidthe user’s authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device complies with Industry Ca-nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

1. Headlight (High beam)2. Front parking light3. Front turn signal light4. Daytime running light5. Headlight (Low beam)6. Front side marker light

7. High-mounted stop light8. License plate light9. Rear combination light (rear turn signal/

tail/stop/back-up)10. Rear side marker light: Except for NISMO models: NISMO models

HEADLIGHTSFog may temporarily form inside the lensof the exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This does not indicatethat there is a malfunction. If large dropsof water collect inside the lens, contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

ReplacingLED headlight:If replacement is necessary, see a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.


LIGHTS


EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.Headlight assembly

low-beam* LED —

high-beam* LED —

Front turn signal light* 28/8 7444NAFront parking light* LED —Daytime running light* LED —Front side marker light* 3.8 T10Rear combination light*

back-up 16 W16W

turn signal 21 WY21W

stop/tail LED —

Rear side marker light* LED —License plate light* 5 W5WMap light 8 —Vanity mirror light* 2 —Step light* 2.7 —Trunk light* 3.4 —High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: It is recommended you see a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer for replacement.

It is recommended you always check withthe Parts Department at a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for the latest parts infor-mation.

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, Eor F. When replacing a bulb, first removethe lens and/or cover.

Map light

If you have a flat tire, see the followingsection. ( “Flat tire” page 6-3)

CAUTIONA GT-R certified NISSAN dealershould perform a tire change. It willbe necessary to reset the tire pres-sure sensors. To change the tires, it isrecommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

Be sure to use the tires and wheelstogether as a set that are designated foruse with this vehicle.When tire replacement is required, repla-cing the tires as a set of four with newtires is recommended. However, if a tire ispunctured or damaged, it may be possi-ble to replace only the damaged tire.Determining whether one tire or a com-plete set of tires should be replaced isbased on a number of factors includingtire wear and condition. It is recom-mended you contact your GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer. They can recommend if anindividual tire or a complete set should bereplaced.


WHEELS AND TIRES


NOTICEMake sure the tire valve stem cap isinstalled and that the valve stem istight. When installing the cap, makesure to tighten the cap by hand. If atool is used to tighten the cap, thecap may be damaged.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit,one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. The system also displayspressure of all tires on the touch screendisplay by sending a signal from a sensorthat is installed in each wheel.The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may notdetect a sudden drop in tire pressure.( “Low tire pressure warning light”page 2-28) ( “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” page 5-4) ( “Flat tire”page 6-3)

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure often andalways prior to long distance trips.The recommended tire pressurespecifications are shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label or the Tireand Loading Information label (if soequipped) under the “Cold TirePressure” heading. The Tire andLoading Information label is affixedto the driver side door end. Tirepressures should be checked reg-ularly because:. Most tires naturally lose air over

time.. Tires can lose air suddenly when

driven over potholes or otherobjects or if the vehicle strikesa curb while parking.



. The tires of this vehicle are filledwith nitrogen gas. When the tirepressure is low, fill the tires with

nitrogen. It is recommended youcontact a GT-R certified NISSANdealer for information on filling thetires with nitrogen.


The tire pressures should bechecked when the tires are cold.The tires are considered COLD afterthe vehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adverselyaffect tire life and vehicle hand-ling.

WARNING. Improperly inflated tires can

fail suddenly and cause anaccident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weightrating (GVWR) is located on

the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer-tification label. The vehicleweight capacity is indicatedon the Tire and Loading In-format ion labe l ( i f soequipped). Do not load yourvehicle beyond this capacity.Overloading your vehiclemay result in reduced tirelife, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tirefailure, or unfavorable hand-ling characteristics andcould also lead to a seriousaccident. Loading beyondthe specified capacity mayalso result in failure of othervehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily loadyour vehicle, use a tire pres-sure gauge to ensure thatthe tire pressures are at thespecified level.

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Book-let.

NOTE:. Use only genuine GT-R tires and

road wheels.The GT-R uses specially designedrun-flat tires and matching roadwheels. Use of these specially devel-oped tires and wheels provides thegreatest potential for maximumperformance.— Genuine GT-R tires and road

wheels help achieve maximumcornering and braking perfor-mance.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help achieve maximumtire durability during acceleration.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help achieve maximumhandling capability during perfor-mance driving.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help provide road holdingin the event of decreasing tirepressure and punctures.

— Genuine GT-R tires and roadwheels help prevent the decreaseof straight-running stabilitycaused by uneven tire wear dueto high rigidity wheels and widetires.

. The GT-R uses specially designedrun-flat tires which feature an ex-tremely rigid side wall. Special tech-niques and equipment are thereforerequired when replacing these tires.NISSAN recommends that tire repla-cement be performed at a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer.

. Specific tire changing equipmentmust be used to remove the GT-Rtires from the wheel and to installthe GT-R tires onto the wheel. It isonly possible to reuse the tires whenthey have no cracks and/or defor-mations on the bead portion of thetire. If the incorrect equipment isused to remove the GT-R tires fromthe wheel and to install the GT-Rtires onto the wheel, cracks anddeformation may occur on the beadportion of the tires meaning that thetires cannot be reused. It is recom-mended you contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer if the tires need to beremoved from the wheels.



TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

Seating capacity: The maxi-mum number of occupantsthat can be seated in thevehicle.

Vehicle load limit: See the fol-lowing section. ( “Vehicleloading information” page 9-15)Original size: The size of thetires originally installed on thevehicle at the factory.

Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-ered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or morehours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.The recommended cold tireinflation is set by the manufac-turer to provide the best bal-ance of tire wear, vehiclehandling, driveability, tire noise,etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR.Tire size — see the followingsection. ( “Tire labeling”page 8-36)Spare tire size or compactspare tire size (if so equipped)

CHECKING THE TIRE PRESSURE1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.2. Press the pressure gauge

squarely onto the valve stem.Do not press too hard or forcethe valve stem sideways, or airwill escape. If the hissing soundof air escaping from the tire isheard while checking the pres-sure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it tothe specification shown on theTire and Loading Informationlabel.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem brieflywith the tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck thepressure and add or release airas needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other

tires.NOTE:. You can check the pressure of

all four tires on the touchscreen display. See the sepa-rate Multi Function DisplayOwner’s Manual.

. The tires of this vehicle arefilled with nitrogen gas. Whenthe tire pressure is low, fill thetires with nitrogen. It is recom-mended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for in-

formation on filling the tireswith nitrogen.

. If nitrogen is not available,compressed air may be safelyused under normal drivingconditions. However, NISSANrecommends refilling with ni-trogen for maximum tire per-formance.

Summer tires:

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

255/40ZR-F20 (97Y)

30 PSI (210kPa)

REAR ORI-GINAL TIRE

285/35ZR-F20 (100Y)

29 PSI (200kPa)



All-season tires:

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

255/40R-F20 97W

32 PSI (220kPa)

REAR ORI-GINAL TIRE

285/35R-F20 100W

30 PSI (210kPa)

Example

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized infor-mation on the sidewall of all tires.This information identifies and de-scribes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification.The TIN can be used to identifythe tire in case of a recall.

Example

Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is

designed for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): Thisnumber, known as the aspectratio, gives the tire’s ratio ofheight to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.F: The “F” after “R” indicates Self-Supporting type run-flat tire.

5. Two-digit number (15): Thisnumber is the wheel or rimdiameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):This number is the tire’s loadindex. It is a measurement ofhow much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find thisinformation on all tires becauseit is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

Example

TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De-

partment of Transportation”.The symbol can be placedabove, below or to the left orright of the Tire IdentificationNumber.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size4. Three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional)

5. Four numbers represent theweek and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must in-dicate the materials in the tire,which include steel, nylon, polye-ster, and others.

Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatestamount of air pressure that shouldbe put in the tire. Do not exceed themaximum permissible inflationpressure.

Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire.When replacing the tires on thevehicle, always use a tire that has



the same load rating as the factoryinstalled tire.

Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requiresan inner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown, if thetire has radial structure.

Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.Other tire-related terminology:In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this sec-tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is(1) the sidewall that contains awhitewall, bears white lettering orbears manufacturer, brand and/ormodel name molding that is higheror deeper than the same moldingon the other sidewall of the tire, or(2) the outward facing sidewall ofan asymmetrical tire that has aparticular side that must alwaysface outward when mounted on a

vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING. When changing or replacing tires,

be sure all four tires are of thesame type (Examples: Summer orAll Season) and construction. AGT-R certified NISSAN dealer maybe able to help you with informa-tion about tire type, size, speedrating and availability.


. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

All-season tiresNISSAN specifies all-season tires on somemodels to provide good performance foruse all year around, including snowy andicy road conditions. All-season tires are

identified by ALL SEASON on the tiresidewall.

Summer tiresThe GT-R summer tires are made from aspecially formulated rubber to maximizethe vehicle’s performance capabilities.Performance of summer tires is substan-tially reduced when temperatures are lessthan 32°F (0°C) so you must drive care-fully. NISSAN recommends the use ofwinter or all-season tires on all fourwheels if you plan to operate your vehiclein snowy or icy conditions when tem-peratures are less than 32°F (0°C).


Run-flat tiresYour vehicle is equipped with run-flattires. You can continue driving to a safelocation even if they are punctured. Al-

ways use run-flat tires of the specifiedsize on all four wheels. Mixing tire sizes orconstructionmay reduce vehicle handlingstability. If necessary, contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer for assistance.Frequently check the tire pressure infor-mation on the touch screen display andadjust pressure of each tire properly. Seethe separate Multi Function Display Own-er’s Manual.It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire isunder-inflated or flat. Check the tirepressures as described earlier in thissection. If the tire becomes under-inflatedwhile driving, the low tire pressure warn-ing light will come on. If the tire becomesflat while driving, the low tire pressurewarning light and the run-flat tire warn-ing display will come on.

Low tire pressure:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warninglight will illuminate and the low tirepressure warning will appear in the vehi-cle information display.

Flat tire:If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the low tire pressurewarning light will illuminate continuouslyand a chime will sound for 10 seconds.The run-flat tire warning also appears in

the vehicle information display.The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire and the run-flat tirewarning display will illuminate continu-ously. When the flat tire warning isactivated, it is recommended you havethe system reset and the tire checkedand replaced if necessary by a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer. Even if the tire isinflated to the specified COLD tire pres-sure, the warning light will continue toilluminate until the system is reset by aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.If the low tire pressure and the run-flattire warning appears on the vehicleinformation display:. Do not exceed 50 MPH (80 km/h).. Increase your following distance to

allow for increased stopping dis-tances.

. Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard cor-nering and hard braking.

WARNING. Although you can continue driv-

ing with a punctured run-flat tire,remember that vehicle handlingstability is reduced, which couldlead to an accident and personalinjury. Also, driving a long dis-

tance at high speeds may da-mage the tire.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50MPH (80 km/h) and do not drivemore than 50miles (80 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actualdistance the vehicle can be drivenon a flat tire depends on outsidetemperature, vehicle load, roadconditions and other factors.

. Drive safely at reduced speeds.Avoid hard cornering or braking,which may cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle.

NOTICE. Never install tire chains on a

punctured run-flat tire, as thiscould damage your vehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projectionor pothole, as the clearance be-tween the vehicle and the groundis smaller than normal.

. Do not enter an automated carwash with a punctured run-flattire.

. It is recommended you have thepunctured tire replaced by a GT-R



certified NISSAN dealer as soonas possible, as the tire’s perfor-mance capability is reduced.

Tires for All-Wheel Drive (AWD)If excessive tire wear is found, it isrecommended that all four tires be re-placed with tires of the specified size,brand, construction and tread pattern.The tire pressure and wheel alignmentshould also be checked and corrected asnecessary. It is recommended you con-tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the locallaws before installing tire chains. Wheninstalling tire chains, make sure they areof proper size for the tires on your vehicleand are installed according to the chainmanufacturer instructions. Use only SAEclass S chains. Class “S” chains are usedon vehicles with restricted tire to vehicleclearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspen-sion or body component required toaccommodate the use of a winter trac-tion device (tire chains or cables). The

minimum clearances are determinedusing the factory equipped tire size. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended bythe tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damageto the fenders or undercarriage. If possi-ble, avoid fully loading your vehicle whenusing tire chains. In addition, drive at areduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely af-fected.

NOTE:Tire chains must be installed only onthe rear wheels and not on the frontwheels.

CAUTIONDo not use tire chains on dry roads.

NOTICENever install tire chains on a punctu-red run-flat tire, as this could da-mage your vehicle.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads that are clear of snow. Driving withchains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms ofthe vehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationTires cannot be rotated becauseyour vehicle is equipped with dif-ferent sized tires in the front andrear.

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location marks. The loca-

tions are shown by “ ”, “TWI”, etc.depending on tire types.

Tire wear and damage

WARNING. Tires should be periodically

inspected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught inthe tread. If excessive wear,cracks, bulging or deep cutsare found, the tire(s) should

be replaced.. The original tires have built-

in tread wear indicators.When the wear indicatorsare visible, the tire(s) shouldbe replaced.

. Tires degrade with age anduse. Have tires, over 6 yearsold checked by a qualifiedtechnician because sometire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tiresas necessary to prevent tirefailure and possible perso-nal injury.

. For additional informationregarding tires, refer to “Im-portant Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire SafetyInformation” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Book-let.

Replacing wheels and tiresWhen tire replacement is required, repla-cing tires as a set of four with new tires isrecommended. However, if a tire is punc-tured or damaged, it may be possible toreplace only the damaged tire. Determin-ing whether one tire or a complete set oftires should be replaced is based on anumber of factors including tire wear andcondition. It is recommended you contactyour GT-R certified NISSAN dealer. Theycan recommend if an individual tire or acomplete set should be replaced.When replacing a tire, use the specifiedsize, speed rating and load carryingcapac i ty as or ig ina l ly equipped .( “Wheels and tires” page 9-10)

NOTICE. When you replace the GT-R tires,

it is recommended that you re-place all the tires at the sametime.

. The GT-R uses specially designedrun-flat tires which feature anextremely rigid side wall. Specialtechniques and equipment aretherefore required when repla-cing these tires. NISSAN recom-mends that tire replacement be



performed at a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer.

. When tires are reinstalled afterbeing uninstalled from thewheels, use equipment such as aleverless automatic tire changer.It is only possible to reuse thetires when they have no cracksand/or deformations on the beadportion. However, if you use alever-type tire changer, cracksand deformation may occur onthe bead portion of the tiresmeaning that the tires cannot bereused.

. Make sure the tire valve stem capis installed and that the valvestem is tight. When installing thecap, make sure to tighten the capby hand. If a tool is used totighten the cap, the cap may bedamaged.

WARNING. The use of tires other than those

specified or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted, radial or run-flat), or tread patterns can ad-

versely affect the ride, braking,VDC system, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speed-ometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height. Some ofthese effects may lead to acci-dents and could result in seriouspersonal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace withwheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a differ-ent off-set could cause prema-ture tire wear, degrade vehiclehandling characteristics, affectthe VDC system and/or causeinterference with the brake discs.Such interference can lead todecreased braking efficiencyand/or early brake pad wear.( “Wheels and tires” page 9-10)

. When a wheel is replaced, tirepressure will not be indicated,the TPMS will not function andthe low tire pressure warninglight will flash for approximately1 minute and remain on after the1 minute. It is recommended youcontact a GT-R certified NISSAN

dealer as soon as possible for tirereplacement and/or system re-setting.


. The TPMS sensor may be da-maged if it is not handled cor-rectly. Be careful when handlingthe TPMS sensor.

. When replacing the TPMS sensor,the ID registration may be re-quired. Contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer for ID registration.

. Do not use a valve stem cap thatis not specified by NISSAN. Thevalve stem cap may becomestuck.

. Be sure that the valve stem capsare correctly fitted. Otherwise thevalve may be clogged up with dirtand cause a malfunction or lossof pressure.

. Do not install a damaged ordeformed wheel or tire even if ithas been repaired. Such wheelsor tires could have structuraldamage and could fail withoutwarning.

. Never use retread tires.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

. Always use tires of the specifiedtype, size, brand, construction(bias, bias-belted, radial or run-flat), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so mayresult in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the frontand rear axles which will causeexcessive tire wear and may da-mage the transmission, transfercase and differential gears.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance.Therefore, they should be balanced asrequired.Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the rear wheels on thevehicle could lead to mechanical damage.For additional information regarding tires,

refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Care of wheels( “Cleaning exterior” page 7-2)

JACKING VEHICLE AND REMOVINGWHEELS

WARNING. Make sure the parking brake is

securely applied and the trans-mission is shifted into theposition.

. Never change tires when the ve-hicle is on a slope, ice or slipperyareas. This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle.Wait for professional road assis-tance.

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppo-site the flat tire to prevent the vehiclefrom moving when it is jacked up.

WARNINGBe sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result inpersonal injury.



Getting the toolsNOTE:A jack, jack lever and rod are notequipped as standard with this vehicle.These parts are dealer options. It isrecommended you contact a GT-R cer-tified NISSAN dealer about acquiring ajack, jack lever and rod. You can store ajack, jack lever and rod in the floor infront of the passenger’s seat.

CAUTIONAfter using the tools, put them backin their original places. An accidentmay occur if you leave them in thecar unsecured.

Jacking up the vehicle and re-moving the tire

WARNING. Never get under the vehicle while

it is supported only by the jack. Ifit is necessary to work under thevehicle, support it with safetystands.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle morethan necessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the enginewhile vehicle is on the jack, as itmay cause the vehicle to move.This is especially true for vehicles

with limited slip differentials.. Do not allow passengers to stay

in the vehicle while it is on thejack.

Carefully read the caution label at-tached to the jack body and the follow-ing instructions.

Jack-up point1. Place the jack directly under the jack-

up point as illustrated so the top ofthe jack contacts the vehicle at thejack-up point. The jack should beused on level firm ground.

2. Fit the jack head into the recess ofthe jack-up point by turning the jack-screw clockwise with your fingers.

3. Loosen each wheel nut one or twoturns by turning counterclockwisewith the wheel nut wrench. Do notremove the wheel nuts until the tireis off the ground.



4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rodwith both hands as shown above.

5. Remove the wheel nuts and thenremove the wheel.

NOTE:When putting a wheel on theground, put it down with the outerside of the wheel facing up to pre-vent scratching of the wheel surface.

6. Clean any mud or dirt from the sur-face between the brake disc rotorand wheel .

7. Tighten the wheel nuts by hand byturning them clockwise until the ta-pered part of each nut lightlycontacts the seat part of the wheelhole.When replacing a front wheel, makesure the hole in the wheel is alignedwith the pin on the brake disc rotor.

8. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly inthe sequence illustrated ( , , , , )until they are tight.

9. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence asillustrated. Lower the vehicle comple-tely.

WARNING. Incorrect wheel nuts or impro-

perly tightened wheel nuts cancause the wheel to become looseor come off. This could cause anaccident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km).

WARNINGIf the road wheels are hot, allowthem to cool sufficiently before tigh-tening the wheel nuts. Otherwise, thewheel nuts cannot be tightened tospecification.



NOTE:. As soon as possible, tighten the

wheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:Except for NISMO models

97 ft-lb (132 N·m)NISMO models

114 ft-lb (155 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kepttightened to specification at alltimes. It is recommended thatwheel nuts be tightened to speci-fications at each lubrication inter-val.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.COLD pressure: After the vehiclehas been parked for three hoursor more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver’s dooropening.

10. Securely store the jacking equipmentin the vehicle.

WHEEL LOCK NUTS (if soequipped)In order to prevent theft, the speciallydesigned wheel lock nut is installed oneach wheel. The wheel lock nut cannot beremoved with commonly used tools.When removing tires, use the lock keyprovided with your vehicle.

Removing the wheel lock nutTo remove the wheel lock nut, use thelock key stored under the passenger’sside floor.1. Insert the lock key to the wheel lock

nut.2. To remove the wheel lock nut, turn

the lock key counterclockwise usingthe wheel nut wrench.

CAUTION. Do not use a power tool to re-

move the wheel lock nuts.. Tighten the wheel lock nuts to the

same tightening torque as thenormal wheel nuts. ( “Jackingup the vehicle and removing thetire” page 8-44)

NOTE:. The wheel lock nut has an individual

code. A lock key which does notmatch the individual code cannotremove the wheel lock nut. If youlose the wheel lock key, it is recom-mended you contact a GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer immediately.

. Keep the key code card in a safeplace. To purchase a lock key, con-tact a GT-R certified NISSAN dealerwith your original code on the keycode card.

. When you ask for a service at a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer, make sureto keep the lock key in the vehicle.Otherwise, tires cannot be removedand any service requiring the re-moval of the wheels cannot beperformed.



MEMO

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ...................................... 9-2

Fuel information .................................................................... 9-4Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .......... 9-6Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ........................................ 9-7

Specifications .................................................................................. 9-9Engine ............................................................................................ 9-9Wheels and tires ................................................................. 9-10Dimensions ............................................................................. 9-11

When traveling or registering inanother country ........................................................................ 9-12Vehicle identification ............................................................. 9-12

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ...... 9-12Vehicle identification number(chassis number) ................................................................ 9-12Engine serial number ...................................................... 9-13F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ................ 9-13Emission control information label ..................... 9-13Tire and loading information label ...................... 9-14Air conditioner specification label ........................ 9-14

Installing front license plate ............................................ 9-14Vehicle loading information ............................................ 9-15

Terms ........................................................................................ 9-15Vehicle load capacity ................................................... 9-16Loading tips ......................................................................... 9-17Measurement of weights .......................................... 9-17

Towing a trailer ......................................................................... 9-18Flat towing .................................................................................... 9-18Uniform tire quality grading ........................................... 9-18

Treadwear ............................................................................. 9-18Traction AA, A, B and C .............................................. 9-19Temperature A, B and C ............................................ 9-19

Emission control system warranty ............................ 9-19Reporting safety defects ................................................... 9-20Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test (US only) ............................................................................... 9-21Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................................ 9-21Vehicle status data recorder (VSDR) ........................ 9-22

Handling of data .............................................................. 9-22Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information .................................................................... 9-23

9-2 Technical and consumer information

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow theprocedure instructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 73.8 L 19-1/2 gal 16-1/4 gal ( “Fuel information” page 9-4)Engine oil* With oil filter change 5.0 L 5-1/4 qt 4-3/8 qt Mobil 1 (0W-40)

Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is the factory fill oil. TheVR38 engine with its plasma-sprayed bores was developedusing this oil. NISSAN cannot ensure proper engine opera-tion and durability if other 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. IfMobil 1 (0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40) (100%synthetic) may be used; however, some performance lossmay be noticed. For additional information, see thefollowing section. ( “Engine oil and oil filter recom-mendation” page 9-6)The recommended oil capacity level is 0.39 in (10 mm) (0.5L) below the H mark on the engine oil dipstick. Foradditional information, see the following section.( “Engine oil” page 8-13)

Drain and refill*For additional infor-mation, see

“Changing en-gine oil and filter”page 8-13. Without oil filter

change4.5 L 4-3/4 qt 4 qt

Engine coolant For NISMO models With reservoir 11.7 L 12-3/8 qt 10-1/4 qt Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalentFor additional information, see the following section.( “Engine cooling system” page 8-10)

Reservoir 1.8 L 1-7/8 qt 1-5/8 qtExcept for NISMO models With reservoir 11.3 L 12 qt 10 qt

Reservoir 1.4 L 1-1/2 qt 1-1/4 qtTransmission oil (Drain and refill) 9.4 L 10 qt 8-1/4 qt Genuine NISSAN Transmission Oil R35 Special

The use of fluids and lubricants other than the specifiedmay cause vehicle malfunctions and result in non-warrantyvehicle repairs.All of the fluid cannot be removed when servicing thetransmission. The actual refill amount may be less thanshown.

Differential oil(Drain and refill)

Front 0.65 L 1-3/8 pt 1-1/8 pt Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil R35 COMPETITION type2189EThe use of fluids and lubricants other than the specifiedmay cause vehicle malfunctions and result in non-warrantyvehicle repairs.

Rear 1.35 L 2-7/8 pt 2-3/8 pt

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to theinstructions in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalentDEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFLUIDS/LUBRICANTS

Fluid typeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Brake fluid Refill to the proper oil level according to theinstructions in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special IIGenuine NISSAN Brake Fluid R35 Special II is the factory fillbrake fluid. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) unit andother related parts were specially designed for this brakefluid and NISSAN cannot ensure the best performance andproper operation of the vehicle if other brake fluid is used.

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)

For additional information, see the following section.( “Air conditioner specification label” page 9-14)

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or exact equivalentWindow washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &

Antifreeze or equivalent

Technical and consumer information 9-3


FUEL INFORMATION

VR38 engineUse unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 93 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 98) to maximize vehicle perfor-mance.If the premium gasoline specified above isnot available, you may use unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane ratingof at least 91 AKI number (Researchoctane number 96), but you may noticea decrease in performance.Do not use gasoline with an octane ratinglower than 91 AKI (Research octane num-ber 96).

NOTICE. Using a fuel other than that spe-

cified could adversely affect theemission control system, andmay also affect warranty cover-age.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-waycatalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. Your vehicle is notdesigned to run on E-15 or E-85fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designedfor E-15 or E-85 fuel can adverselyaffect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

. Do not use fuel that contains theoctane booster methylcyclopen-tadienyl manganese tricarbonyl(MMT). Using fuel containingMMT may adversely affect vehicleperformance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers arelabeled to indicate MMT content,so you may have to consult yourgasoline retailer for more details.Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT inreformulated gasoline.

. U.S. government regulations re-quire ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified by a small,square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage forthat region.

. NISSAN recommends using fuelsthat contain no alcohol. However,fuels containing up to 10% alco-hol may be used, if necessary. Toavoid serious engine damage dueto increased cylinder tempera-tures, do not use fuels that con-tain more alcohol than indicatedin this section. Also, do not usefuel additives, fuel stabilizers orfuel deicers that contain alcohol.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is avail-able. Many of the automobile manufac-turers developed this specification toimprove emission system and vehicleperformance. Ask your service stationmanager if the gasoline meets theWorld-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifi-cations.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicleemissions. NISSAN supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that you

use reformulated gasoline when avail-able.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBEand methanol with or without advertisingtheir presence. NISSAN does not recom-mend the use of fuels of which theoxygenate content and the fuel compat-ibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your servicestation manager.If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel sys-tem damage.. The fuel should be unleaded and

have an octane rating no lower thanthat recommended for unleadedgasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxyge-nate. (MTBE may, however, be addedup to 15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle and

should not be used. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered under theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol and wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitableamount of appropriate cosolventsand corrosion inhibitors. If not prop-erly formulated with the appropriatecosolvents and corrosion inhibitors,such methanol blends may causefuel system damage and/or vehicleperformance malfunctions. At thistime, sufficient data is not availableto ensure that all methanol blendsare suitable for use in NISSAN vehi-cles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling or hard hotstarting are experienced after using oxy-genate-blend fuels, immediately changeto a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

NOTICETake care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxy-genates can cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gaso-line. E-15 can only be used in vehiclesdesigned to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. government reg-ulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percen-tage for that region.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso-line. E-85 can only be used in a FlexibleFuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. U.S. government regulationsrequire fuel ethanol dispensing pumps tobe identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.



Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boostingadditive. NISSAN does not recommendthe use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuelmay adversely affect vehicle perfor-mance, including the emissions controlsystem. Note that while some fuel pumpslabel MMT content, not all do, so you mayhave to consult your gasoline retailer formore details.

Aftermarket fuel additives

NOTICENISSAN does not recommend the useof any aftermarket fuel additives(Example: fuel injector cleaner, in-take valve deposit removers, etc.)which are sold commercially. Manyof these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may con-tain active solvent or similar ingre-dients that can be harmful to the fuelsystem and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended abovecan cause persistent, heavy sparkknock. (Spark knock is a metallic rap-ping noise.) If severe, this can lead toengine damage. If you detect a persis-tent heavy spark knock even whenusing gasoline of the stated octanerating, or if you hear steady spark knockwhile holding a steady speed on levelroads, it is recommended you have aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer correct thecondition. Failure to correct the condi-tion is misuse of the vehicle, for whichNISSAN is not responsible.Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. Thisin turn may cause excessive fuel con-sumption or damage to the engine. If anyof the above symptoms are encountered,it is recommended you have your vehiclechecked at a GT-R certified NISSAN dealeror other competent service facility.However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This isno cause for concern, because you getthe greatest fuel benefit when there islight spark knock for a short time underheavy engine load.

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.( “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” page 9-2)Mobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is thefactory fill oil. The VR38 engine with itsplasma-sprayed bores was developedusing this oil. NISSAN cannot ensureproper engine operation and durability ifother 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1(0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40)(100% synthetic) may be used; however,some performance loss may be noticed.

NOTICEUsing an engine oil other than thatspecified could adversely affect theengine. See the 2018 NISSAN GT-RWarranty Information Booklet fordetails and exclusions.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofoil additives. The use of an oil additive isnot necessary when the proper oil type isused and maintenance intervals are fol-lowed.Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important that the engine oilviscosity be selected based on the tem-peratures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change.Choosing an oil viscosity other than thatrecommended could cause serious en-gine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. NISSANrecommends to use the genuine NISSANoil filter for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Oil andfilter other than the specified quality, oroil and filter change intervals longer thanrecommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil andfilter quality and/or viscosity is not cov-ered by the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranties.Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the firstrecommended change interval. Oil andfilter change intervals depend upon howyou use your vehicle. Operation under thefollowing conditions may require morefrequent oil and filter changes.. repeated short distance driving at

cold outside temperatures. driving in dusty conditions. extensive idling. stop and go “rush hour” trafficRefer to the “NISSAN Service and Main-tenance Guide” for the maintenanceschedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged withthe refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) andthe lubricant, NISSAN UV Luminous OilType S or the exact equivalents.

NOTICEThe use of any other refrigerant orlubricant may cause severe damageto the air conditioning system andmay require the replacement of allair conditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerantdoes not affect the earth’s atmosphere,certain governmental regulations requirethe recovery and recycling of any refrig-erant during automotive air conditioningsystem service. Your GT-R certifiedNISSAN dealer has the trained techniciansand equipment needed to recover andrecycle your air conditioning system re-frigerant.It is recommended you contact a GT-R



certified NISSAN dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.

ENGINE

Model VR38

Type Gasoline, 4-cycleCylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 60°Bore × Stroke in (mm) 3.760 × 3.480 (95.5 × 88.4)Displacement cu in (cm3) 231.83 (3,799)Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpm No adjustment is necessary.Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard DILKAR8A8

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.031 (0.8)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.


SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire

Type Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

SummerFront: 255/40ZRF20 (97Y) 30 (210)

Rear: 285/35ZRF20 (100Y) 29 (200)

All-seasonFront: 255/40RF20 97W 32 (220)

Rear: 285/35RF20 100W 30 (210)

Make sure to use the tires for GT-R. See the 2018 Warranty Information Booklet for theapplicable exclusions.

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

AluminumFront: 20 × 9-1/2J*1

20 × 10J*21.77 (45)*11.61 (41)*2

Rear: 20 × 10-1/2J 0.98 (25)

*1: Except for NISMO and Track edition engineered by nismo models*2: NISMO and Track edition engineered by nismo modelsMake sure to use the road wheels for GT-R. See the 2018 Warranty Information Bookletfor the applicable exclusions.

DIMENSIONSin (mm)

Overall length185.4 (4,710)*1184.6 (4,690)*2

Overall width 74.6 (1,895)

Overall height 53.9 (1,370)

Front tread62.6 (1,590)*363.0 (1,600)*4

Rear tread 63.0 (1,600)

Wheelbase 109.4 (2,780)

*1: Except for NISMO models*2: NISMO models*3: Except for NISMO models and Trackedition engineered by nismo models*4: NISMO models and Track edition en-gineered by nismo models



If you plan to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuelavailable is suitable for your vehicle’sengine.Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking yourvehicle to areas where appropriate fuelis not available.When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessaryto modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations.The laws and regulations for motorvehicle emission control and safety stan-dards vary according to the country,state, province or district; therefore, vehi-cle specifications may differ.When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or dis-trict and registered, its modifications,transportation, and registration are theresponsibility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The number is stamped as shown in theengine compartment.

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.)certification label is affixed as shown. Thislabel contains valuable vehicle informa-tion, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), etc.Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMA-TION LABELThe emission control information label isattached as shown.



TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on theTire and Loading Information label affixedto the door end as illustrated.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.

Make sure that the two POP® nuts asillustrated are enclosed in the plastic bag.They are used for front license plateinstallation.To install the front license plate to yourvehicle, it is recommended you contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer.

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

WARNING. It is extremely dangerous to

ride in a cargo area insidethe vehicle. In a collision,people riding in these areasare more likely to be ser-iously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ridein any area of vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

. Be sure everyone in yourvehicle is in a seat and usinga seat belt properly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize your-self with the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:. Curb Weight (actual weight of

your vehicle) - vehicle weightincluding: standard and optionalequipment, fluids or emergencytools. This weight does not in-

clude passengers and cargo.. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) -

curb weight plus the combinedweight of passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trai-ler tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This infor-mation is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)- maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rearaxle. This information is locatedon the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle,passengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specifiedof the load (passengers andcargo) for the vehicle. This is

the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that canbe loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight mustbe included as part of the cargoload. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight sub-tracted from the load limit.


VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYDo not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Ca-pacity” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add theweight of all occupants, then addthe total luggage weight. Examples

are shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correctload limit1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengersthat will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight

of the driver and passengersfrom XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs) or 640 − 340 (5 x 70) =300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. Thatweight may not safely exceedthe available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to deter-mine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle,confirm that you do not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for your vehicle.( “Measurement of weights”page 9-17)Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

LOADING TIPS. The GVWmust not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel.

. Do not load the front and rearaxle to the GAWR. Doing so willexceed the GVWR.

WARNING. Properly secure all cargo to

help prevent it from slidingor shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or

collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR orthe maximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tiredamage could occur, or itcan change the way yourvehicle handles. This couldresult in loss of control andcause personal injury.

. Overloading could not onlyshorten the life of your ve-hicle and the tires, but alsocould lead to hazardous ve-hicle handling and longbraking distance. This maycause a premature tire mal-function, which could resultin a serious accident andpersonal injury. Repairs dueto overloading the vehicleare not covered by the vehi-cle’s warranty. (See the 2018NISSAN GT-R Warranty Infor-

mation Booklet.)

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to preventweight shifts that could affect thebalance of your vehicle. When thevehicle is loaded, drive to a scaleand weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determineaxle loads. Individual axle loadsshould not exceed either of thegross axle weight ratings (GAWR).The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the gross vehicleweight rating (GVWR). These ratingsare given on the vehicle certifica-tion label. If weight ratings areexceeded, move or remove itemsto bring all weights below theratings.



Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle. Towing your vehicle with all four wheelson the ground is sometimes called flattowing. This method is sometimes usedwhen towing a vehicle behind a recrea-tional vehicle, such as a motor home.DO NOT tow the GT-R with all four wheelson the ground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission parts. Towthe GT-R with all four wheels off theground. ( “Towing your vehicle” page6-9)

DOT (Department Of Transportation)Quality Grades: All passenger car tiresmust conform to federal safety require-ments in addition to these grades.Quality grades can be found where ap-plicable on the tire sidewall betweentread shoulder and maximum sectionwidth. For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AA Tempera-ture A

TREADWEARThe treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwear one and one-half (1 1/2) times aswell on the government course as a tiregraded 100. The relative performance oftires depends upon actual conditions oftheir use, however, and may depart sig-nificantly from the norm due to variationsin driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics andclimate.

TOWING A TRAILER FLAT TOWING UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CThe traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to thistire is based on straight-ahead brak-ing traction tests, and does notinclude acceleration, cornering, hy-droplaning, or peak traction charac-teristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CThe temperature grades A (the highest),B, and C, representing the tire’s resistanceto the generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material ofthe tire to degenerate and reduce tire life,and excessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C corre-

sponds to a level of performance whichall passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than the minimumrequired by law.

WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, under-inflation, or exces-sive loading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

Your NISSAN is covered by specific emis-sion warranties:For the United States, see the 2018NISSAN GT-R Warranty Information Book-let.For Canada, see the Warranty and Road-side Assistance Information Booklet.If you did not receive a Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information (Canada only)), orit has become lost, you may obtain areplacement by writing to:. NISSAN Division

NISSAN North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

. NISSAN Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5


EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY


For USAIf you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Ad-ministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles,it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individual pro-blems between you, your dealer, orNISSAN.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other informationabout motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contact-ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-866-668-1GTR(1-866-668-1487).For CanadaIf you believe that your vehicle hasa defect which could cause a crashor could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform Trans-port Canada in addition to notifyingNISSAN.If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles,it may request that NISSAN con-duct a recall campaign. However,Transport Canada cannot becomeinvolved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.You may contact Transport Cana-da’s Defect Investigations and Re-calls Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safetydefects online at:https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-

Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lan-g=eng (English speakers) orhttps://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers).Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be ob-tained from Transport Canada’sRoad Safety Information Centre at1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiterou-tiere (French speakers).To notify NISSAN of any safetyconcerns please contact our Con-sumer Information Centre toll freeat 1-800-387-0122.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states for emis-sions testing), or similar equipment. Makesure you inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in transmission damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage or per-sonal injury.Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to bein what is called the “ready condition” foran Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage ofthe vehicle.If a powertrain system component isrepaired or the battery is disconnected,the vehicle may be reset to a “not readycondition”. Before taking the I/M test,check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte-nance test readiness condition. Push theignition switch to the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction

Indicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10 sec-onds, the I/M test condition is “not ready”.If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds,the I/M test condition is “ready”.It is recommended you contact a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer to set “readycondition” or to prepare the vehicle fortesting.

This vehicle is equipped with an EventData Recorder (EDR). The main purpose ofan EDR is to record, in certain crash ornear crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obsta-cle, data that will assist in understandinghow a vehicle’s systems performed. TheEDR is designed to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for ashort period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designedto record such data as:. How various systems in your vehicle

were operating;. Whether or not the driver and passen-

ger safety belts were buckled/fas-tened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur. NOTE:EDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a nontrivial crash situation occurs;no data are recorded by the EDR undernormal driving conditions and no perso-nal data (e.g. name, gender, age and crash


READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only) EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


location) are recorded. However, otherparties, such as law enforcement, couldcombine the EDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinely ac-quired during a crash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In additionto the vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment,can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR datawill only be accessed with the consent ofthe vehicle owner or lessee or as other-wise required or permitted by law.

The Vehicle Status Data Recorder (VSDR)is different from the Event Data Recorderdescribed in “Event Data Recorder” in thissection. The VSDR is not a crash-activateddevice, but it records and accumulatesvehicle data while driving.Examples are:. Vehicle operating information such as

the wheel speeds of the front and rearwheels

. Engine control information such asthe engine speed and boost pressure

The VSDR always records and storesvehicle operating data between periodicinspections, which can assist and be usedfor servicing, diagnosing and performingwarranty repairs.The VSDR does not record sounds, con-versations or images.To read data recorded by the VSDR,special equipment is required and accessto the vehicle or the VSDR is needed.

HANDLING OF DATANISSAN and third parties affiliated withNISSAN can acquire and use the datarecorded by the VSDR in order to confirmthe part replacement history to improvethe quality of NISSAN vehicles.With the exception of the following cases,

neither NISSAN nor third parties affiliatedwith NISSAN, shall disclose or offer theacquired data to other non-affiliated thirdparties.. With the agreement of the vehicle

owner. When legally required to, such as

when ordered by a court of law, etc.. When offering processed data so that

neither the vehicle owner nor thevehicle is identified, to research cen-ters for statistical analysis, etc.

VEHICLE STATUS DATA RECORDER (VSDR)

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine NISSAN Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. This manual is thesame one used by the factory-trainedtechnicians working at NISSAN dealer.Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.For USA:For current pricing and availability ofgenuine NISSAN Service Manuals,

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals, con-tact:

1-800-247-5321For Canada:To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, please contact aGT-R certified NISSAN dealer. For thephone number and location of a GT-Rcertified NISSAN dealer in your area callthe NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN repre-sentative will assist you.


OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


MEMO

10 IndexA

Active noise cancellation ...................................... 5-58Active sound enhancement ............................... 5-59Additional maintenance items ................... GTR-12Air cleaner ......................................................................... 8-21Air conditioner ............................................................... 4-11

Air conditioner operation .............................. 4-10Air conditioner specification label .......... 9-14

Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .................................. 9-7Air fresheners ..................................................................... 7-6All-season tires ....................................................... GTR-10All-Wheel Drive .............................................................. 5-41All-Wheel Drive drivingsafety precautions ......................................................... 5-9Anti-freeze ........................................................................ 5-55Anti-lock Braking System ..................................... 5-51Anti-lock Braking System warning ............... 2-39Audible reminders ...................................................... 2-34Automatic

Automatic door lock system ......................... 3-5Average fuel consumption and speed ...... 2-17Avoiding body damage .................................... GTR-11Avoiding collision and rollover ............................. 5-7AWD clutch high temperature warning .... 2-39AWD system characteristics ............................... 5-43AWD system warning .............................................. 2-40AWD warning light ..................................................... 5-41

B

Battery .................................................................. 5-55, 8-17Intelligent Key battery discharge ............ 5-12Intelligent Key batterydischarge indicator ............................................ 2-47Intelligent Key battery replacement ..... 8-27

Before starting the engine .................................. 5-13Body repair ................................................................ GTR-11Booster seats ................................................................. 1-30Brake

Brake assist .............................................................. 5-51Brake fluid ................................................ GTR-5, 8-15Brake pad wear warning ............................... 8-23Brake system .......................................................... 5-50Brakes ........................................................................... 8-23High performance brake system ............ 8-23Low brake fluid warning ................................ 2-38Parking brake .......................................................... 5-33Parking brake break-in ................................... 5-51Parking brake release warning ................. 2-38Replacing the brake pads ............................. 8-24Self-adjusting brakes ........................................ 8-23

Brake dust .................................................................. GTR-26Brake pad .................................................................... GTR-15Brake pad and disc rotor .................................. GTR-6Brake pad break-in procedure .................. GTR-15Brake system information ............................. GTR-26Brakes ...................................................... GTR-18, GTR-22Braking precautions ................................................. 5-50Break-in schedule ..................................... GTR-9, 5-39

C

Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ......................... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ........................................... 4-15Changing

Changing engine coolant ............................. 8-12Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-13Changing wheels and tires .......................... 8-40

CheckingChecking engine coolant level .................. 8-11Checking engine oil level ............................... 8-13Checking lights ...................................................... 2-26Checking the tire pressure .......................... 8-35

Child restraints ............................................................. 1-15Child safety ...................................................................... 1-13Chrome parts ..................................................................... 7-4Cleaning ............................................................................. 8-22Cleaning exterior ............................................................. 7-2Cleaning interior .............................................................. 7-5Closing the fuel-filler door ................................... 3-26Closing the hood ........................................................ 3-19Coat hooks ...................................................................... 2-62Cockpit .................................................................................... 2-4Cold weather driving ............................................... 5-55Console box .................................................................... 2-61Cool down .................................................................. GTR-13Coolant

Changing engine coolant ............................. 8-12Checking engine coolant level .................. 8-11Draining of coolant water ............................ 5-55

10-2

Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-8Coolant level and mixture ratio ................ GTR-15Corrosion protection ................................................... 7-9Cracks on brake pad ......................................... GTR-26Cracks on the disc rotors .............................. GTR-26Cruise control ................................................. 2-17, 5-34Cruise control operations .................................... 5-36Cruise control system warning ....................... 2-42Cup holders ..................................................................... 2-59Current fuel consumption ................................... 2-16

D

Differential oil .............................................................. GTR-5Dimensions ...................................................................... 9-11Distance to empty ..................................................... 2-18Door pocket .................................................................... 2-60Door/trunk open warning ................................... 2-43Doors ........................................................................................ 3-4Draining of coolant water ................................... 5-55Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ................. 5-9Drive belts ......................................................................... 8-19Drive computer ............................................................. 2-16Driving

All-Wheel Drive drivingsafety precautions ................................................. 5-9Cold weather driving ........................................ 5-55Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ......... 5-9Driving on snow or ice .................................... 5-56Driving the vehicle .............................................. 5-15Driving tips ................................................................ 5-21

Precautions when startingand driving ................................................................... 5-3

Driving after replacing tires .......................... GTR-11Dry carbon fiber parts ........ GTR-7, GTR-27, 7-5Dual clutch transmission ................. GTR-27, 5-15

E

Elapsed time and trip odometer .................... 2-18Emergency engine shut off ..................... 5-12, 6-3Emergency trunk lid release .............................. 3-22Emission control information label .............. 9-13Emission control system warranty ............... 9-19Engine ...................................................................................... 9-9

Before starting the engine ........................... 5-13Changing engine coolant ............................. 8-12Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-13Checking engine coolant level .................. 8-11Checking engine oil level ............................... 8-13Emergency engine shut off ............. 5-12, 6-3Engine block heater .......................................... 5-56Engine compartment ....................................... 8-24Engine compartmentcheck locations ........................................................ 8-8Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-8Engine cooling system .................................... 8-10Engine oil .................................................. GTR-4, 8-13Engine oil and oilfilter recommendation ........................................ 9-6Engine oil level display .................................... 2-13Engine oil low pressure warning ............. 2-36

Engine serial number ....................................... 9-13Engine start operation indicator ............. 2-45Engine system warning .................................. 2-36Operating range for engine start ........... 5-10Starting the engine ............................................ 5-14

Engine and powertrain .............. GTR-15, GTR-22Engine oil maintenance ...................................... GTR-4Engine output .......................................................... GTR-23Engine output according to thecoolant temperature .......................................... GTR-23Engine speed is restricted ............................. GTR-23Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ......................................................................... 7-9Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................... 9-21Exhaust gas ......................................................................... 5-3Exhaust muffler and trunk carpet ............. GTR-6Exhaust sound control switch ......................... 2-57Exhaust sound control system ........................ 5-57Explanation of maintenance items .................. 8-4Extended storage fuse switch ......................... 8-26Exterior and interior lights .................................. 8-30

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........ 9-13Features of each mode ......................................... 5-27Flat tire .................................................................................... 6-3Flat towing ....................................................................... 9-18Floor mats ............................................................................ 7-6Fluid

Brake fluid ................................................ GTR-5, 8-15

Fluid level check ................................................... 8-18Low brake fluid warning ................................ 2-38Low washer fluid warning ............................ 2-43Power steering fluid .......................................... 8-14Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-16

Fluids ......................................................... GTR-13, GTR-18Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ................................................................... 1-24Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts .................................................. 1-26Freeing a frozen door lock ................................. 5-55Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag systems ........................ 1-45Front seats ........................................................................... 1-3Front/rear tire sizediscrepancy warning ............................................... 2-40Fuel ................................................................................... GTR-11

Average fuel consumptionand speed .................................................................. 2-17Capacities andrecommended fluids/lubricants ................. 9-2Closing the fuel-filler door ............................ 3-26Current fuel consumption ............................ 2-16Fuel gauge ................................................................... 2-9Fuel information ...................................................... 9-4Fuel-filler door ........................................................ 3-24Increasing fuel economy ............................... 5-41Low fuel warning ................................................. 2-42Opening the fuel-filler door ......................... 3-25

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ..................................... 5-40Fuses ..................................................................................... 8-24

G

Garage door openerHomeLink® Universal Transceiver .......... 2-67

Gasoline smell ......................................................... GTR-23Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge ........ 2-8Fuel gauge ................................................................... 2-9Meters and gauges ............................................... 2-6

General maintenance ...................................... 8-3, 8-4Glass .......................................................................................... 7-3Glove box ........................................................................... 2-61GT-R performanceoptimization services ............................................ GTR-8GT-R special precautions .................................. GTR-5GT-R special specification parts .................. GTR-4GT-R specific information ................................. GTR-3GT-R specific vehicle characteristics ..... GTR-23

H

Handling of data .......................................................... 9-22Hazard warning flasher switch ............................ 6-2Head restraints/headrests ...................................... 1-5Headlight

Headlight and turn signal switch ........... 2-52Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52Headlights .................................................................. 8-29

Heated seats .................................................................. 2-56

HeaterHeater and airconditioner operation ...................................... 4-10

High altitude ............................................................. GTR-23High performance brake system ................... 8-23Hill Start Assist System .......................................... 5-38HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ................. 2-67Hood ...................................................................................... 3-18Horn ....................................................................................... 2-55How to switch the modes ................................... 5-25How to use R mode start function .............. 5-33

I

Idle speed is not steady .................................. GTR-23If your vehicle overheats .......................................... 6-8Ignition switch operation ..................................... 5-11Ignition switch positions ....................................... 5-11In-cabin microfilter .................................................... 4-13Increasing fuel economy ...................................... 5-41Indicator lights .............................................................. 2-32Indicators and display ............................................. 5-35Infants .................................................................................. 1-13Injured persons ................................................................. 1-9Inside mirror ................................................................... 3-27Inspection and adjustmentsafter driving ............................................................... GTR-18Inspection and adjustmentsbefore driving .......................................................... GTR-13Installing front license plate ............................... 9-14Installing top tether strap .................... 1-26, 1-30

10-3

10-4

Instrument brightness control ......................... 2-12Instrument panel ............................................................ 2-5Intelligent Key .................................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key battery discharge ................... 5-12Intelligent Key batterydischarge indicator ................................................... 2-47Intelligent Key battery replacement ............ 8-27Intelligent Key functions ........................................... 3-9Intelligent Key insertion indicator ................. 2-46Intelligent Key removal indicator ................... 2-46Intelligent Key system ................................................. 3-8Interior light control switch ................................ 2-66Interior lights .................................................................. 2-65

J

Jacking vehicle and removing wheels ....... 8-43Jump starting ..................................................... 6-5, 8-19

K

KeyIntelligent Key ............................................................ 3-2Intelligent Key battery discharge ............ 5-12Intelligent Key batterydischarge indicator ............................................ 2-47Intelligent Key battery replacement ..... 8-27Intelligent Key functions ................................... 3-9Intelligent Key insertion indicator .......... 2-46Intelligent Key removal indicator ............ 2-46Intelligent Key system ......................................... 3-8Keys ................................................................................... 3-2

Locking with mechanical key ....................... 3-6No key warning ..................................................... 2-44Remote keyless entry system ................... 3-12

L

Larger children ............................................................. 1-14Light

AWD warning light .............................................. 5-41Exterior and interior lights ........................... 8-30Headlight and turn signal switch ........... 2-52Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52Headlights .................................................................. 8-29Indicator lights ....................................................... 2-32Interior light control switch ......................... 2-66Interior lights ........................................................... 2-65Lights ............................................................................. 8-29Map lights .................................................................. 2-65Supplemental air bag warning light ..... 1-48Vanity mirror lights ............................................ 2-67Warning lights ......................................................... 2-26Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ............................................... 2-26

Limited Slip Differential .......................................... 5-43Loading tips .................................................................... 9-17Lock

Anti-lock Braking System .............................. 5-51Anti-lock Braking System warning ........ 2-39Automatic door lock system ......................... 3-5Freeing a frozen door lock .......................... 5-55Locking with inside lock knob ...................... 3-5

Locking with mechanical key ....................... 3-6Locking with power door lock switch ..... 3-5Steering lock releasemalfunction indicator ....................................... 2-46Wheel lock nuts ..................................................... 8-48

Low brake fluid warning ....................................... 2-38Low fuel warning ........................................................ 2-42Low tire pressure warning .................................. 2-41Low washer fluid warning ................................... 2-43Lower anchors and tethers forchildren system ............................................................ 1-17

M

MaintenanceExplanation of maintenance items .......... 8-4General maintenance ............................... 8-3, 8-4Maintenance information ........................... GTR-3Maintenance precautions ................................ 8-6Maintenance requirements ............................ 8-3Readiness forInspection/Maintenance test ..................... 9-21Scheduled maintenance ................................... 8-3Seat belt maintenance .................................... 1-12

Map lights ......................................................................... 2-65Measurement of weights ..................................... 9-17Meters and gauges ....................................................... 2-6Mirror

Inside mirror ............................................................ 3-27Mirrors ........................................................................... 3-27Outside mirrors ..................................................... 3-28

Vanity mirror ........................................................... 3-29Vanity mirror lights ............................................ 2-67

Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ............................................................. 7-9Multi Function Display Owner’s Manual ....... 4-2

N

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System ................ 1-40NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............ 2-49NissanConnect NISMO Plus™ ............................ 4-16No key warning ............................................................ 2-44Noises are heard while driving .................. GTR-24

O

Odometer/twin trip odometer ............................ 2-7Off-road recovery ........................................................... 5-8Oil

Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-13Checking engine oil level ............................... 8-13Differential oil ....................................................... GTR-5Engine oil .................................................. GTR-4, 8-13Engine oil and oilfilter recommendation ........................................ 9-6Engine oil level display .................................... 2-13Engine oil low pressure warning ............. 2-36Transmission oil .................................. GTR-4, 8-14Transmission oil hightemperature warning ....................................... 2-37

Opening and closing the trunk ....................... 3-22Opening the doors ........................................................ 3-7

Opening the fuel-filler door ................................ 3-25Opening the hood ...................................................... 3-18Operating range for engine start .................. 5-10Operation displays ..................................................... 2-44Outside air temperature ....................................... 2-19Outside door handles .................................................. 7-4Outside mirrors ............................................................ 3-28Outside temperature display indicateshigher temperature ............................................ GTR-23Overheat

If your vehicle overheats .................................. 6-8Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ....................................................... 9-23

P

ParkingParking brake .......................................................... 5-33Parking brake break-in ................................... 5-51Parking brake release warning ................. 2-38Parking/parking on hills ................................. 5-44

Passenger compartment ..................................... 8-25Power

Locking with power door lock switch ..... 3-5Power outlets .......................................................... 2-57Power steering ....................................................... 5-50Power steering fluid .......................................... 8-14Power windows ..................................................... 2-63Trunk release power cancel switch ...... 3-21

Precautions ...................................................................... 8-17All-Wheel Drive drivingsafety precautions ................................................. 5-9Braking precautions .......................................... 5-50Maintenance precautions ................................ 8-6Precautions on child restraints ................ 1-16Precautions on cruise control ................... 5-34Precautions on seat belt usage .................. 1-6Precautions on supplementalrestraint system .................................................... 1-34Precautions when startingand driving ................................................................... 5-3

Precautions before driving ............................ GTR-10Precautions on performance driving ..... GTR-12Pregnant women ............................................................ 1-9Push starting ...................................................................... 6-7“PUSH” warning ............................................................. 2-45Push-button ignition switch .............................. 5-10

R

R mode start function ............................................ 5-32Rapid air pressure loss ............................................... 5-8Readiness forInspection/Maintenance test ............................ 9-21Rear window defroster switch ......................... 2-51Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ................................................................... 1-20Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts .................................................. 1-21RearView Monitor ........................................................... 4-2

10-5

10-6

Recommended fluids andmaintenance interval ......................................... GTR-19Reducing tight cornerbraking phenomenon ............................................. 5-42Refueling precautions ....................................... GTR-13Remote keyless entry system .......................... 3-12Removing spots ............................................................... 7-3Removing the cowl top cover .............................. 8-9Repair and replacement procedure ............ 1-49Replacement of brake pads anddisc rotors ..................................................................... GTR-6Replacing spark plugs ............................................ 8-20Replacing the brake pads .................................... 8-24Replacing the wiper blades ................................ 8-22Reporting safety defects ..................................... 9-20Reverse warning .......................................................... 2-37Roadside assistance program.............................. 6-2Run-flat tire warning ................................................ 2-41Run-flat tires ....................................................................... 6-4

S

SafetyAll-Wheel Drive drivingsafety precautions ................................................. 5-9Child safety ............................................................... 1-13Reporting safety defects .............................. 9-20

Safety — Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system ........................... 1-1Scheduled maintenance ........................................... 8-3

SeatBooster seats .......................................................... 1-30Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts .............. 1-26Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental airbag systems ............................................................. 1-45Front seats ................................................................... 1-3Heated seats ........................................................... 2-56NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System ......... 1-40Precautions on seat belt usage .................. 1-6Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ........................................... 1-21Seat belt extenders ............................................ 1-12Seat belt maintenance .................................... 1-12Seat belts ........................................................... 1-6, 7-8Seat belts with pretensioners ................... 1-46Seats ................................................................................. 1-2Three-point type seat beltwith retractor ............................................................. 1-9

Seat beltForward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts .............. 1-26Precautions on seat belt usage .................. 1-6Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts ........................................... 1-21Seat belt extenders ............................................ 1-12Seat belt maintenance .................................... 1-12Seat belts ........................................................... 1-6, 7-8

Seat belts with pretensioners ................... 1-46Three-point type seat beltwith retractor ............................................................. 1-9

Security systems ......................................................... 2-47Self-adjusting brakes ............................................... 8-23Servicing air conditioner ....................................... 4-14Setting (drive computer) ....................................... 2-20Setting hazard indicator andhorn mode ....................................................................... 3-14Shift lever position warning ............................... 2-36Shift “P” warning .......................................................... 2-45Small children ................................................................ 1-14Sonar system ................................................................. 5-46Sonar system off switch ....................................... 2-57Sonar system setting .............................................. 5-49Spark plugs ...................................................................... 8-20Special winter equipment .................................... 5-56Specifications ..................................................................... 9-9Speedometer ...................................................................... 2-7Starting

Before starting the engine ........................... 5-13Jump starting ............................................. 6-5, 8-19Precautions when startingand driving ................................................................... 5-3Push starting .............................................................. 6-7Starting the engine ............................................ 5-14

SteeringPower steering ....................................................... 5-50Power steering fluid .......................................... 8-14Steering lock releasemalfunction indicator ....................................... 2-46

Steering wheel ....................................................... 3-26Steering-wheel-mounted controls ........ 5-35Tilt/telescopic steering column ............... 3-26

Storage ............................................................................... 2-59Summer tires ............................................................ GTR-10Sun visors .......................................................................... 3-27Sunglasses holder ...................................................... 2-60Supplemental air bag warning labels ........ 1-48Supplemental air bag warning light ............ 1-48Supplemental restraint system ....................... 1-34Suspension andwheel alignment .............................. GTR-15, GTR-22Switch

Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2Headlight and turn signal switch ........... 2-52Headlight switch ................................................... 2-52How to switch the modes ............................ 5-25Ignition switch operation .............................. 5-11Ignition switch positions ................................ 5-11Interior light control switch ......................... 2-66Locking with power door lock switch ..... 3-5Push-button ignition switch ....................... 5-10Rear window defroster switch .................. 2-51Trunk lid release switch ................................. 3-20Trunk open request switch ......................... 3-20Trunk release power cancel switch ...... 3-21VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches ....................................................... 5-25Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-50

T

Tachometer ......................................................................... 2-8Temperature A, B and C ....................................... 9-19Terms ................................................................................... 9-15Three-point type seat beltwith retractor ..................................................................... 1-9Three-way catalyst ........................................................ 5-3Tight corner braking phenomenon ............. 5-42Tilt/telescopic steering column ...................... 3-26Tire

Changing wheels and tires .......................... 8-40Checking the tire pressure .......................... 8-35Flat tire ............................................................................ 6-3Front/rear tire sizediscrepancy warning ........................................ 2-40Low tire pressure warning ........................... 2-41Run-flat tire warning ......................................... 2-41Run-flat tires ............................................................... 6-4Tire and loadinginformation label ................................... 8-34, 9-14Tire chains ................................................................. 8-40Tire dressing ............................................................... 7-4Tire equipment ...................................................... 5-55Tire labeling .............................................................. 8-36Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-32Tire Pressure Monitoring System ..... 5-4, 6-3Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem warning .................................................... 2-41Tires ................................................................................ 5-43Types of tires .......................................................... 8-38

Uniform tire quality grading ....................... 9-18Wheels and tires .................................... 8-31, 9-10

Tires and road wheels ......................................... GTR-5Titanium muffler ....................................................... GTR-6

Change of surface color oftitanium muffler ............................................. GTR-26Sound heard aroundtitanium muffler ............................................. GTR-27

To protect your vehicle from corrosion ....... 7-9Towing

Flat towing ................................................................ 9-18Towing a trailer ..................................................... 9-18Towing recommended by NISSAN ............ 6-9Towing your vehicle ............................................. 6-9

Traction AA, A, B and C .......................................... 9-19Transceiver

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver .......... 2-67Transmission

Dual clutch transmission ............................... 5-15Transmission clutch hightemperature warning ....................................... 2-38Transmission oil .................................. GTR-4, 8-14Transmission oil hightemperature warning ....................................... 2-37Transmission position indicator .............. 2-10Transmission system check display ..... 2-15Transmission system warning .................. 2-37VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches ....................................................... 5-25

Transmissionoperation characteristics ............................... GTR-29

10-7

10-8

Transmission settings .......................................... GTR-8Treadwear ........................................................................ 9-18Troubleshooting guide ........................................... 3-17Trunk .................................................................................... 3-20Trunk lid release switch ........................................ 3-20Trunk open request switch ................................ 3-20Trunk release power cancel switch ............. 3-21Turbocharger system .............................................. 5-31Turning off the heaters ......................................... 2-56Turning on the heaters ......................................... 2-56Types of tires ................................................................. 8-38

U

Underbody ............................................................................ 7-3Uneven wear of tires ......................................... GTR-24Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 9-18Upshift indicator .......................................................... 2-10Using the washer ........................................................ 2-51Using the wipers ......................................................... 2-50

V

Vanity mirror .................................................................. 3-29Vanity mirror lights ................................................... 2-67VDC, transmission and suspensionsetup switches .............................................................. 5-25Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF mode ................................................................... GTR-10Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light .................................................................. 2-32Vehicle Dynamic Control system ................... 5-52

Vehicle Dynamic Controlsystem warning ........................................................... 2-39Vehicle identification ................................................ 9-12

Vehicle identification number ................... 9-12Vehicle Identification Number plate ..... 9-12

Vehicle information display ................................ 2-13Vehicle load capacity ............................................... 9-16Vehicle loading information ............................... 9-15Vehicle recovery .......................................................... 6-10Vehicle security system ......................................... 2-47Vehicle speed ................................................................. 2-17Vehicle status data recorder ............................. 9-22Ventilators ............................................................................ 4-9

W

WarningAnti-lock Braking System warning ........ 2-39AWD clutch hightemperature warning ....................................... 2-39AWD system warning ....................................... 2-40AWD warning light .............................................. 5-41Brake pad wear warning ............................... 8-23Cruise control system warning ................ 2-42Door/trunk open warning ............................ 2-43Engine oil low pressure warning ............. 2-36Engine system warning .................................. 2-36Front/rear tire sizediscrepancy warning ........................................ 2-40Hazard warning flasher switch .................... 6-2Low brake fluid warning ................................ 2-38

Low fuel warning ................................................. 2-42Low tire pressure warning ........................... 2-41Low washer fluid warning ............................ 2-43No key warning ..................................................... 2-44Parking brake release warning ................. 2-38“PUSH” warning ...................................................... 2-45Reverse warning ................................................... 2-37Run-flat tire warning ......................................... 2-41Shift lever position warning ........................ 2-36Shift “P” warning ................................................... 2-45Supplemental air bagwarning labels ........................................................ 1-48Supplemental air bag warning light ..... 1-48Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem warning .................................................... 2-41Transmission clutch hightemperature warning ....................................... 2-38Transmission oil hightemperature warning ....................................... 2-37Transmission system warning .................. 2-37Vehicle Dynamic Controlsystem warning .................................................... 2-39Warning (drive computer) ............................. 2-24Warning display ..................................................... 2-35Warning lights ......................................................... 2-26Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders ............................................... 2-26Warning signals ..................................................... 3-16

Warranty information ........................................... GTR-3Washing .................................................................................. 7-2Waxing ..................................................................................... 7-3

Wheel alignment ........................................ GTR-9, 5-39Wheel alignment inspection andadjustment (if necessary) (including tirepressure adjustment) ........................................... GTR-8Wheel lock nuts ............................................................ 8-48Wheels ...................................................................................... 7-4Wheels andtires .............................. GTR-16, GTR-22, 8-31, 9-10When traveling or registering inanother country ........................................................... 9-12Where to go for service ............................................. 8-3Window washer fluid ................................................ 8-16Windows ............................................................................. 2-63Windshield wiper blades ....................................... 8-22Wiper

Replacing the wiper blades ......................... 8-22Using the wipers .................................................. 2-50Windshield wiper blades ................................ 8-22Wiper and washer switch .............................. 2-50

Wiper and washer switch ..................................... 2-50

10-9

10-10

MEMO

FUEL INFORMATION

VR38 engineUse unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 93 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 98) to maximize vehicle perfor-mance.If the premium gasoline specified above isnot available, you may use unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane ratingof at least 91 AKI number (Researchoctane number 96), but you may noticea decrease in performance.Do not use gasoline with a lower octanerating than 91 AKI (Research octanenumber 96).

NOTICE. Using a fuel other than that spe-

cified could adversely affect theemission control systems, andmay also affect warranty cover-age.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, sincethis will damage the three waycatalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. Your vehicle is notdesigned to run on E-15 or E-85fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in avehicle not specifically designedfor E-15 or E-85 fuel can adverselyaffect the emission control de-vices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

. U.S. government regulations re-quire ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified by a small,square, orange and black labelwith the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage forthat region.

. NISSAN recommends using fuelsthat contain no alcohol. However,fuels containing up to 10% alco-hol may be used, if necessary. Toavoid serious engine damage dueto increased cylinder tempera-ture, do not use fuels that containmore alcohol than indicated in

“Gasoline containing oxyge-nates” page 9-5. Also, do not usefuel additives, fuel stabilizers orfuel deicers that contain alcohol.

For additional information, see the follow-ing section. ( “Capacities and recom-mended fluids/lubricants” page 9-2)

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATIONMobil 1 (0W-40) (100% synthetic) is thefactory fill oil. The VR38 engine with itsplasma-sprayed bores was developedusing this oil. NISSAN cannot ensureproper engine operation and durability ifother 0W-40 synthetic oil is used. If Mobil 1(0W-40) is not available, Mobil 1 (10W-40)(100% synthetic) may be used; however,some performance loss may be noticed.See the following section for engine oiland o i l f i l t e r r ecommendat i on .( “Capacities and recommendedfluids/lubricants” page 9-2)

COLD TIRE PRESSURESThe label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door.( “Wheels and tires” page 8-31)

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATIONFollow these recommendations for thefuture reliability and economy of yournew vehicle.During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations

GAS STATION INFORMATION

outl ined in this Owner ’s Manual .( “Break-in schedule” page 5-39)

2018OWNER’S MANUAL

2018

NISSA

N G

T-R

R35-D

Printing: September 2018Publication No.:

Printed In the U.S.A. R35-DOM180 0R35U0

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle

2018 nissan gt-r | owner's manual | nissan usa · 2018 owner’s manual 2018 nissan gt-r r35-d...

Documents